JP7823903B2 - gaming machines - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to an amusement machine.

Conventional gaming machines include those in which players play using gaming value owned by the player.

Recently, there has been a known gaming machine equipped with a main control board and a payout board that pays out gaming media when a winning combination is achieved (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2016-119986 A

However, the gaming machine described above leaves room for improvement in the processing of gaming value.

In consideration of these problems, the present invention aims to provide a gaming machine that can improve processing related to gaming value.

In order to solve such problems, the gaming machine of the present invention comprises a gaming control means capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation means that allows the player to perform counting operations, and the gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value granting process that grants the gaming value, and a counting time process that counts a predetermined unit of gaming value when the counting operation is being performed , and is characterized in that it is possible to execute the gaming value granting process even when the counting operation is being performed, and when the gaming value is to be granted when the counting operation is being performed, the gaming value granting process is executed after counting of the predetermined unit of gaming value has been completed .

This invention makes it possible to provide a gaming machine that can improve processing related to gaming value.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the appearance of the gaming machine. FIG. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the internal structure of the cabinet. FIG. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the arrangement of symbols on the reels. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing combinations of symbols and the awarded game value. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a main control board and a game value control board. FIG. 4 is a block diagram of a sub-control board. FIG. 2 is a block diagram of a rental device. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the transition of game states. A diagram showing the transition of the ball output state. This is a diagram showing the flow of goods and information. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing details of transmission and reception of each piece of information. A diagram showing the memory area of the main control board and the memory area of the game value control board. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a winning combination determination table. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the relationship between winning combinations, the order in which the stop buttons are operated, and winnings. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a command group table. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a storage area within a main RAM usage area. A diagram showing a memory area within the game value RAM usage area. A diagram showing gaming machine performance information in the gaming value RAM usage area. A diagram showing gaming machine installation information in the gaming value RAM usage area. A diagram showing hole control and fraud monitoring information in the game value RAM usage area. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a main program start process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a setting change process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a main loop process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game start management process. A diagram showing the game value acceptance start process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game value addition process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game value LED display data creation process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an error/complete function monitoring process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an E8 error display process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an error display process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a setting value confirmation process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a setting value display process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a gaming value management process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a start lever check process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a pattern code setting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a reel spin start preparation process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing processing during reel rotation. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a display determination process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game value granting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating MY difference calculation processing. A diagram showing a game state transition process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a main interrupt process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game value program start process. A diagram showing a gaming value loop process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a main control board communication process. A figure showing the first gaming machine information notification message receiving process. A figure showing the second gaming machine information notification message receiving process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating SC board communication processing. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a counting notification transmission process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a count subtraction value setting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a loan acceptance result response process. FIG. 10 illustrates error processing. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating an unauthorized information setting process. FIG. 10 illustrates an error code setting process. A diagram showing the gaming value number side information setting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a game value interruption process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a switch detection process. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a sub-loop process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a basic communication sequence. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a startup sequence when the gaming machine is started first. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a startup sequence in the case where the rental device is started first. A diagram showing the basic sequence of gaming machine information notification. A diagram showing the sequence when hall computer fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a counting notification sequence. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a lending notification sequence. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a recovery sequence when a dedicated IF is disconnected. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a communication abnormality sequence during counting. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a communication abnormality sequence during lending. 10A and 10B are diagrams showing a time chart and animation during a setting change. 10A and 10B are diagrams showing a time chart and animation during a setting change. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of a setting change device operation abnormality error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a setting change device abnormal operation error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart during setting confirmation display. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation during a setting confirmation display. A figure showing a time chart of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine. A figure showing an animation of an abnormal communication error within the gaming machine. A figure showing a time chart of a game value number overflow error. A figure showing an animation of a game value number overflow error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device communication no-response error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device no-response communication error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of a rental device unconnection error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a rental device unconnection error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart for clearing the game value. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of clearing the game value. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart for determining a set value. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of setting value confirmation. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of a door open error. FIG. 10 shows an animation of a door open error. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of a reset start. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a reset start animation. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of the complete function. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of the complete function. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart for completing the counting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of the completion of the counting process. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart during counting processing. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation during counting processing. A figure showing a time chart of a game value number warning. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a game value number warning. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of complete advance notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a complete advance notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart of complete standby notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of a complete standby notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a time chart for calculating the gaming value number. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation of game value settlement. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation after activation of the complete function. FIG. 10 shows an animation after the game value is cleared. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation after a complete advance notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation after a complete standby notification. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation from the advance notification of completion to the activation of the complete function. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation from the completion standby notification to the activation of the complete function. FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a list of functions of the gaming machine and the implementation area. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the timing of each process in one game. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart showing various processes for adding and subtracting game values. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of processing related to bets and processing related to settlement. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of processing related to bets and processing related to the provision of gaming value. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of processing related to bets and processing related to counting. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of a bet-related process and a lending-related process. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart showing the process related to settlement and the process related to the granting of gaming value. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of a process related to settlement and a process related to counting. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of a process related to settlement and a process related to lending. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart showing the process of awarding game value and the process of counting. A figure showing a simple flowchart of processing related to the granting of gaming value and processing related to lending. FIG. 10 is a simplified flowchart of SC board communication processing. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when a bet operation and a counting operation overlap. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when a settlement operation and a counting operation overlap. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when the awarding of game value and the counting operation overlap. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when a counting operation and a lending operation overlap. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when a bet operation is performed during a counting operation. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation that appears when a settlement operation is performed during a counting operation. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation when a lending operation is performed during a counting operation. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an animation that appears when a winning combination is achieved during the counting operation. FIG. 10 is a timing chart relating to counting. A diagram showing a main control area and a game value control area in the second embodiment. FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a storage area in the second embodiment.

Embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.

First, we will explain each component of the gaming machine 1 using Figures 1 to 4.

Note that Figure 1 is a front view of the gaming machine 1, Figure 2 is a detailed view of the base, Figure 3 is a view of the internal structure of the cabinet 2, and Figure 4 is a rear view of the front door 3.

(Gaming machine 1)
The gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is composed of a cabinet 2, a front door 3, etc. Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of executing a game using electromagnetically stored game value. In other words, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of executing a game without using game media (e.g., medals).

(Cabinet 2)
The cabinet 2 is a substantially rectangular box with an opening on the front side. A plurality of components are attached to the cabinet 2. The provision of the cabinet 2 makes it possible to store the reel 31 and the like.

(Front door 3)
The front door 3 is attached so as to close the opening on the front side of the cabinet 2. In addition, a number of parts are attached to the front door 3. Incidentally, the provision of the front door 3 makes it possible to attach a stop button 15 and the like.

(Door keyhole 4)
The door keyhole 4 is located on the right side of the center of the front door 3 when viewed from the front, and is provided for unlocking the front door 3 with a locking device (not shown). Here, when a gaming parlor employee or the like performs maintenance work or changes to setting values, the locking device (not shown) provided on the front door 3 is unlocked. Specifically, the front door 3 is opened by inserting a door key (not shown) into the door keyhole 4 and rotating it clockwise a predetermined angle, and work such as maintenance work or changes to setting values can be performed. Then, when work such as maintenance work or changes to setting values is completed, the front door 3 is closed, and the locking device is locked. The provision of the door keyhole 4 makes it possible to open and close the front door 3.

(setting value)
The setting value indicates the degree of advantage to the player, and the larger the setting value, the more advantageous it is to the player. In this embodiment, any of setting "1," setting "2," setting "4," setting "5," and setting "6" can be set, and setting "3" is not possible. Note that setting "0," which is a setting value that is significantly disadvantageous to the player, may also be set.

(Central panel 5)
The middle panel 5 is provided in the center of the front door 3 when viewed from the front, and is a design panel made of smooth acrylic resin with a transparent window so as not to obstruct the visibility of the symbols arranged on the reels 31. The provision of the middle panel 5 makes it possible to view the symbols arranged on the reels 31.

(Lower panel 6)
The lower panel 6 is provided at the bottom of the front door 3 when viewed from the front, and is a design panel made of acrylic resin on which the character pictures to be displayed on the image display device 7, the model name, etc. are printed. The provision of the lower panel 6 makes it possible to easily recognize the motifs of the gaming machine 1.

(Image display device 7)
The image display device 7 is provided to display moving images, still images, etc. corresponding to the effects executed when a game is played. Here, the image display device 7 is capable of displaying effect images that are displayed when an effect is being executed, and error images that are displayed when an abnormality (error) is detected in the gaming machine 1. Incidentally, by providing the image display device 7, it is possible to execute effects that appeal to the player's visual sense.

(Upper speaker port 8)
The upper speaker openings 8 are holes for outputting sound from the speakers 62 (more specifically, the upper right speaker 62A and the upper left speaker 62B), and are provided on the left and right sides of the center when viewed from the front of the gaming machine 1. The upper speaker openings 8 are also composed of an upper right speaker opening 8R and an upper left speaker opening 8L. The upper right speaker opening 8R is provided to correspond to the upper right speaker 62A, and the upper left speaker opening 8L is provided to correspond to the upper left speaker 62B.

(Lower speaker port 9)
The lower speaker openings 9 are holes for outputting sound from the speakers 62 (more specifically, the lower right speaker 62C and the lower left speaker 62D), and are provided on the left and right sides of the lower part of the gaming machine 1 when viewed from the front. The lower speaker openings 9 are composed of a lower right speaker opening 9R and a lower left speaker opening 9L. The lower right speaker opening 9R is provided corresponding to the lower right speaker 62C, and the lower left speaker opening 9L is provided corresponding to the lower left speaker 62D.

(Status display unit 10)
The status display unit 10 is a unit for displaying various statuses. Specifically, the status display unit 10 includes a bet availability display section 25, a game start display section 26, a replay display section 27, an instruction monitor display section 28, a bet number display section 29, and an award number display section 30 as units.

(BET button 11)
The BET button 11 is provided to accept a BET operation of pressing the BET button 11. When the BET operation is accepted, a process is performed in which a gaming value of "1" is bet on the game from among the gaming values owned by the player. The provision of the BET button 11 makes it possible to accept a BET operation.

(MAXBET button 12)
The MAXBET button 12 is provided to accept a MAXBET operation of pressing the MAXBET button 12. Here, when the MAXBET operation is accepted, a process is performed in which the maximum gaming value ("3" in this embodiment) that can be bet in one game ("1" game) out of the gaming value owned by the player is bet on the game. Incidentally, the provision of the MAXBET button 12 makes it possible to accept the MAXBET operation.

(Payment button 13)
The settlement button 13 is provided to accept a settlement operation of pressing the settlement button 13. When the settlement operation is accepted, a process of settling the bet game value is performed. In this embodiment, the maximum game value that can be bet in one game is "3", so the value of the game value that can be settled is any value between "1" and "3". Incidentally, by providing the settlement button 13, it is possible to accept the settlement operation.

(Start lever 14)
The start lever 14 is provided to accept a start operation of pressing the start lever 14. Here, when the start operation is accepted, processes such as obtaining a random number value, determining a winning combination using the obtained random number value, and starting the rotation of the reels 31 are performed. Note that the provision of the start lever 14 makes it possible to accept the start operation.

(Stop button 15)
The stop button 15 is provided to accept a stop operation by pressing the stop button 15. The stop button 15 is composed of a left stop button 15L for accepting a left stop operation that triggers the left reel 31L to stop spinning, a center stop button 15C for accepting a center stop operation that triggers the center reel 31C to stop spinning, and a right stop button 15R for accepting a right stop operation that triggers the right reel 31R to stop spinning. Here, when a stop operation is accepted, a process to stop the spinning of the reels 31 is performed. Note that the provision of the stop button 15 makes it possible to accept a stop operation corresponding to the reels 31.

(Effect button 16)
The effect button 16 is provided to accept an effect button operation of pressing the effect button 16. Here, if an effect button operation is accepted when a predetermined effect image is displayed on the image display device 7, a process is performed to switch the predetermined effect image displayed on the image display device 7 to a specific effect image. Also, if an effect button operation is accepted when no game is being played, a process is performed to display a menu image on the image display device 7. Note that the provision of the effect button 16 makes it possible to accept effect button operations.

(Cross-key 17)
The cross key 17 is provided to accept a cross key operation of pressing the cross key 17. The cross key 17 is also composed of an up button, a down button, a left button, and a right button. Here, when a cross key operation is accepted while a menu image is displayed on the image display device 7, a cursor image CUR, which will be described later, is displayed and moves. Incidentally, the provision of the cross key 17 makes it possible to accept a cross key operation.

(Game Value Display Unit 18)
The gaming value display unit 18 is a unit for displaying the gaming value owned by the player. Specifically, the gaming value display unit 18 is a unit that includes a counting button 19 and a gaming value display device 20.

(Count button 19)
The counting button 19 is provided to accept a counting operation of pressing the counting button 19. When the counting operation is accepted, a process of counting the game value owned by the player and a process of updating the value displayed on the game value display device 20 towards "0" are performed. Incidentally, the provision of the counting button 19 makes it possible to accept the counting operation.

(Game Value Display Device 20)
The gaming value display device 20 is provided to display the value of the gaming value owned by the player. Here, the gaming value display device 20 in this embodiment is capable of displaying a value of "5" digits. Incidentally, by providing the gaming value display device 20, it becomes possible to display the value of the gaming value owned by the player.

(Logo LED 21)
The logo LED 21 is provided to illuminate the logo of the gaming machine 1 provided at the top of the front door 3 when viewed from the front. The provision of the logo LED 21 makes it easier for players to recognize the logo of the gaming machine 1.

(Control panel LED 22)
The control panel LED 22 is provided to illuminate a base portion provided in the center of the front door 3 when viewed from the front. By providing the control panel LED 22, the base portion can be illuminated, thereby enhancing the dramatic effect.

(Plywood side LED 23)
The plywood side LEDs 23 are provided to illuminate the right and left sides of the base when viewed from the front. The plywood side LEDs 23 are composed of a right plywood side LED 23R provided to illuminate the right side of the base when viewed from the front, and a right plywood side LED 23R provided to illuminate the left side of the base when viewed from the front. The provision of the plywood side LEDs 23 makes it possible to illuminate the right and left sides of the base when viewed from the front, thereby enhancing the dramatic effect.

(Side unit LED 24)
The side unit LEDs 24 are provided to illuminate the right and left sides as viewed from the front of the gaming machine 1. The side unit LEDs 24 are made up of a right side unit LED 24R provided to illuminate the right side as viewed from the front of the gaming machine 1, and a left side unit LED 24L provided to illuminate the left side as viewed from the front of the gaming machine 1. Incidentally, by providing the side unit LEDs 24, it is possible to illuminate the right and left sides as viewed from the front of the gaming machine 1, thereby enhancing the presentation effect.

(BET possible display section 25)
The bet availability display unit 25 is provided to notify the player that it is possible to bet on a game value. Specifically, the bet availability display unit 25 lights up when it is possible to bet on a game value, and turns off when betting on a game value is restricted. Incidentally, by providing the bet availability display unit 25, it is possible to notify the player that it is possible to bet on a game value and that betting on a game value is restricted.

(Game start display unit 26)
The game start display unit 26 is provided to notify the player that it is possible to start playing. Specifically, the game start display unit 26 lights up when it is possible to start playing (in other words, when the bet game value is "3" and operation of the start lever 14 is acceptable), and goes out when starting playing is restricted. Incidentally, by providing the game start display unit 26, it is possible to notify the player that it is possible to start playing.

(Replay display unit 27)
The replay display unit 27 is provided to notify that a replay has been activated. Specifically, the replay display unit 27 lights up when a replay has been activated (in other words, when a replay has resulted in a win), and goes out when a replay has not been activated. Incidentally, by providing the replay display unit 27, it is possible to notify the player that a replay has been activated.

(Instruction monitor display unit 28)
The instruction monitor display unit 28 is provided to notify the operation order of the stop buttons 15. By providing the instruction monitor display unit 28, it is possible to notify the player of the operation order of the stop buttons 15, etc.

(BET number display section 29)
The bet number display unit 29 is provided to notify the value of the bet game value. Specifically, the bet number display unit 29 is composed of "3" LEDs, and when the bet game value is "1", "1" LED is lit, when the bet game value is "2", "2" LEDs are lit, and when the bet game value is "3", "3" LEDs are lit. Incidentally, by providing the bet number display unit 29, it is possible to notify the value of the bet game value to the player.

(Grant number display unit 30)
The award number display unit 30 is provided to notify the player of the value of the game value awarded upon winning. The award number display unit 30 can also notify the player of the current setting value when changing settings or checking settings, information regarding errors, and whether the complete function is operating. By providing the award number display unit 30, it is possible to notify the player of the value of the game value awarded upon winning.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is not provided with a favorable zone display unit that can notify that a favorable zone is in effect, but it may be provided with a favorable zone display unit that can notify that a favorable zone is in effect. Also, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is not provided with a role device operation notification unit that can notify that a role device is in operation, but it may be provided with a role device operation notification unit that can notify that a role device is in operation.

(Reel 31)
The reels 31 are cylindrical and comprise a left reel 31L, a center reel 31C, and a right reel 31R. A translucent sheet is attached to the periphery of the reels 31, and multiple types of symbols are arranged in a row on this sheet. The presence of the reels 31 allows the player to see multiple symbols.

(Stepping motor 32)
The stepping motor 32 is provided to control the acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping of the reel 31. Specifically, the stepping motor 32 is composed of a left stepping motor 32L for controlling the acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping of the left reel 31L, a middle stepping motor 32C for controlling the acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping of the center reel 31C, and a right stepping motor 32R for controlling the acceleration, constant speed, deceleration, and stopping of the right reel 31R. Incidentally, the provision of the stepping motor 32 makes it possible to rotate and stop the reel 31.

(Photo sensor 33)
The photosensor 33 is provided to detect when the reel 31 has made one rotation. Specifically, the photosensor 33 has a light-emitting portion and a light-receiving portion, and is composed of a left photosensor 33L for detecting when the left reel 31L has made one rotation, a center photosensor 33C for detecting when the center reel 31C has made one rotation, and a right photosensor 33R for detecting when the right reel 31R has made one rotation. The photosensor 33 makes it possible to detect the reel index indicating when the reel 31 has made one rotation.

(Setting keyhole 34)
The setting keyhole 34 is provided to accept a setting change operation in which a setting key (not shown) is inserted and rotated a predetermined angle. Here, when the power is turned on with the setting change operation accepted, the main control board 100 performs a process to display the current setting value on the number of awards display unit 30. The provision of the setting keyhole 34 makes it possible to accept setting change operations.

(Setting door 34A)
The setting door 34A is provided to close the setting keyhole 34. When the setting door 34A is in a fixed position, it closes the setting keyhole 34, making it impossible to change the settings. On the other hand, when the setting door 34A tilts in a predetermined direction from the fixed position, the setting keyhole 34 is exposed, making it possible to change the settings. Incidentally, by providing the setting door 34A, it is possible to prevent fraudulent attempts to change the setting values.

(Reset button 35)
The reset button 35 is provided to accept a reset operation by operating the reset button 35. Here, if a reset operation is accepted when a specific error has occurred, a process to clear the specific error is performed. Also, if a reset operation is accepted when changing a setting value, a process to switch the display of the current setting value displayed on the award number display unit 30, which will be described later, is performed. Incidentally, by providing the reset button 35, it is possible to accept a reset operation.

(Reset door 35A)
The reset door 35A is provided to conceal the reset button 35. When the reset door 35A is in its fixed position, the reset button 35 is concealed, making it impossible to perform the reset operation. On the other hand, when the reset door 35A is tilted in a predetermined direction from its fixed position, the reset button 35 is exposed, making it possible to perform the reset operation. Incidentally, the provision of the reset door 35A makes it possible to prevent fraudulent reset attempts.

As will be described in more detail below, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is equipped with a setting door switch 34Asw that detects the tilting of the setting door 34A. On the other hand, it is not equipped with a reset door switch 35Asw that detects the tilting of the reset door 35A. Of course, it may also be equipped with a reset door switch 35Asw that detects the tilting of the reset door 35A.

(Ratio display section 36)
The ratio display unit 36 is made up of a 4-digit 7-segment LED and is provided to display ratio information. Here, "ratio information" refers to the instructed role ratio, the role ratio over 6,000 games, the consecutive role ratio over 6,000 games, the role ratio in cumulative play, the consecutive role ratio in cumulative play, and the role status ratio. Incidentally, by providing the ratio display unit 36, it is possible to display the ratio information.

(Game Value Clear Button 37)
The game value clear button 37 is provided to accept a game value clear operation of pressing the game value clear button 37. When the game value clear operation is performed, a process is performed to set the value of the game value owned by the player, which is displayed on the game value display device 20, to "0." Incidentally, by providing the game value clear button 37, it is possible to accept the game value clear operation.

A game value clear door may be provided to conceal the game value clear button 37. When the game value clear door is in its fixed position, the game value clear button 37 is concealed, making it impossible to clear the game value. On the other hand, when the reset door 35A tilts in a predetermined direction from its fixed position, the game value clear button 37 is exposed, making it possible to clear the game value. By providing a game value clear door, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as clearing the game value.

(Power button 38)
The power button 38 is provided to accept a power operation by pressing the power button 38. When the power operation is accepted, power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, and the main control board 100 performs a main program start process (see FIG. 23) described below. When the power operation is accepted, the game value control board 200 performs a game value program start process (see FIG. 45) described below, and the sub-control board 300 performs a sub-loop process (see FIG. 60) described below. The provision of the power button 38 makes it possible to accept the power operation.

(Subwoofer 39)
The subwoofer 39 is a woofer speaker for outputting sound effects. By providing the subwoofer 39, it is possible to output sound effects with enhanced dramatic effects.

(Status board 40)
The status board 40 is a board for relaying various components with the main control board 100, the game value control board 200, etc. The status board 40 will be described in detail later using Figure 7. Incidentally, by providing the status board 40, it becomes possible to relay various components with the main control board 100, the game value control board 200, etc.

(Reel control board 41)
The reel control board 41 is provided to control the rotation and stopping of the reels 31. The stepping motor 32 and the photosensor 33 are also connected to the reel control board 41. The provision of the reel control board 41 makes it possible to control the rotation and stopping of the reels 31.

(Power supply unit 42)
The power supply unit 42 is a unit that relays the AMP board 49, the main control board 100, and the game value control board 200, and supplies the necessary power to each part of the gaming machine 1 that is equipped with a power LED and a fuse. Incidentally, by providing the power supply unit 42, it becomes possible to supply power to each part of the gaming machine 1.

(Rental device connection terminal board 43)
The lending device connection terminal board 43 is provided for connection to an external lending device 400 of the gaming machine 1. When the counting button 19 is operated, information that the operation of the counting button 19 has been accepted can be transmitted to the lending device 400 via the lending device connection terminal board 43. Information that the operation of a lending button 76 (described below) has been accepted can also be received from the lending device 400 via the lending device connection terminal board 43. Incidentally, the provision of the lending device connection terminal board 43 enables communication between the gaming machine 1 (specifically, the game value control board 200) and the lending device 400.

(Backlight relay board 44)
The backlight relay board 44 is a board for relaying between the reel backlight board 45 and the subwoofer relay board 46. Incidentally, by providing the backlight relay board 44, it becomes possible to relay between the reel backlight board 45 and the subwoofer relay board 46.

(Reel backlight board 45)
The reel backlight board 45 is a board on which LEDs are attached for illuminating the symbols arranged on the reels 31. Specifically, the reel backlight board 45 is composed of a left reel backlight board 45L for illuminating the symbols arranged on the left reel 31L, a center reel backlight board 45C for illuminating the symbols arranged on the center reel 31C, and a right reel backlight board 45R for illuminating the symbols arranged on the right reel 31R. Incidentally, the provision of the reel backlight board 45 makes it easier for the player to see the symbols arranged on the reels 31.

(Subwoofer relay board 46)
The subwoofer relay board 46 is a board for relaying the subwoofer 39, the backlight relay board 44, and the control panel relay board 54. Incidentally, by providing the subwoofer relay board 46, it is possible to relay the subwoofer 39, the backlight relay board 44, and the control panel relay board 54.

(Logo illumination board 47)
The logo illumination board 47 is a board for controlling the logo LED 21. By providing the logo illumination board 47, it becomes possible to control the logo LED 21.

(Feature drive board 48)
The accessory drive board 48 is a board for controlling the operation of the image display device 7. By providing the accessory drive board 48, it becomes possible to control the operation of the image display device 7.

(AMP board 49)
The AMP board 49 is provided to amplify and output sound effects output from a speaker 62, which will be described later. Incidentally, by providing the AMP board 49, it becomes possible to amplify and output sound effects output from a speaker 62, which will be described later.

(Side unit board 50)
The side unit board 50 is a board for controlling the side unit LEDs 24. Specifically, the side unit board 50 is composed of a right side unit board 50R for controlling the right side unit LEDs 24R, and a left side unit board 50L for controlling the left side unit LEDs 24L. Incidentally, by providing the side unit board 50, it becomes possible to control the side unit LEDs 24.

(Concrete panel illumination board 51)
The control panel illumination board 51 is a board for controlling the control panel LEDs 22. Incidentally, by providing the control panel illumination board 51, it becomes possible to control the control panel LEDs 22.

(Control panel side board 52)
The control panel side board 52 is a board for controlling the control panel side LEDs 23. Specifically, the control panel side board 52 is composed of a right control panel side board 52R for controlling the right control panel side LED 23R and a left control panel side board 52L for controlling the left control panel side LED 23L. Incidentally, by providing the control panel side board 52, it becomes possible to control the control panel side LEDs 23.

(Title panel board 53)
The title panel board 53 is a board for controlling the lower panel LEDs 66, which will be described later. Incidentally, by providing the title panel board 53, it becomes possible to control the lower panel LEDs 66, which will be described later, and therefore it becomes possible to make the lower panel 6 emit light.

(Control panel relay board 54)
The control panel relay board 54 is a board that relays the effect switch 16sw, subwoofer relay board 46, control panel illumination board 51, title panel board 53, MAXBET LED board 55, stop button LED board 56, effect button LED board 60, cross key board 61, lower right speaker 62C, lower left speaker 62D, and effect button vibration motor 67. Incidentally, by providing the control panel relay board 54, it is possible to relay the various boards mentioned above.

(MAXBETLED board 55)
The MAXBET LED board 55 is a board on which a MAXBET button LED 64, which will be described later, is attached. The MAXBET LED board 55 is also a board for controlling the light emission of the MAXBET button LED 64, which will be described later. By providing the MAXBET LED board 55, it becomes possible to control the light emission of the MAXBET button LED 64, which will be described later.

(Stop button LED board 56)
The stop button LED board 56 is a board on which a stop button LED 65, which will be described later, is attached. The stop button LED board 56 is also a board for controlling the light emission of the stop button LED 65, which will be described later. By providing the stop button LED board 56, it becomes possible to control the light emission of the stop button LED 65, which will be described later.

(Memory board 57)
The memory board 57 is a board provided for mounting an image ROM 68 (to be described later) and an audio ROM 69 (to be described later). Incidentally, by providing the memory board 57, it becomes possible to mount the image ROM 68 (to be described later) and the audio ROM 69 (to be described later).

(LVDS relay board 58)
The LVDS relay board 58 is a board for relaying the AMP board 49, the image display device relay board 59, and the sub-control board 300 described later. By providing the LVDS relay board 58, it becomes possible to relay the AMP board 49, the image display device relay board 59, and the sub-control board 300 described later.

(Image display device relay board 59)
The image display device relay board 59 is a board for relaying the image display device 7 and the LVDS relay board 58. By providing the image display device relay board 59, it is possible to relay the image display device 7 and the LVDS relay board 58.

(Effect button LED board 60)
The effect button LED board 60 is a board for controlling the light emission of the effect button LEDs 63, which will be described later. By providing the effect button LED board 60, it is possible to control the light emission of the effect button LEDs 63, which will be described later.

(Cross key board 61)
The cross key board 61 is a board to which the control panel relay board 54 is connected and on which a cross key switch 17sw (described later) is attached. By providing the cross key board 61, when the cross key switch 17sw (described later) detects the operation of the cross key 17, information that the operation of the cross key 17 has been detected can be transmitted to the sub-control board 300 via the control panel relay board 54.

(Speaker 62)
The speakers 62 are provided to output background music, voice, sound effects, etc. corresponding to the effects executed when a game is played. The speakers 62 are also capable of outputting background music, voice, sound effects, etc. corresponding to detected errors. Here, the speakers 62 are composed of an upper right speaker 62A, an upper left speaker 62B, a lower right speaker 62C, and a lower left speaker 62D. Incidentally, by providing the speakers 62, it is possible to execute effects that appeal to the player's hearing.

(Main control board 100)
The main control board 100 is provided to perform control related to games. The main control board 100 is provided inside the cabinet 2, above the reels 31. The provision of the main control board 100 makes it possible to execute control related to games.

(Game value control board 200)
The gaming value control board 200 is provided to control the gaming value owned by the player. The gaming value control board 200 is provided inside the cabinet 2, below the reels 31. By providing the gaming value control board 200, it becomes possible to execute control over the gaming value owned by the player.

(Sub-control board 300)
The sub-control board 300 is provided mainly to control the effects. The sub-control board 300 is provided on the back side of the front door 3, above the middle panel 5. The provision of the sub-control board 300 makes it possible to control the effects.

(Arrangement of symbols on reel 31)
Next, the symbol arrangement on the reel 31 will be described with reference to Fig. 5. Information relating to the symbol arrangement on the reel 31 shown in Fig. 5 is stored in the main ROM use area 102A.

Each reel 31 has 20 symbols arranged on it: a red seven symbol FIGa, a bar symbol FIGb, a cherry symbol FIGc, a first bell symbol FIGd, a second bell symbol FIGe, a third bell symbol FIGf, a fourth bell symbol FIGg, a first plum symbol FIGh, a second plum symbol FIGi, and a replay symbol FIGj.

In the following, the first bell symbol FIGd, the second bell symbol FIGe, the third bell symbol FIGf, and the fourth bell symbol FIGg will be collectively referred to as "bell symbols," and the first plum symbol FIGh and the second plum symbol FIGi will be collectively referred to as "plum symbols."

In this embodiment, the reel 31 can be stopped within the range of the "5" symbol, based on the symbol displayed on the pay line at the time the stop button 15 is operated. For example, when the left reel 31L is stopped based on the "10" replay symbol FIGj, it can be stopped within the range of the "10" replay symbol FIGj, the "09" second plum symbol FIGi, the "08" red seven symbol FIGa, the "07" first plum symbol FIGh, and the "06" replay symbol FIGj. The stopping position of the symbol is determined according to the winning combination.

(Valid line)
In this embodiment, the "active line" is one line (middle line) connecting the symbols displayed in the middle row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed in the middle row of the middle reel 31C, and the symbols displayed in the middle row of the right reel 31R. Note that other lines may be used as the active line. For example, the active line may be a lower line, an upper line, a line rising to the right, a line falling to the right, or a small mountain-shaped line, as described below. In addition, although the number of active lines is one in this embodiment, there may be multiple lines.

(Lower line)
The lower line refers to the line connecting the symbols displayed on the lower row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed on the lower row of the center reel 31C, and the symbols displayed on the lower row of the right reel 31R.

(Upper line)
The upper line refers to the line connecting the symbols displayed on the upper row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed on the upper row of the center reel 31C, and the symbols displayed on the upper row of the right reel 31R.

(Rising line)
The upward-sloping line is a line connecting the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 31C, and the symbols displayed on the top row of the right reel 31R.

(Sloping line to the right)
The downward-sloping line to the right is a line connecting the symbols displayed on the top row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 31C, and the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the right reel 31R.

(Small hill type line)
The small mountain-shaped line is a line connecting the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the left reel 31L, the symbols displayed on the middle row of the center reel 31C, and the symbols displayed on the bottom row of the right reel 31R.

In this embodiment, if four of a specific symbol are arranged at intervals of five, the specific symbol can be displayed as a stopped symbol on an active line regardless of when the stop button 15 is operated. For example, the center reel 31C has replay symbol FIGj arranged at numbers 04, 09, 14, and 19, so the replay symbol FIGj can be displayed as a stopped symbol on an active line regardless of when the center stop button 15C is operated. This type of symbol arrangement is referred to as "PB=1."

(Pattern combinations and game value)
Next, the symbol combinations and the awarded game value will be described with reference to Figure 6. Information relating to the symbol combinations shown in Figure 6 and the awarded game value is stored in the main ROM usage area 102A, which will be described later.

As shown in Figure 6, in this embodiment, the symbol combinations related to winning are defined as "First Bonus," "Second Bonus," "Replay," "Plum," "Cherry," and "Bell." When this symbol combination is displayed on an active line, a winning combination is achieved and the player is awarded a benefit. Benefits awarded to the player include transitioning to a bonus activation state, awarding game value, and activating a replay.

(First Bonus)
The "First Bonus" is won when the red seven symbols FIGa are displayed on the pay line. When the "First Bonus" is won, the game will transition to the bonus activation state described below.

(Second Bonus)
The "Second Bonus" is won when the BAR symbol FIGb is displayed along an active line. When the "Second Bonus" is won, the game transitions to the bonus activation state described below. In the following, the "First Bonus" and the "Second Bonus" are collectively referred to as "bonus."

(Replay)
In the "replay", a win is achieved when the replay symbols FIGj are displayed on the pay line. When a "replay" win is achieved, the replay is activated, and a game can be played without betting a game value.

In this embodiment, a replay will be activated if the replay symbol FIGj is displayed in a line along the top line, bottom line, upward-to-right line, or downward-to-right line. For example, a replay will be activated if the red seven symbol FIGa numbered "03" stops in the middle of the left reel 31L, the BAR symbol FIGb numbered "03" stops in the middle of the center reel 31C, the second plum symbol FIGi numbered "05" stops in the middle of the right reel 31R, and the replay symbol FIGj is displayed in a line along the bottom line. Note that in the display determination process of step S11000, which will be described later, a replay win will be determined to have been achieved if it is determined that the red seven symbol FIGa, BAR symbol FIGb, and replay symbol FIGj are displayed in a line.

(plum)
A "Plum" win is achieved when the "Plum symbols" are displayed in alignment on an active line. For example, a "Plum" win is achieved when the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the left reel 31L, the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the center reel 31C, and the first plum symbol FIGh is displayed in the middle of the right reel 31R. Here, when a "Plum" win is achieved, a game value of "6" is awarded to the player.

In addition, in this embodiment, the "Plum" winning combination is also achieved when the "Plum symbol" is displayed on any of the other lines. Specifically, when the "Plum symbol" is displayed on the bottom line, top line, upward-sloping line, downward-sloping line, or small mountain-shaped line, the "Plum" winning combination is achieved and a game value of "13" is awarded. In other words, the game value awarded to the player varies depending on the line on which the "Plum symbol" is displayed.

(Bell)
A "bell" win is achieved when the "bell symbols" are displayed in a line on an active pay line. For example, a "bell" win is achieved when the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle row of the left reel 31L, the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle row of the center reel 31C, and the first bell symbol FIGd is displayed in the middle row of the right reel 31R. When a "bell" win is achieved, a game value of "1" is awarded to the player.

In addition, in this embodiment, game value is awarded to the player even when "bell symbols" are displayed in alignment on other lines. Specifically, a "bell" win is achieved when "bell symbols" are displayed in alignment on any of the lower line, upper line, upward-sloping line, and downward-sloping line. In this case, the game value awarded for the "bell" win is "1". In other words, the game value awarded to the player is the same regardless of which line the "bell symbols" are displayed on.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment has a specified combination of symbols (not shown) related to the blank, and when a "blank" win is achieved, a gaming value of "1" is awarded to the player.

(Block diagram of the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200)
Next, a block diagram of the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200 will be described with reference to FIG.

The gaming machine 1 has a main control board 100 that controls the main operations of the gaming machine 1, to which a status display unit 10, setting key switch 34sw, setting door switch 34Asw, reset switch 35sw, ratio display unit 36, status board 40, reel control board 41, power supply unit 42, game value control board 200, and sub-control board 300 are connected.

(Setting key switch 34sw)
The setting key switch 34sw is a switch for detecting a setting change operation in which the setting key is inserted and rotated a predetermined angle. Here, when the power is turned on with a setting change operation performed, the setting key switch 34sw outputs a setting key switch signal to the main control board 100. Then, when the setting key switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs a process to display the current setting value on the number of awards display unit 30. Note that the provision of the setting key switch 34sw makes it possible to detect a setting change operation.

(Setting door switch 34Asw)
The setting door switch 34Asw is a switch for detecting tilting of the setting door 34A. When the setting door 34A tilts in a predetermined direction, a setting door switch signal is output to the main control board 100. When the setting door switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing appropriate for when a setting door switch signal is input. Incidentally, by providing the setting door switch 34Asw, it becomes possible to detect that the setting door 34A has tilted in a predetermined direction.

(Reset switch 35sw)
The reset switch 35sw is provided to detect a reset operation of pressing the reset button 35. Here, when the reset switch 35sw detects the reset operation, it outputs a reset switch signal to the main control board 100. Then, when the reset switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processes such as switching the display of the setting value displayed on the number of awards display unit 30 and clearing errors. Note that by providing the reset switch 35sw, the reset operation of the reset button 35 can be detected.

As shown in Figure 7, the status board 40 is connected to the door opening/closing sensor 4Rs, the error reset sensor 4Ls, the BET switch 11sw, the MAXBET switch 12sw, the settlement switch 13sw, the start switch 14sw, the stop switch 15sw, and the game value display unit 18.

(Door opening/closing sensor 4Rs)
The door open/close sensor 4Rs is a sensor for detecting the opening and closing of the front door 3. Specifically, the door open/close sensor 4Rs is turned ON when the door key is inserted into the door keyhole 4 and rotated clockwise a predetermined angle, and outputs a door open signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. When the door open signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing such as responding to a door open error, which will be described later. Incidentally, the provision of the door open/close sensor 4Rs makes it possible to detect the opening and closing of the front door 3.

(Error release sensor 4Ls)
The error reset sensor 4Ls is a sensor for resetting an error that has occurred. Specifically, the error reset sensor 4Ls is turned ON when the door key is inserted into the door keyhole 4 and rotated counterclockwise by a predetermined angle, and outputs an error reset signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. When the error reset signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing to reset the error. Incidentally, the provision of the error reset sensor 4Ls makes it possible to reset an error that has occurred.

(BET switch 11sw)
The BET switch 11sw is a switch for detecting a BET operation. Here, when the BET switch 11sw detects a BET operation, it outputs a BET switch signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. Then, when the BET switch signal is input, the main control board 100, together with the game value control board 200, performs processing to bet a game value of "1" from the game value owned by the player. Note that by providing the BET switch 11sw, it becomes possible to detect a BET operation.

(MAXBET switch 12sw)
The MAXBET switch 12sw is a switch for detecting a MAXBET operation. Here, when the MAXBET switch 12sw detects a MAXBET operation, it outputs a MAXBET switch signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. Then, when the MAXBET switch signal is input, the main control board 100, together with the game value control board 200, performs processing to bet a game value of "3" from the game value owned by the player. Note that by providing the MAXBET switch 12sw, it becomes possible to detect a MAXBET operation.

(Settlement switch 13sw)
The settlement switch 13sw is a switch for detecting a settlement operation. Here, when the settlement switch 13sw detects a settlement operation, it outputs a settlement switch signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. Then, when the settlement switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing to settle the game value bet together with the game value control board 200. Note that by providing the settlement switch 13sw, it is possible to detect a settlement operation.

(Start switch 14sw)
The start switch 14sw is a switch for detecting a start operation. Here, when the start switch 14sw detects the start operation, it outputs a start switch signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. Then, when the start switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing such as starting the rotation of the reels 31. Note that the inclusion of the start switch 14sw makes it possible to detect the start operation.

(Stop switch 15sw)
The stop switch 15sw is a switch for detecting a stop operation. The stop switch 15sw is composed of a left stop switch 15Lsw for detecting a stop operation of the left stop button 15L, a middle stop switch 15Csw for detecting a stop operation of the middle stop button 15C, and a right stop switch 15Rsw for detecting a stop operation of the right stop button 15R. When the stop switch 15sw detects a stop operation, it outputs a stop switch signal to the main control board 100 via the status board 40. When the stop switch signal is input, the main control board 100 performs processing such as stopping the rotation of the reels 31. The stop switch 15sw makes it possible to detect a stop operation of the stop button 15.

As shown in Figure 7, the game value display unit 18 is connected to a counting switch 19sw and a game value display device 20.

(Counting switch 19sw)
The counting switch 19sw is a switch for detecting a counting operation. Here, when the counting switch 19sw detects a counting operation, it outputs a counting switch signal to the game value control board 200 via the game value display unit 18 and the status board 40. Then, when the counting switch signal is input, the game value control board 200 performs a process of counting the game value owned by the player and a process of updating the value displayed on the game value display device 20 toward "0". Note that by providing the counting switch 19sw, the counting operation of the counting button 19 can be detected.

As shown in Figure 7, the power supply unit 42 is connected to the power switch 38sw, AMP board 49, main control board 100, and game value control board 200.

(Power switch 38sw)
The power switch 38sw is a switch for detecting a power operation. Here, when the power switch 38sw detects the power operation, a process of supplying power to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply unit 42 is performed. Note that the provision of the power switch 38sw makes it possible to detect the power operation.

As shown in Figure 7, the main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101, a main ROM 102, a main RAM 103, and a main random number generator 104.

(Main CPU 101)
The main CPU 101 reads a program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game, thereby transmitting predetermined signals to the status display unit 10, the ratio display unit 36, the status board 40, the reel control board 41, the game value control board 200, and the sub-control board 300. The main CPU 101 also receives predetermined signals from the setting key switch 34sw, the setting door switch 34Asw, the reset switch 35sw, the status board 40, the reel control board 41, and the game value control board 200, and executes processing in accordance with the received signals. Incidentally, the provision of the main CPU 101 makes it possible to execute predetermined arithmetic processing in accordance with the progress of the game.

(Main ROM 102)
The main ROM 102 is provided to store the control program executed by the main CPU 101, various tables, data for transmitting predetermined signals to the game value control board 200 and the sub-control board 300, etc. Incidentally, the provision of the main ROM 102 makes it possible to store the control program, tables, etc. The main ROM 102 will be described in detail later using FIG. 14.

(Main RAM 103)
The main RAM 103 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of programs by the main CPU 101. Specifically, the main RAM 103 has a storage area for storing various data. The provision of the main RAM 103 makes it possible to store various data determined by the execution of programs by the main CPU 101. The main RAM 103 will be described in detail later using FIG. 14.

(Main Random Number Generator 104)
The main random number generator 104 is provided to generate random numbers used in the lottery. The main random number generator 104 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535" and generates random numbers used when determining winning combinations. The provision of the main random number generator 104 makes it possible to generate random numbers used in the lottery.

As shown in Figure 7, the game value control board 200 is connected to the game value clear switch 37sw, status board 40, power supply unit 42, rental device connection terminal board 43, main control board 100, and sub-control board 300.

(Game value clear switch 37sw)
The game value clear switch 37sw is a switch for detecting a game value clear operation. Here, when the game value clear switch 37sw detects a game value clear operation, it outputs a game value clear switch signal to the game value control board 200. Then, when the game value clear switch signal is input, the game value control board 200 performs a process of resetting the value of the game value owned by the player displayed on the game value display device 20 to "0" and a process of resetting the value displayed on the game value display device 20 before the gaming machine 1 was powered off to "0". Note that by providing the game value clear switch 37sw, it is possible to detect a game value clear operation.

As shown in Figure 7, the game value control board 200 comprises a game value CPU 201, a game value ROM 202, and a game value RAM 203.

(Game Value CPU 201)
The gaming value CPU 201 reads a program stored in the gaming value ROM 202, performs predetermined calculations in response to signals input from the gaming value clear switch 37sw, the status board 40, the lending device connection terminal board 43, and the main control board 100, and controls the gaming value display device 20 via the status board 40 based on the results of the calculations. Incidentally, by providing the gaming value CPU 201, it becomes possible to control the gaming value display device 20.

(Game Value ROM 202)
The game value ROM 202 is provided to store control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the game value CPU 201. Incidentally, by providing the game value ROM 202, it becomes possible to store control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the game value CPU 201. Incidentally, the game value ROM 202 will be described in detail later using FIG. 14.

(Game Value RAM 203)
The game value RAM 203 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the game value CPU 201. By providing the game value RAM 203, it becomes possible to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the game value CPU 201. The game value RAM 203 will be described in detail later using Figure 14.

(Block diagram of sub-control board 300)
Next, a block diagram of the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to FIG.

The gaming machine 1 has a sub-control board 300 that controls the effects of the gaming machine 1, and to this are connected a logo illumination board 47, right side unit board 50R, left side unit board 50L, right control panel side board 52R, left control panel side board 52L, control panel relay board 54, LVDS relay board 58, upper right speaker 62A, upper left speaker 62B, main control board 100, and game value control board 200.

As shown in Figure 8, the control panel relay board 54 is connected to the effect switch 16sw, subwoofer relay board 46, control panel illumination board 51, title panel board 53, MAXBET LED board 55, stop button LED board 56, effect button LED board 60, cross key board 61, lower right speaker 62C, lower left speaker 62D, and effect button vibration motor 67. Here, the cross key switch 17sw is connected to the cross key board 61.

(Performance switch 16sw)
The effect switch 16sw is a switch for detecting effect button operation. Here, when the effect switch 16sw detects an effect button operation, it outputs an effect switch signal to the sub-control board 300 via the control panel relay board 54. Then, when the effect switch signal is input, the sub-control board 300 performs processing such as switching the predetermined effect image displayed on the image display device 7 to a specific effect image and displaying the image, or processing such as displaying a menu image on the image display device 7. Note that the provision of the effect switch 16sw makes it possible to detect effect button operation.

(Cross key switch 17sw)
The cross key switch 17sw is a switch for detecting cross key operation. Here, when the cross key switch 17sw detects a cross key operation, it outputs a cross key switch signal to the sub-control board 300 via the cross key board 61 and the control panel relay board 54. Then, when the cross key switch signal is input, the sub-control board 300 performs a process of moving and displaying a cursor image CUR, which will be described later. Note that the provision of the cross key switch 17sw makes it possible to detect a cross key operation.

(Effect button LED 63)
The effect button LED 63 is provided to cause the effect button 16 to emit light when a predetermined condition is met. Specifically, the effect button LED 63 emits light when operation of the effect button 16 is acceptable. On the other hand, when acceptance of operation of the effect button 16 is restricted, the effect button LED 63 does not emit light. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the effect button LED 63 emits light when a predetermined effect is executed. Incidentally, by providing the effect button LED 63, it is possible to notify the player that operation of the effect button 16 is acceptable.

(MAXBET button LED 64)
The MAXBET button LED 64 is provided to cause the MAXBET button 12 to emit light when operation of the MAXBET button 12 is acceptable. Specifically, the MAXBET button LED 64 emits light when operation of the MAXBET button 12 is acceptable. On the other hand, when operation of the MAXBET button 12 is not acceptable, the MAXBET button LED 64 does not emit light. Incidentally, by providing the MAXBET button LED 64, it is possible to notify the player that operation of the MAXBET button 12 is acceptable.

(Stop button LED 65)
The stop button LED 65 is provided to illuminate the stop button 15 when a stop operation is acceptable. Specifically, the stop button LED 65 is composed of a left stop button LED 65L provided to illuminate the left stop button 15L when operation of the left stop button 15L is acceptable, a middle stop button LED 65C provided to illuminate the middle stop button 15C when operation of the middle stop button 15C is acceptable, and a right stop button LED 65R provided to illuminate the right stop button 15R when operation of the right stop button 15R is acceptable. Here, the stop button LED 65 illuminates when a stop operation is acceptable. On the other hand, when acceptance of operation of the stop button 15 is restricted, the stop button LED 65 does not illuminate. Incidentally, by providing the stop button LED 65, it is possible to notify the player that a stop operation is acceptable.

(Lower panel LED 66)
The lower panel LEDs 66 are provided to illuminate the lower panel 6. Specifically, the lower panel LEDs 66 are generally always illuminated, and do not illuminate when a predetermined effect is being executed or a predetermined error occurs. Incidentally, by providing the lower panel LEDs 66, it becomes possible to make the lower panel 6 more easily visible to the player.

(Effect button vibration motor 67)
The effect button vibration motor 67 is provided to vibrate the effect button 16. Specifically, the effect button vibration motor 67 is driven when a predetermined effect is executed, thereby vibrating the effect button 16. Incidentally, by providing the effect button vibration motor 67, the effect button 16 can be vibrated, thereby enhancing the effect of the effect.

(Backlight LED 70)
The backlight LEDs 70 are provided to illuminate the symbols arranged on the reels 31. Specifically, the backlight LEDs 70 are composed of a left backlight LED 70L provided to illuminate the symbols arranged on the left reel 31L, a middle backlight LED 70C provided to illuminate the symbols arranged on the middle reel 31C, and a right backlight LED 70R provided to illuminate the symbols arranged on the right reel 31R. The provision of the backlight LEDs 70 makes it possible to improve the visibility of the symbols arranged on the reels 31.

As shown in Figure 8, the sub-control board 300 includes a role-playing device drive board 48, an AMP board 49, a memory board 57, a sub-CPU 301, a sub-ROM 302, a sub-RAM 303, and a sub-random number generator 304. Furthermore, as mentioned above, the memory board 57 includes an image ROM 68 and an audio ROM 69.

(Image ROM 68)
The image ROM 68 is provided to store data relating to images to be displayed on the image display device 7. Incidentally, by providing the image ROM 68, it becomes possible to store data relating to images to be displayed on the image display device 7.

(Audio ROM 69)
The audio ROM 69 is provided to store data relating to the audio output from the speaker 62. Incidentally, by providing the audio ROM 69, it becomes possible to store data relating to background music, audio, sound effects, and the like.

(Sub-CPU 301)
The sub-CPU 301 reads the program stored in the sub-ROM 302, performs predetermined calculations in accordance with command information received from the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200, and signals input from the control panel relay board 54, and controls the image display device 7, logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, side unit LED 24, subwoofer 39, speaker 62, effect button LED 63, MAXBET button LED 64, stop button LED 65, lower panel LED 66, effect button vibration motor 67, and backlight LED 70 based on the results of the calculations.

(Sub-ROM 302)
The sub ROM 302 is provided to store the control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the sub CPU 301. Incidentally, by providing the sub ROM 302, it becomes possible to store the control programs, data tables, etc. executed by the sub CPU 301.

(Sub RAM 303)
The sub-RAM 303 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the sub-CPU 301. Incidentally, by providing the sub-RAM 303, it is possible to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the sub-CPU 301.

(Sub-random number generator 304)
The sub-random number generator 304 is provided to generate random numbers to be used when determining the effects by lottery. In this embodiment, the sub-random number generator 304 is capable of generating random numbers in the range of "0" to "65535" and generates the random numbers to be used when determining the effects. Incidentally, by providing the sub-random number generator 304, it is possible to generate random numbers to be used in the lottery to determine the effects.

(Block diagram of rental device 400)
Next, a block diagram of the rental device 400 will be described with reference to FIG.

The rental device 400 is connected to the rental device connection terminal board 43 and the hall computer 500.

As shown in Figure 9, the lending device 400 includes an SC board 71, a lending device control board 72, a lending switch 76sw, a return switch 77sw, a replay switch 78sw, an LCD display 79, a bill reading unit 80, a card reading unit 81, and a hall control output unit 82.

(SC board 71)
The SC board 71 is capable of executing an encryption transmission process in which predetermined information received from the gaming value control board 200 is encrypted and transmitted to the gaming machine information center 520 (described later). The SC board 71 is also capable of executing a decryption transmission process in which specific information received from the gaming machine information center 520 (described later) is decrypted and transmitted to the gaming value control board 200.

(Rental device control board 72)
The rental device control board 72 includes a rental device CPU 73, a rental device ROM 74, and a rental device RAM 75. The rental device control board 72 is capable of executing a prepaid card information storage process that reads and stores information (e.g., the prepaid card ID and monetary information) stored on a prepaid card inserted into the rental device 400. The rental device control board 72 is also capable of executing a prepaid card information transmission process that transmits prepaid card information to the management computer 501, which will be described later.

(Rental Device CPU 73)
The lending device CPU 73 reads a program stored in the lending device ROM 74 and performs predetermined calculation processing related to the lending of gaming value, thereby controlling the display on the liquid crystal display 79 and transmitting predetermined signals to the hall control output unit 82. Incidentally, by providing the lending device CPU 73, it becomes possible to execute processing related to the lending of gaming value.

(Rental device ROM 74)
The lending device ROM 74 is provided to store control programs and the like executed by the lending device CPU 73. Incidentally, by providing the lending device ROM 74, it becomes possible to store control programs and the like related to the lending of gaming value.

(Rental Device RAM 75)
The rental device RAM 75 is provided to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the rental device CPU 73. By providing the rental device RAM 75, it becomes possible to store various data determined by the execution of the program by the rental device CPU 73.

(Lending button 76)
The lending button 76 is provided to accept a lending operation by pressing the lending button 76. When the lending operation is accepted and a lending switch signal is input, a process of lending gaming value is performed according to electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 400 or information related to the money stored on the prepaid card. Incidentally, the provision of the lending button 76 makes it possible to accept the lending operation.

(Lending switch 76sw)
The lending switch 76sw is a switch for detecting a lending operation. Here, when the lending switch 76sw detects a lending operation, it outputs a lending switch signal to the lending device control board 72. Then, when the lending switch signal is input, the lending device control board 72 performs a process of lending gaming value according to electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 400 or information related to the money stored on the prepaid card. Note that by providing the lending switch 76sw, it is possible to detect a lending operation.

(Return button 77)
The return button 77 is provided to accept a return operation of pressing the return button 77. When the return operation is accepted, a process of returning the prepaid card to the player is carried out. Incidentally, the provision of the return button 77 makes it possible to accept the return operation.

(Return switch 77sw)
The return switch 77sw is a switch for detecting a return operation. Here, when the return switch 77sw detects a return operation, it outputs a return switch signal to the rental device control board 72. Then, when the return switch signal is input, the rental device control board 72 returns the prepaid card inserted into the rental device 400. Note that the provision of the return switch 77sw makes it possible to detect a return operation.

(Replay button 78)
The replay button 78 is provided to accept a replay operation by pressing the replay button 78. When the replay operation is accepted, processing related to the replay is carried out according to information about the gaming value stored in the membership card or prepaid card inserted in the rental device 400. Incidentally, the provision of the replay button 78 makes it possible to accept the replay operation.

(Replay switch 78sw)
The replay switch 78sw is a switch for detecting a replay operation by pressing the replay button 78. Here, when the replay switch 78sw detects a replay operation, it outputs a replay switch signal to the rental device control board 72. Then, when the replay switch signal is input, the rental device control board 72 controls the replay in accordance with information about the gaming value stored in the membership card or prepaid card inserted in the rental device 400. Note that the provision of the replay switch 78sw makes it possible to detect a replay operation.

(Liquid crystal display 79)
The liquid crystal display 79 is provided to display electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 400. Specifically, the liquid crystal display 79 is capable of displaying information related to the money inserted into the lending device 400, the calculated gaming value, etc. By providing the liquid crystal display 79 in the lending device 400, it becomes possible to display electronic information corresponding to the money inserted into the lending device 400.

(Banknote reading unit 80)
The banknote reading unit 80 is provided to read money inserted into the lending device 400. Specifically, the banknote reading unit 80 is capable of identifying 1,000 yen bills, 2,000 yen bills, 5,000 yen bills, and 10,000 yen bills. Incidentally, by providing the banknote reading unit 80, it becomes possible to read money inserted into the lending device 400.

(Card reading unit 81)
The card reading unit 81 is provided to read a membership card or prepaid card inserted into the lending device 400. Incidentally, by providing the card reading unit 81, it becomes possible to read an inserted membership card or prepaid card.

(Hall capacitor output section 82)
The hall computer output unit 82 is provided to output hall computer information, which will be described later, to the hall computer 500. The hall computer output unit 82 also has a plurality of pulse output signal terminals for supplying pulses.

(Game state transition)
Next, the transition of the game state will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 10, this embodiment has a total of three gaming states: the general gaming state, the bonus carryover state, and the bonus activation state.

(Normal gaming state)
The base gaming state is a gaming state in which the winning probability of a "replay" is determined by lottery with a first probability. The base gaming state is also a gaming state that is unfavorable to the player. If the "first BB" or "second BB" is won in the base gaming state, the game transitions from the base gaming state to the bonus carryover state. If the "bonus" is won in the base gaming state, the game transitions from the base gaming state to the bonus activation state.

(Bonus carried over)
The bonus carryover state is a gaming state in which the winning probability of a "replay" is determined by lottery at a second probability that is higher than the first probability. In this embodiment, when the game enters the bonus carryover state, the game state is not changed in principle.

(Bonus activated)
The bonus activation state is a gaming state in which a "bonus" is activated. Here, if a gaming value exceeding a predetermined threshold is awarded in the bonus activation state, the bonus activation state transitions to a normal gaming state. Note that in this embodiment, "31" is used as the predetermined threshold, but this is not limited to this, and other values may be used as the predetermined threshold.

(Ball dispensing state transition)
Next, the transition of the ball dispensing state will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 11, in the "advantageous zone," there are multiple ball output states managed by the main control board 100. Specifically, there are three ball output states in total: normal state, CZ state, and AT state.

As will be described in more detail below, when a replay is determined as a winning role in a "non-advantageous zone," the zone transitions from the "non-advantageous zone" to the "advantageous zone." Other conditions may be used as the transition conditions for transitioning from the "non-advantageous zone" to the "advantageous zone." For example, the transition condition for the "advantageous zone" may be winning the transition lottery to the "advantageous zone" in the "non-advantageous zone," or the transition condition for the "advantageous zone" may be playing a predetermined number of games in the "non-advantageous zone."

(Normal state)
The normal state is a state that is unfavorable to the player, and is a state in which a lottery for transitioning to the CZ state or the AT state can be executed. Also, in the normal state, the player will remain in the bonus carryover state. Here, if the lottery for transitioning to the CZ state is won in the normal state, the player will transition from the normal state to the CZ state. Also, in the normal state, if the lottery for transitioning to the AT state is won or if a predetermined number of games have been played, the player will transition from the normal state to the AT state.

In addition, if the player wins the lottery to transition to the CZ state in the normal state, the player may transition to the CZ premonition state. In this case, when the premonition number of games is played in the CZ premonition state, the player will transition from the CZ premonition state to the CZ state.

In addition, during the CZ precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player anticipate a transition to the CZ state, and effects that notify the player of a transition to the CZ state. This makes it possible to make the player anticipate a transition to the CZ state.

Also, if the conditions for executing the CZ fake premonition effect are met in the normal state, the state may transition to the CZ fake premonition state. In this case, once the number of fake premonition games has been played in the CZ fake premonition state, the state will transition from the CZ fake premonition state to the normal state.

The conditions for executing the CZ fake premonition effect can be, for example, when a specific winning combination is determined and the lottery for transitioning to the CZ state is not won.

In addition, in the CZ fake precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player anticipate a transition to the CZ state, as well as effects that notify the player that they will transition to the normal state without transitioning to the CZ state. This makes it possible to make the player anticipate a transition to the CZ state even if they do not win the lottery to transition to the CZ state.

Also, if the player wins the lottery to transition to the AT state in the normal state, the game may transition to the AT precursor state. In this case, when the number of precursor games is played in the AT precursor state, the game will transition from the AT precursor state to the AT state.

In addition, in the AT precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player anticipate a transition to the AT state, and effects that notify the player that a transition to the AT state will occur. This makes it possible to make the player anticipate a transition to the AT state.

Also, if the conditions for executing the AT fake premonition effect are met in the normal state, the state may transition to the AT fake premonition state. In this case, once the number of fake premonition games has been played in the AT fake premonition state, the state will transition from the AT fake premonition state to the normal state.

The conditions for executing the AT fake precursor effect can be, for example, when a specific winning combination is determined and the lottery for transitioning to the AT state is not won.

In addition, in the AT fake precursor state, effects are executed that can make the player anticipate a transition to the AT state, as well as effects that notify the player that the game will transition to the normal state without transitioning to the AT state. This makes it possible to make the player anticipate a transition to the AT state even if they do not win the lottery to transition to the AT state.

(CZ state)
The CZ state is a state in which it is easier to transition to the AT state compared to the normal state, and is a state in which a lottery for transitioning to the AT state can be executed. Also, in the CZ state, the bonus will remain in a carryover state. Here, if the lottery for transitioning to the AT state is won in the CZ state, the game will transition from the CZ state to the AT state. Also, in the CZ state, if the termination conditions for the CZ state are met, the game will transition from the CZ state to the normal state.

(AT state)
The AT state is advantageous to the player in that it is easier for the player to receive game value compared to the normal state. As will be described later in detail, the AT state is a state in which the order of operation of the stop buttons 15 required to win "Plum" is notified. In addition, in the AT state, the player remains in the bonus carryover state.

Here, if the conditions for terminating the AT state are met in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to the normal state. Also, if the conditions for terminating the advantageous zone are met in the AT state, the state will transition from the AT state to a non-advantageous zone.

(Flow of goods and information)
Next, the flow of goods and information will be described with reference to FIG.

Figure 12 shows a gaming machine 1, a rental device 400, amusement store H, a card company data center 510, a gaming machine information center 520, a union 530, an addiction countermeasure agency 540, a card company organization 550, a rental device manufacturer 560, an SC board manufacturer 570, a gaming machine manufacturer 580, and a gaming machine management control chip supplier 590.

(Amusement Store H)
Gaming parlor H is equipped with gaming machines 1, rental devices 400, hall computers 500, and management computers 501. In this embodiment, games can be played by connecting the gaming machines 1 and the rental devices 400. In other words, if the gaming machines 1 and the rental devices 400 are not connected, games cannot be played.

Here, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 are configured to be able to communicate with each other. Specifically, the gaming machine 1 is configured to be able to transmit gaming value counting information, gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, and hall control/fraud monitoring information to the rental device 400. In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured to be able to input a gaming value rental signal from the rental device 400.

The lending device 400 is configured to be able to communicate with the gaming machine 1, the hall computer 500, and the management computer 501. Specifically, the lending device 400 is configured to be able to output a gaming value lending signal to the gaming machine 1, and is configured to be able to send hall computer information to the hall computer 500. The lending device 400 is also configured to be able to receive a PIN and a verification security result notification from the management computer 501.

(Hall computer 500)
The hall computer 500 is configured to be able to communicate with the rental device 400. Specifically, the hall computer 500 is configured to be able to receive hall computer information from the rental device 400.

(Management computer 501)
The management computer 501 is configured to be able to communicate with the rental device 400, the card company data center 510, and the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the management computer 501 is configured to be able to receive gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, prepaid card information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the rental device 400. The management computer 501 is also configured to be able to receive a personal identification key and verification security result information from the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

The management computer 501 is also configured to be able to notify the lending device 400 of the encryption key and the verification security result. The management computer 501 is also configured to be able to send prepaid card information to the card company data center 510. The management computer 501 is also configured to be able to send gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures to the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

(Card company data center 510)
The card company data center 510 is configured to be able to communicate with the management computer 501 and the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the card company data center 510 is configured to be able to transmit the PIN and verification security result information received from the gaming machine information center 520 to the management computer 501. The card company data center 510 is also configured to be able to transmit the gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures received from the management computer 501 to the gaming machine information center 520. On the other hand, the card company data center 510 is configured to be able to receive prepaid card information transmitted from the management computer 501.

(Gaming Machine Information Center 520)
The gaming machine information center 520 is equipped with a machine history server 521, a fraud monitoring server 522, a performance information server 523, and a player information server 524. As a result, the gaming machine information center 520 is configured to be able to collect information received from the management computer 501 installed in the gaming establishment H, the SC board manufacturer 570, and the gaming machine manufacturer 580.

(Machine history server 521)
The machine history server 521 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information related to the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the machine history server 521 has a configuration capable of storing shipping information of the gaming machine 1, gaming machine installation information, used gaming machine 1 transfer information, and disposal information of the gaming machine 1. This makes it possible to manage the gaming machine 1 from the time it is installed in the gaming establishment H until it is disposed of.

(Fraud monitoring server 522)
The fraud monitoring server 522 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information relating to fraud and errors in the gaming machine 1. Specifically, the fraud monitoring server 522 has a configuration capable of storing information relating to fraudulent errors that have occurred in the gaming machine 1, SC board manufacturing information, SC board installation information, security result information, etc. This makes it possible to prevent fraudulent replacement of the SC board 71.

The fraud monitoring server 522 is also configured to generate encryption keys and communication keys. This prevents tampering when transmitting encryption keys and verification security result information from the gaming machine information center 520 to the management computer 501.

(Performance information server 523)
The performance information server 523 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing gaming machine performance information.

(Player Information Server 524)
The player information server 524 has a configuration capable of accumulating and storing information about players. Specifically, the player information server 524 has a configuration capable of storing information about the membership numbers of registered players, information about the playing time played by players, information about the amount of money used by players, information about the number of times played by players, and the like.

Here, the gaming machine information center 520 is configured to be able to communicate with the card company data center 510, the association 530, the addiction countermeasure agency 540, the card company organization 550, the SC board manufacturer 570, and the gaming machine manufacturer 580. Specifically, the gaming machine information center 520 is configured to be able to transmit the PIN and verification security result information to the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510.

The gaming machine information center 520 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the machine history server 521, the fraud monitoring server 522, and the performance information server 523 to the association 530. The gaming machine information center 520 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the fraud monitoring server 522 to the card company organization 550. The gaming machine information center 520 is also configured to be able to transmit information stored in the player information server 524 to the addiction countermeasure agency 540.

On the other hand, the gaming machine information center 520 is configured to receive gaming machine installation information, gaming machine performance information, fraud error information, and player information related to addiction countermeasures from the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510. The gaming machine information center 520 is also configured to receive SC board manufacturing information from the SC board manufacturer 570. The gaming machine information center 520 is also configured to receive shipping information from the gaming machine manufacturer 580.

(Union 530)
The association 530 is an association to which multiple manufacturers of gaming machines 1 belong. Here, the association 530 has a configuration that allows it to communicate with the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the association 530 has a configuration that allows it to acquire the shipping information of the gaming machine 1, the gaming machine installation information, the used gaming machine 1 transfer information, and the gaming machine 1 disposal information stored in the machine history server 521 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 520.

In addition, the association 530 is configured to be able to acquire fraud error information, SC board manufacturing information, SC board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 522 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 520.

In addition, the combination 530 is configured to be able to acquire gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 523 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 520.

(Addiction Countermeasure Agency 540)
The addiction countermeasure agency 540 is an agency that takes measures to prevent players from becoming addicted to playing on the gaming machine 1. Here, the addiction countermeasure agency 540 has a configuration that allows it to communicate with the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the addiction countermeasure agency 540 has a configuration that allows it to communicate with the gaming machine information center 520 to obtain information on the membership numbers of registered players stored in the player information server 524, information on playing time, information on the amount of money used, and information on the number of times played.

(Card company group 550)
The card company organization 550 has a configuration that allows it to communicate with the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the card company organization 550 has a configuration that allows it to acquire fraud error information, SC board manufacturing information, SC board installation information, and security result information stored in the fraud monitoring server 522 by communicating with the gaming machine information center 520.

(Rental equipment manufacturer 560)
The rental device manufacturer 560 is a company that manufactures the rental device 400 using the SC board 71 shipped from the SC board manufacturer 570. The manufactured rental device 400 is then shipped to the game parlor H or the like.

(SC board manufacturing company 570)
The SC board manufacturer 570 is a company that manufactures the SC board 71 and ships the manufactured SC board 71 to the rental device manufacturer 560. Here, the SC board manufacturer 570 is capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the SC board manufacturer 570 has a configuration that allows it to transmit manufacturing information of the SC board 71 to the gaming machine information center 520.

(Amusement machine manufacturer 580)
The gaming machine manufacturer 580 is a company that manufactures the gaming machine 1 using the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 200 shipped from the gaming machine management control chip supply company 590. Here, the gaming machine manufacturer 580 is capable of communicating with the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the gaming machine manufacturer 580 has a configuration that allows it to transmit shipping information of the gaming machine 1 to the gaming machine information center 520.

(Amusement machine management control chip supplier 590)
The gaming machine management control chip supplier 590 is a company that ships the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 200 to the gaming machine manufacturer 580 .

(Details of the information and signals communicated)
The information and signals communicated (transmitted) will be described in detail below.

(Gaming value counting information)
The gaming value count information is information relating to the value of the gaming value owned by the player. When the count button 19 of the gaming machine 1 is operated, the gaming value count information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400. This enables the rental device 400 to perform a process of storing the value of the gaming value owned by the player, which is included in the received gaming value count information, in the prepaid card.

(Gaming machine installation information)
The gaming machine installation information is information relating to the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, and the gaming value chip manufacturer code, gaming value chip product code, and gaming value chip ID number of the gaming value control board 200. Here, the gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply unit 42. Next, the gaming machine installation information is encrypted by the rental device 400 and transmitted to the management computer 501. Next, the encrypted gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the management computer 501 to the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

When the gaming machine information center 520 receives the encrypted gaming machine installation information, it decrypts the encrypted gaming machine installation information and stores the decrypted gaming machine installation information in the machine history server 521. In this way, by encrypting and decrypting the gaming machine installation information, it is possible to prevent the gaming machine installation information from being obtained fraudulently.

(Gaming machine performance information)
The gaming machine performance information is mainly information regarding the balls dispensed by the gaming machine 1, and includes information regarding the ratio of game devices, the ratio of consecutive game devices, the ratio of the state of game devices, etc. Here, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply unit 42, the gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400. Next, the gaming machine performance information is encrypted by the rental device 400 and transmitted to the management computer 501. Next, the encrypted gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the management computer 501 to the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

When the gaming machine information center 520 receives the encrypted gaming machine performance information, it decrypts the encrypted gaming machine performance information and stores the decrypted gaming machine performance information in the performance information server 523. In this way, by encrypting and decrypting gaming machine performance information, it is possible to prevent the gaming machine performance information from being obtained illegally.

(Invalid error information)
The fraud error information is information that indicates the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically, information about errors occurring in the gaming machine 1 and information about fraud detected by the gaming machine 1. Here, when an error or fraud is detected in the gaming machine 1, the fraud error information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400. Next, the fraud error information is encrypted by the rental device 400 and transmitted to the management computer 501. Next, the encrypted fraud error information is transmitted from the management computer 501 to the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

When the gaming machine information center 520 receives the encrypted fraudulent error information, it decrypts the encrypted fraudulent error information and stores the decrypted fraudulent error information in the fraud monitoring server 522. In this way, by encrypting and decrypting the fraudulent error information, it is possible to prevent the fraudulent error information from being obtained fraudulently.

(Hall Con Information)
The hall computer information is information that mainly indicates the state of the gaming machine 1, and specifically includes bonus activation information indicating that a "bonus" has been activated, AT transition information indicating that the gaming machine has transitioned to an AT state, etc. Here, the hall computer information is transmitted from the gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 by the power supply unit 42, the main program start process (see FIG. 23) described later is completed, and the main loop process (see FIG. 25) described later begins to be performed. The hall computer information is then encrypted by the rental device 400 and transmitted to the hall computer 500.

As a result, the hall computer 500 performs the process of decrypting the encrypted hall control information and the process of storing the decrypted hall control information. In this way, by performing the process of encrypting and decrypting the hall control information, it is possible to prevent the hall control information from being obtained fraudulently.

(Game value lending signal)
The gaming value lending signal is a signal related to the lending of gaming value. When the lending button 76 is operated, the gaming value lending signal is transmitted from the lending device 400 to the gaming machine 1. This makes it possible to lend gaming value to a player.

(Prepaid card information)
Prepaid card information is information recorded on a prepaid card. When a prepaid card is inserted into lending device 400, the prepaid card information is transmitted from lending device 400 to management computer 501. Next, the prepaid card information is transmitted from management computer 501 to card company data center 510. This enables card company data center 510 to collect the prepaid card information.

(Player information related to addiction countermeasures)
Player information related to addiction countermeasures includes information regarding the member number of a registered player, information regarding the playing time spent by the player, information regarding the amount of money spent by the player, and information regarding the number of times the player has played.

Here, when a game is played on the gaming machine 1 or when gaming value is lent by the lending device 400, the player information related to addiction countermeasures is encrypted by the lending device 400 and transmitted to the management computer 501. Next, the encrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures is transmitted from the management computer 501 to the gaming machine information center 520 via the card company data center 510.

Then, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives the encrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures, it performs a process to decrypt the encrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures and stores the decrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures in the player information server 524. In this way, by performing a process to encrypt player information related to addiction countermeasures and a process to decrypt player information related to addiction countermeasures, it is possible to prevent player information related to addiction countermeasures from being obtained illegally.

In addition, "player information related to addiction countermeasures" may also include information regarding the number of times the player has visited gaming establishment H, information regarding the value of gaming value used in gaming, etc.

(Encryption key and verification security result information)
The encryption key and the verification security result information are information transmitted from the gaming machine information center 520 to the rental device 400. Specifically, upon receiving the encrypted gaming machine installation information, the gaming machine information center 520 performs a process of decrypting the encrypted gaming machine installation information, a process of verifying the information with the gaming machine installation information stored in the machine history server 521, and a process of accumulating and storing the decrypted gaming machine installation information in the machine history server 521. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 transmits the encryption key and the verification security result information to the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510. Then, the management computer 501 performs a process of transmitting the encryption key and the verification security result information to the rental device 400.

Furthermore, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives encrypted gaming machine performance information, it decrypts the encrypted gaming machine performance information, compares it with the gaming machine performance information stored in the performance information server 523, and accumulates and stores the decrypted gaming machine performance information in the performance information server 523. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 transmits an encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510. The management computer 501 then transmits the encryption key and verification security result information to the rental device 400.

Furthermore, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives encrypted fraud error information, it decrypts the encrypted fraud error information, compares it with fraud error information stored in the fraud monitoring server 522, and accumulates and stores the decrypted fraud error information in the fraud monitoring server 522. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 transmits an encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510. The management computer 501 then transmits the encryption key and verification security result information to the lending device 400.

Furthermore, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives encrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures, it decrypts the encrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures, compares it with player information related to addiction countermeasures stored in the player information server 524, and accumulates and stores the decrypted player information related to addiction countermeasures in the player information server 524. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 transmits an encryption key and verification security result information to the management computer 501 via the card company data center 510. The management computer 501 then transmits the encryption key and verification security result information to the rental device 400.

(Shipping information)
The shipping information is information relating to the shipment of the gaming machine 1, and is transmitted from the gaming machine manufacturer 580 to the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the gaming machine manufacturer 580 manufactures the gaming machine 1 when it receives the main control chip of the main control board 100 and the gaming value control chip of the gaming value control board 200 from the gaming machine management control chip supplier 590. Then, when the manufactured gaming machine 1 is ready to be shipped to the gaming parlor H, the gaming machine manufacturer 580 transmits the shipping information to the gaming machine information center 520.

Here, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives shipping information from the gaming machine manufacturer 580, it links the main control chip manufacturer code, main control chip product code, and main control chip ID number of the main control board 100, the gaming value chip manufacturer code, gaming value chip product code, and gaming value chip ID number of the gaming value control board 200, and information regarding the shipping date and time of the gaming machine 1, and registers this information in the machine history server 521. The gaming machine manufacturer 580 then registers each piece of information in the machine history server 521, and then ships the gaming machine 1 to gaming parlor H.

As a result, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives gaming machine installation information after the gaming machine 1 has been installed in gaming establishment H, it can compare this information with the shipping information registered in the machine history server 521 to determine whether the main control chip and gaming value control chip of the gaming machine 1 installed in gaming establishment H are the same as those at the time of shipment.

(SC board manufacturing information)
The SC board manufacturing information is information transmitted from the SC board manufacturer 570 to the gaming machine information center 520. Specifically, the SC board manufacturer 570 manufactures the SC board 71, and when the SC board 71 is ready to be shipped to the rental device manufacturer 560, the SC board manufacturing information is transmitted to the gaming machine information center 520.

Here, when the gaming machine information center 520 receives SC board manufacturing information from the SC board manufacturer 570, it links information related to the product code of the SC board 71, the ID number of the SC board 71, and the manufacturing date and time of the SC board 71 and registers it in the fraud monitoring server 522. Then, after each piece of information has been registered in the fraud monitoring server 522, the SC board manufacturer 570 ships the SC board 71 to the rental device manufacturer 560. Then, the rental device manufacturer 560 will manufacture the rental device 400 using the SC board 71 shipped from the SC board manufacturer 570.

When transmitting and receiving the above-mentioned information and signals, the party sending the information or signal can execute a process to record information regarding the date and time of transmission, and the party receiving the information or signal can execute a process to record information regarding the date and time of reception.

(Details of sending and receiving each piece of information)
Next, details of transmission and reception of each piece of information will be described with reference to FIG.

In Figure 13, the phases are divided into a matching phase and a status communication phase. Therefore, we will explain the matching phase and the status communication phase separately.

(Matching phase)
First, the matching phase will be described.

In the verification phase, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 from the power supply unit 42, the main control board 100 transmits the main control chip ID number to the gaming value control board 200. Next, the gaming value control board 200 transmits the main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number to the SC board 71.

Here, the main control chip ID number and the gaming value control chip ID number are encrypted by the SC board 71 and then transmitted to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device control board 72, management computer 501, and card company data center 510.

When the gaming machine information center 520 receives the encrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number, it performs a process of decrypting the encrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 performs a process of determining whether the decrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number are normal by comparing the decrypted main control chip ID number and gaming value control chip ID number with the gaming machine installation information stored in the machine history server 521.

The gaming machine information center 520 also generates verification security result information and encrypts the generated verification security result information. Next, the gaming machine information center 520 transmits the encrypted verification security result information to the SC board 71 via the card company data center 510, management computer 501, and rental device control board 72.

When the SC board 71 receives the encrypted verification security result information, it performs a process to decrypt the encrypted verification security result information. Next, the SC board 71 performs a process to determine whether the decrypted verification security result information is normal. If it is determined that the decrypted verification security result information is normal, the verification phase ends and the game moves to the status communication phase. If it is determined that the decrypted verification security result information is not normal, the game becomes unable to be played.

(Status communication phase)
Next, the status communication phase will be described.

(1) Lending Information When the lending button 76 is operated with a prepaid card having electronic information corresponding to money inserted into the lending device 400, or when the lending button 76 is operated with money inserted into the lending device 400, the lending device control board 72 transmits information regarding the number of lent game values (e.g., "47") to the SC board 71. Next, the SC board 71 performs processing to transmit a game value lending signal including information regarding the number of lent game values to the game value control board 200. Then, upon receiving the game value lending signal from the SC board 71, the game value control board 200 performs processing such as adding the number of lent game values to the value displayed on the game value display device 20 and displaying the result.

(2) Counting Information When the game value owned by the player is displayed on the game value display device 20 and the counting button 19 is operated, the game value control board 200 transmits information regarding the counted game value to the SC board 71. For example, when the game value owned by the player is "50" and the counting button 19 is operated, the information regarding the counted game value becomes "50." Next, the SC board 71 transmits information regarding the counted game value to the rental device control board 72. In addition, the rental device control board 72 performs a process of storing information regarding the counted game value on the prepaid card.

Then, after the process of storing information about the calculated gaming value on the prepaid card is completed, the lending device control board 72 performs a process to return the prepaid card when the return button 77 is operated. In other words, even if the return button 77 is operated before the process of storing information about the calculated gaming value on the prepaid card is completed, the prepaid card will not be returned. This makes it possible to prevent players from leaving their seats before the calculation of gaming value is completed.

Furthermore, if the return button 77 is operated before the process of storing information about the calculated gaming value on the prepaid card is completed, the LCD display 79 will notify the player to wait until the counting of the gaming value is completed. For example, the LCD display 79 will display a text image saying "Counting." to notify the player to wait until the counting of the gaming value is completed.

The notification to have the player wait until the counting of the game value is completed may be made by outputting a sound from a rental speaker (not shown) provided on the rental device 400, or by turning on or flashing a rental lamp (not shown) provided on the rental device 400, or by a combination of these.

The notification to the player to wait until the counting of the game value is completed may be made by the gaming machine 1, or by the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400. Here, when the gaming machine 1 makes a notification to the player to wait until the counting of the game value is completed, the notification may be made by the image display device 7, logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, side unit LED 24, or speaker 62.

(3) Number of Playing Values Information regarding the number of playing values is transmitted from the playing value control board 200 to the SC board 71 at predetermined intervals (e.g., every 300 ms). The SC board 71 also transmits information regarding the playing values owned by the player to the rental device control board 72. Here, the number of playing values is the uncounted playing value, and is the value of the playing value displayed on the playing value display device 20. This allows the rental device 400 to recognize the number of playing values owned by the player.

(4) Number of Bets Information regarding the number of BETs placed in the gaming machine 1 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 200 at predetermined intervals (for example, 1.564 ms). Next, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the game value control board 200 to the SC board 71. Then, information regarding the number of BETs is transmitted from the SC board 71 to the rental device control board 72. This allows the rental device 400 to recognize the number of BETs.

(5) Number of game values awarded by winning In the gaming machine 1, the number of game values awarded by winning is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 200 at predetermined intervals (for example, every 1.564 ms). The game value control board 200 then transmits the number of game values awarded by winning to the SC board 71 at predetermined intervals (for example, every 300 ms). This allows the lending device 400 to recognize the game value awarded by winning.

(6) Hall Computer Information Hall computer information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the rental device control board 72 via the gaming value control board 200 and the SC board 71. The rental device control board 72 then transmits the hall computer information to the hall computer 500. This allows the hall computer 500 to recognize the hall computer information.

(7) Gaming Machine Performance Information Gaming machine performance information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200. The gaming value control board 200 then transmits the gaming machine performance information to the SC board 71. The SC board 71 then encrypts the received gaming machine performance information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device control board 72, the management computer 501, and the card company data center 510.

(8) Gaming Machine Installation Information Gaming machine installation information is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200. The gaming value control board 200 then transmits the gaming machine installation information to the SC board 71. Here, the SC board 71 encrypts the received gaming machine installation information and transmits it to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device control board 72, the management computer 501, and the card company data center 510.

(9) Error Information Main control board error information regarding errors detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200. Next, the gaming value control board 200 transmits the main control board error information received from the main control board 100 and/or the gaming value control board error information detected by the gaming value control board 200 to the SC board 71. Next, the SC board 71 transmits the main control board error information and/or the gaming value control board error information to the rental device control board 72. Then, the rental device control board 72 transmits the error information received from the SC board 71 to the management computer 501.

The SC board 71 also performs a process to encrypt error information received from the gaming value control board 200. The SC board 71 then transmits the encrypted error information to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device control board 72, management computer 501, and card company data center 510.

(10) Fraud Information Fraud information regarding fraud detected by the main control board 100 is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200. Next, the gaming value control board 200 transmits the fraud information received from the main control board 100 and/or the fraud information regarding fraud detected by the gaming value control board 200 to the SC board 71. Then, the SC board 71 transmits the fraud information received from the gaming value control board 200 to the rental device control board 72. Then, the rental device control board 72 transmits the fraud information received from the SC board 71 to the management computer 501.

The SC board 71 also performs a process to encrypt the fraudulent information received from the gaming value control board 200. The SC board 71 then transmits the encrypted fraudulent information to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device control board 72, management computer 501, and card company data center 510.

(Storage area of the main control board 100 and storage area of the game value control board 200)
Next, the storage area of the main control board 100 and the storage area of the game value control board 200 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Storage area of main control board 100)
As shown in FIG. 14A, the storage area of the main control board 100 is composed of a main ROM 102 and a main RAM 103.

As shown in Figure 14 (A), the main ROM 102 has a continuous memory area from "0000(H)" to "EFFF(H)". The main ROM 102 also has a main ROM used area 102A, a main ROM outside used area 102B, and a main ROM unused area 102C.

(Main ROM use area 102A)
The main ROM area 102A is a memory area in which programs related to the progress of the game are stored, and has a control area and a data area. Specifically, the main ROM area 102A stores programs related to the progress of the game (for example, the main loop process (see FIG. 25) described later and the main interrupt process (see FIG. 44) described later). In this embodiment, the main ROM area 102A is a memory area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)".

The control area within the main ROM usage area 102A is a storage area from "0000(H)" to "1FFF(H)" and is a storage area other than the data area within the main ROM usage area 102A, where various programs executed by the main control board 100 are stored.

The data area within the main ROM area 102A is a storage area from "2000 (H)" to "2FFF (H)," and is a storage area that stores only information other than programs, and is an area that stores data used when programs are executed.

(102B outside the main ROM area)
The area outside the main ROM usage area 102B is a storage area in which information unrelated to the progress of the game is stored, such as a program used during a test firing test of the gaming machine 1 and a program for preventing cheating on the gaming machine 1. Similarly to the area inside the main ROM usage area 102A, the area outside the main ROM usage area 102B has a control area and a data area. In this embodiment, the area outside the main ROM usage area 102B is a storage area from "4000 (H)" to "5FFF (H)."

The control area outside the main ROM area 102B is a memory area from "4000 (H)" to "4FFF (H)" and is a memory area other than the data area of the main ROM area 102B, where various programs executed by the main control board 100 are stored.

The data area outside the main ROM area 102B is a memory area from "5000 (H)" to "5FFF (H)" that stores only information other than programs, and is an area that stores data used when programs are executed.

In addition, a program management area is provided outside the main ROM area 102B. Here, the "program management area" stores the manufacturer code, product code, etc.

The main ROM unused area 102C is located between the main ROM used area 102A and the main ROM outside used area 102B (specifically, the memory area from "3000(H)" to "3FFF(H)").

As shown in Figure 14 (A), the main RAM 103 has a continuous memory area from "F000(H)" to "FFFF(H)". The main RAM 103 also has a main RAM used area 103A, a main RAM outside used area 103B, and a main RAM unused area 103C. The gaming machine 1 also has a backup function, which makes it possible to retain information stored in the main RAM 103.

(Main RAM area 103A)
The main RAM 103A uses a storage area from "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)." Of the main RAM 103A used, the storage area from "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" is a working area, and the storage area from "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" is a stack area.

(103B outside the main RAM usage area)
The area outside the main RAM usage area 103B is the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)." Of the area outside the main RAM usage area 103B, the storage area from "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" is a work area, and the storage area from "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" is a stack area.

(Main RAM unused area 103C)
The main RAM unused area 103C is provided between the main RAM used area 103A and the main RAM outside used area 103B (specifically, the memory area from "F400(H)" to "F4FF(H)").

Note that unused areas are provided between the main ROM 102 and the main RAM 103 (specifically, the storage area from "6000(H)" to "EFFF(H)") and after the main RAM 103 (specifically, the storage area from "F900(H)" to "FFFF(H)").

As shown in Figure 14 (B), the memory area of the game value control board 200 is composed of a game value ROM 202 and a game value RAM 203.

As shown in Figure 14 (B), the game value ROM 202 has a continuous memory area from "0000 (H)" to "EFFF (H)." The game value ROM 202 also has a game value ROM used area 202A, a game value ROM outside used area 202B, and a game value ROM unused area 202C.

(Game value ROM use area 202A)
The game value ROM use area 202A is a storage area from "0000(H)" to "2FFF(H)." Within the game value ROM use area 202A, the storage area from "0000(H)" to "1FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "2000(H)" to "2FFF(H)" is a data area.

(Game value ROM outside use area 202B)
The game value outside ROM use area 202B is a storage area from "4000(H)" to "5FFF(H)." Of the game value outside ROM use area 202B, the storage area from "4000(H)" to "4FFF(H)" is a control area, and the storage area from "5000(H)" to "5FFF(H)" is a data area.

(Game value ROM unused area 202C)
The unused game value ROM area 202C is provided between the game value ROM use area 202A and the game value ROM use area outside 202B (specifically, the memory area from "3000 (H)" to "3FFF (H)").

As shown in Figure 14 (B), the game value RAM 203 has a continuous memory area from "F000 (H)" to "FFFF (H)." The game value RAM 203 also has a game value RAM used area 203A, a game value RAM outside used area 203B, and a game value RAM unused area 203C. The gaming machine 1 also has a backup function, making it possible to retain information stored in the game value RAM 203.

(Game value RAM usage area 203A)
The game value RAM usage area 203A is a storage area of "F000(H)" to "F3FF(H)." Here, within the game value RAM usage area 203A, the storage area of "F000(H)" to "F1FF(H)" is a working area, and the storage area of "F200(H)" to "F3FF(H)" is a stack area.

(Game value RAM outside use area 203B)
Additionally, the game value outside RAM use area 203B is a storage area of "F500(H)" to "F8FF(H)." Of the game value outside RAM use area 203B, the storage area of "F500(H)" to "F6FF(H)" is a working area, and the storage area of "F700(H)" to "F8FF(H)" is a stack area.

(Game value RAM unused area 203C)
The unused game value RAM area 203C is located between the game value RAM used area 203A and the game value RAM used area outside 203B (specifically, the memory area from "F400 (H)" to "F4FF (H)"), and after the game value RAM used area outside 203B (specifically, the memory area from "F900 (H)" to "FFFF (H)").

In addition, unused areas are provided between the game value ROM 202 and the game value RAM 203 (specifically, the storage area from "6000 (H)" to "EFFF (H)") and after the game value RAM 203 (specifically, the storage area from "F900 (H)" to "FFFF (H)").

(Winning Role Determination Table)
Next, the winning combination determination table will be described with reference to FIG.

The winning role determination table is stored in the main ROM area 102A and is used to determine winning roles in the winning role determination process in step S1004, which will be described later. The winning role determination table also specifies winning roles and the lottery values corresponding to the winning roles for each game state.

In this embodiment, the winning role determination table illustrates a lottery value corresponding to one setting value (for example, setting "1"), and illustrations corresponding to other setting values are omitted. Note that the winning role determination table in this embodiment specifies lottery values such that the higher the setting value, the more advantageous it is for the player.

As shown in Figure 15, when the game status managed by the main control board 100 is the normal game status, the lottery values are defined for "1st BB", "2nd BB", "Replay", "Plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right ... center, left, and right", "Plum in the order of pressing center, right, and left", "Plum in the order of pressing right, left, and center", "Plum in the order of pressing right, center, and left", "Weak Cherry", "Strong Cherry", and "Bell".

Furthermore, when the game state managed by the main control board 100 is the "bonus carryover state," the lottery values are specified for "replay," "plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right," "plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right," "plum in the order of pressing center, left, and right," "plum in the order of pressing center, right, and left," "plum in the order of pressing right, left, and center," "plum in the order of pressing right, center, and left," "weak cherry," "strong cherry," and "bell."

Furthermore, when the game state managed by the main control board 100 is the "bonus activation state," lottery values are specified for "push left, center, right order," "push left, center order," "push center, left, right order," "push center, right, left order," "push right, left, center order," and "push right, center, left order."

Note that "First BB" and "Second BB" are collectively referred to as "BB."

In addition, "push order plums: left, center, right," "push order plums: left, right, center," "push order plums: center, left, right," "push order plums: center, right, left," "push order plums: right, left, center," and "push order plums: right, center, left." are collectively referred to as "push order plums."

(Relationship between winning combinations, operation order of the stop button 15, and winning)
Next, the relationship between the winning combination, the operation order of the stop button 15, and the winning will be explained with reference to FIG.

Figure 16 shows the relationship between winning combinations and symbol combinations that can be displayed on the pay line depending on the order in which the stop buttons 15 are operated.

In this embodiment, the symbol combinations that are allowed to win vary depending on the winning combination. For example, if the winning combination is "Replay," a "Replay" win is allowed.

In addition, in this embodiment, winning combinations that are allowed to win vary depending on the order in which the stop buttons 15 are operated. For example, if the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing left, middle, and right," and the stop buttons 15 are operated in the order of left stop button 15L, middle stop button 15C, and right stop button 15R, a "Plum" will win. On the other hand, if the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing left, middle, and right," and the stop buttons 15 are operated in the order of left stop button 15L, right stop button 15R, and middle stop button 15C, and the middle stop button 15C is operated first, or the right stop button 15R is operated first, a "Blank" will win, depending on the timing of the operation of the stop buttons 15. In other words, depending on the timing of the operation of the stop buttons 15, a "Blank" will not win, resulting in a non-win.

In addition, in this embodiment, winning roles are provided that may or may not result in a win depending on the timing of operation of the stop button 15. For example, if the winning role is "Bell," and the stop button 15 is operated at the appropriate timing, the "Bell" will win. On the other hand, if the stop button 15 is operated at an inappropriate timing, the "Bell" will not win and the win will not be achieved.

In addition, in this embodiment, "BB" and another winning role may be won at the same time. Specifically, if another winning role is determined while "BB" is carried over, "BB" and the other winning role will be won at the same time.

In this embodiment, if "BB" and "Replay" are winning, "Replay" will be displayed on the active line with priority over "Bonus," resulting in the winning of Replay.

Also, if "BB" and "Plum" are winning symbols, "Plum" will be displayed on the active line in priority over "Bonus", and "Plum" will win. Similarly, if "BB" and "Cherry" are winning symbols, or if "BB" and "Bell" are winning symbols, "Cherry" and "Bell" will be displayed on the active line in priority over "Bonus".

(Command Group Table)
Next, the command group table will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 17, the command group table specifies the name of the group table and the name of the command to be sent to the sub-control board 300 specified in this group table. Specifically, the command group table specifies a command table for setting changes, a command table for reset starts, a command table for power recovery after a power outage, a command table for starting play, a command table for pressing the start lever, a command table for ending play, and a command table for stopping.

(Command table when changing settings)
The setting change command table is a table in which commands to be sent when a setting value is changed are grouped. Specifically, the setting change command table defines a power-on start command indicating that the power-on of the gaming machine 1 has started, a setting change start command indicating that a change in the setting value has started, and a power-on end command indicating that the power-on of the gaming machine 1 has ended, and these are grouped together.

(Reset start command table)
The reset start command table is a table in which commands to be sent when a reset start is performed are grouped. Specifically, the reset start command table defines a power start command indicating that the power start of the gaming machine 1 has started, a reset start command indicating that the reset start has started, and a power start end command indicating that the power start of the gaming machine 1 has ended, and these are grouped together.

(Command table for power recovery)
The power-off recovery command table is a table that groups commands that are sent when the gaming machine 1 recovers from a power-off. Specifically, the power-off recovery command table defines a power-on start command that indicates that the power-on of the gaming machine 1 has started, a setting value data designation command that has data of a setting value, an error-occurring command that has information about an error that is occurring in the gaming machine 1, a phase state command that has information about the phase state of the main RAM 103, and a recovery bet number command that has information about the number of bets when the gaming machine 1 recovers from a power-off, and these are grouped together.

(Game Start Command Table)
The game start command table is a table in which commands to be sent when a game starts are grouped. Specifically, the game start command table defines a game start state command having information about the game state, a complete activation flag command having information about the complete activation flag, a complete advance notification flag command having information about the complete advance notification flag, and a power-on end command indicating that power-on of the gaming machine 1 has been completed, and these are grouped together.

(Command table when start lever is pressed)
The command table when the start lever is pressed is a table in which commands that are sent when the bet game value is "3" and the start lever 14 is pressed are grouped. Specifically, the command table when the start lever is pressed prescribes a setting value data designation command having data on a setting value, a reel spin start acceptance command having information that the operation of the start lever 14 has been accepted, a winning combination command having information on a winning combination, and a lever freeze type command having information on the type of lever freeze effect that is executed when the start lever 14 is operated, and these are grouped.

(Game End Command Table)
The game end command table is a table in which commands to be sent when one game ends are grouped. Specifically, the game end command table defines and groups an all stop freeze type command having information about the type of all stop freeze effect that can be executed when all reels 31 come to a halt, a complete activation flag command having information about a complete activation flag, a complete advance notification flag command having information about a complete advance notification flag, and a game end state command having information about the game state.

(Stop command table)
The stop command table is a table that groups commands that are sent when stopping the reels 31. Specifically, the stop command table defines a sliding frame number command that has information about the number of sliding frames, a pressed position command that has information about the pressed position of the stop button 15, and a pressed reel command that has information about the reel 31 on which the stop button 15 is operated, and these are grouped together.

Note that the commands defined in the command group table may be sent not only to the sub-control board 300, but also to the game value control board 200.

(Storage area 103A in the main RAM usage area)
Next, the storage area in the main RAM use area 103A will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 18, the main RAM usage area 103A has multiple memory areas, from the setting value memory area 103AA to the advantageous zone status memory area 103Am. Each memory area is explained below.

(Setting value storage area 103AA)
The set value memory area 103AA is a 1-byte memory area that can store a set value that indicates the degree of advantage to the player. For example, if the set value is 1, then 01 (H) is stored in the set value memory area 103AA, and if the set value is 6, then 06 (H) is stored in the set value memory area 103AA.

(Serial number storage area 103AB)
The serial number storage area 103AB is a 3-byte storage area that can store the serial number used when communicating with the game value control board 200. For example, if the value of the stored serial number is 1, the value of the first byte of the serial number storage area 103AB will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Ratio monitor test display request storage area 103AC)
The ratio monitor test display request memory area 103AC is a 1-byte memory area that can store information regarding the presence or absence of a ratio monitor test display request. For example, when there is a ratio monitor test display request, the value of the ratio monitor test display request memory area 103AC becomes "01(H)." On the other hand, when there is no ratio monitor test display request, the value of the ratio monitor test display request memory area 103AC becomes "00(H)."

(Setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AD)
The setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AD is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the setting change device operation abnormality flag. For example, if the setting change device operation abnormality flag is ON, the value of the setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AD becomes "01(H)." On the other hand, if the setting change device operation abnormality flag is OFF, the value of the setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AD becomes "00(H)."

(Recovery error status storage area 103AE)
The error state storage area for recovery 103AE is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the error state for recovery. Specifically, the error state storage area for recovery 103AE stores an error number, which will be described later. For example, if the error number is "1," the value of the error state storage area for recovery 103AE will be "01(H)."

(BET Possible State Flag Storage Area 103AF)
The BET possible state flag storage area 103AF is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing information related to the BET possible state flag. Here, for example, when the BET possible state flag is ON, the value of the BET possible state flag storage area 103AF becomes "01(H)". On the other hand, when the BET possible state flag is OFF, the value of the BET possible state flag storage area 103AF becomes "00(H)".

(LED display mode storage area 103AG)
The LED display mode storage area 103AG is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing information about the LED display mode. Here, in this embodiment, the LED display mode storage area 103AG stores information about when all is OFF (for example, "00(H)"), information about normal times (for example, "01(H)"), information about when the setting is changed (for example, "02(H)"), information about when the setting is confirmed (for example, "03(H)"), information about when the setting is confirmed (for example, "04(H)"), information about when the bet/lever is waiting to be accepted (for example, "05(H)"), etc.

(Instruction monitor display unit storage area 103AH)
The instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information to be displayed on the instruction monitor display unit 28. Here, for example, if the winning combination is "1st BB", "2nd BB", "replay", "weak cherry", "strong cherry", or "bell", the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH becomes "00(H)". In other words, if a winning combination that does not notify the operation order of the stop buttons 15 is won, the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH becomes "00(H)".

On the other hand, if the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "01 (H)." If the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "02 (H)." If the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing center, left, and right," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "03 (H)." If the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing center, right, and left," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "04 (H)." If the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing right, left, and center," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "05 (H)." If the winning combination is "Plum in the order of pressing right, center, and left," the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH will be "06 (H)."

(LED data buffer storage area 103AI)
The LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing data to be displayed in the bet availability display area 25, the game start display area 26, the replay display area 27, and the bet number display area 29. Specifically, BIT "1" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the first bet number display area 29A, and is set to "1" when the first bet number display area 29A is lit, and is set to "0" when the first bet number display area 29A is extinguished. Similarly, BIT "2" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the second bet number display area 29B, and is set to "1" when the second bet number display area 29B is lit, and is set to "0" when the second bet number display area 29B is extinguished. In addition, BIT "3" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the third BET number display unit 29C, and becomes "1" when the third BET number display unit 29C is lit, and becomes "0" when the third BET number display unit 29C is extinguished.

BIT "4" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the game start display unit 26, and is set to "1" when the game start display unit 26 is lit and to "0" when the game start display unit 26 is extinguished. BIT "6" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the bet available display unit 25, and is set to "1" when the bet available display unit 25 is lit and to "0" when the bet available display unit 25 is extinguished. BIT "7" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI is a memory area corresponding to the replay display unit 27, and is set to "1" when the replay display unit 27 is lit and to "0" when the replay display unit 27 is extinguished. BIT "0" and BIT "5" of the LED data buffer memory area 103AI are unused and are always set to "0".

(Game Value Management Status Storage Area 103AJ)
The gaming value management status memory area 103AJ is a "1" byte memory area capable of storing information related to the gaming value management status. Specifically, BIT "4" in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ is set to "1" when the start lever 14 is permitted to be operated, and set to "0" when the start lever 14 is not permitted to be operated. BIT "6" in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ is set to "1" when a bet is permitted, and set to "0" when a bet is not permitted. BIT "7" in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ is set to "1" when a replay is enabled, and set to "0" when a replay is not enabled. BITs "0" to "3" and "5" in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ are unused and are always set to "0."

(Operational status flag storage area 103AK)
The operable status flag storage area 103AK is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the operable status. Specifically, bit "0" of the operable status flag storage area 103AK corresponds to the left stop button 15L and is set to "1" when the left stop button 15L is operable and to "0" when operation of the left stop button 15L is restricted. Bit "1" of the operable status flag storage area 103AK corresponds to the middle stop button 15C and is set to "1" when the middle stop button 15C is operable and to "0" when operation of the middle stop button 15C is restricted. Bit "2" of the operable status flag storage area 103AK corresponds to the right stop button 15R and is set to "1" when the right stop button 15R is operable and to "0" when operation of the right stop button 15R is restricted. Also, BIT "3" of the operable state flag storage area 103AK is a storage area corresponding to the MAXBET button 12, and is set to "1" when the MAXBET button 12 is operable, and is set to "0" when the operation of the MAXBET button 12 is restricted. Note that BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the operable state flag storage area 103AK are unused and are always set to "0".

(Transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL)
The transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the transmission/reception error flag. For example, if the transmission/reception error flag is ON, the value of the transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL is "01(H)." On the other hand, if the transmission/reception error flag is OFF, the value of the transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL is "00(H)."

(Error information flag storage area 103AM)
The error information flag storage area 103AM is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the error information flag. Specifically, the error information flag storage area 103AM stores the value of an error number, which will be described later. For example, if the error number is "1," the value of the error information flag storage area 103AM will be "01(H)."

(BET Request Gaming Value Storage Area 103AN)
The BET request game value storage area 103AN is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information relating to a game value for which a BET is requested to the game value control board 200. Here, for example, if the value of the game value for which a BET is requested to the game value control board 200 is "1", the value of the BET request game value storage area 103AN becomes "01 (H)".

(Requested Gaming Value Storage Area 103AO)
The requested game value to be granted memory area 103AO is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area that can store information about the game value that is requested to be granted from the game value control board 200. Here, for example, if the value of the game value that is requested to be granted from the game value control board 200 is "1", the value of the requested game value to be granted memory area 103AO will be "01 (H)".

(First incorrect status storage area 103AP)
The first fraud state storage area 103AP is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the first fraud state. Specifically, bit "0" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP corresponds to the setting change signal, and is set to "1" when the setting change signal is output and to "0" when the setting change signal is not output. Bit "1" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP corresponds to the setting confirmation signal, and is set to "1" when the setting confirmation signal is output and to "0" when the setting confirmation signal is not output. Bit "2" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP corresponds to the first fraud detection signal, and is set to "1" when the first fraud detection signal is output and to "0" when the first fraud detection signal is not output. In addition, BIT "3" of the first fraud status memory area 103AP is a memory area corresponding to the second fraud detection signal, and becomes "1" when the second fraud detection signal is output, and becomes "0" when the second fraud detection signal is not output.

The minimum output time for the setting change signal is 3 seconds after play becomes possible.

BIT "4" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP is a storage area corresponding to the third fraud detection signal, and is set to "1" when the third fraud detection signal is output, and to "0" when the third fraud detection signal is not output. BIT "5" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP is a storage area corresponding to the security signal, and is set to "1" when the security signal is output, and to "0" when the security signal is not output. BIT "6" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP is a storage area corresponding to the complete signal, and is set to "1" when the complete signal is output, and to "0" when the complete signal is not output. BIT "7" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP is unused and is always set to "0".

The complete signal turns ON after the complete function is activated and gameplay stops, and turns OFF after approximately 30 seconds have passed.

(Second incorrect status storage area 103AQ)
The second incorrect state storage area 103AQ is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the second incorrect state. Specifically, bit 0 of the second incorrect state storage area 103AQ corresponds to the set door open signal, and is set to 1 when the set door open signal is output and to 0 when the set door open signal is not output. The set door open signal is output when the set door switch 34Asw is ON.

In addition, BIT "1" in the second incorrect state storage area 103AQ is a storage area corresponding to the door open signal, and is set to "1" when the door open signal is output, and to "0" when the door open signal is not output. The door open signal is output when the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON.

BIT "3" of the second fraudulent state memory area 103AQ is a memory area corresponding to the game value clear detection signal, and is set to "1" when the game value clear detection signal is output, and to "0" when the game value clear detection signal is not output. BIT "2" and BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the second fraudulent state memory area 103AQ are unused and are always set to "0."

(Grant number display section memory area 103AR)
The award number display unit memory area 103AR is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information to be displayed in the award number display unit 30. Here, for example, if the value of the game value to be displayed in the award number display unit 30 is "1", the value of the award number display unit memory area 103AR will be "01 (H)".

(Advantageous Zone Difference Counter Storage Area 103AS)
The advantageous zone difference counter memory area 103AS is a 2-byte memory area that can store the difference in game value in the advantageous zone. Here, for example, if the difference in game value is 1, the value of the first byte of the advantageous zone difference counter memory area 103AS will be 01 (H) and the value of the second byte will be 00 (H).

(Complete MY counter storage area 103AT)
The complete MY counter memory area 103AT is a 2-byte memory area that can store the value of the game value (MY value) until the complete function is activated. For example, if the value of the game value (MY value) until the complete function is activated is 1, the value of the first byte of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be 01 (H), and the value of the second byte will be 00 (H).

(Complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU)
The complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the complete advance notification flag. Specifically, when the complete advance notification flag is ON, the value of the complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU is "01(H)." On the other hand, when the complete advance notification flag is OFF, the value of the complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU is "00(H)."

(Wait timer storage area 103AV)
The wait timer storage area 103AV is a 2-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the wait timer. For example, if the wait timer value is 1, the value of the first byte of the wait timer storage area 103AV will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Replay activation flag storage area 103AW)
The replay activation flag memory area 103AW is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information related to the replay activation flag. Specifically, when the replay activation flag is ON, the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW is "01 (H)." On the other hand, when the replay activation flag is OFF, the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW is "00 (H)."

(Game status memory area 103AX)
The game status memory area 103AX is a 1-byte memory area capable of storing information related to the game status. Specifically, when the current game status is the normal game status, the value of the game status memory area 103AX is "00 (H)." When the current game status is the bonus carryover status, the value of the game status memory area 103AX is "01 (H)," and when the current game status is the bonus activation status, the value of the game status memory area 103AX is "02 (H)."

(Bonus type storage area 103AY)
The bonus type memory area 103AY is a 1-byte memory area that can store information about the type of "bonus" that has been won. Specifically, if no "bonus" has been won, the value of the bonus type memory area 103AY becomes "00 (H)." Furthermore, if the "first BB" has been won, the value of the bonus type memory area 103AY becomes "01 (H)," and if the "second BB" has been won, the value of the bonus type memory area 103AY becomes "02 (H)."

(BB operation status flag storage area 103AZ)
The BB operation status flag storage area 103AZ is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the BB operation status flag. Specifically, when the BB operation status flag is ON, the value of the BB operation status flag storage area 103AZ is "01(H)." On the other hand, when the BB operation status flag is OFF, the value of the BB operation status flag storage area 103AZ is "00(H)."

(RB winning count storage area 103Aa)
The RB winning count memory area 103Aa is a 1-byte memory area that can store information about the number of times a winning can be achieved in RB (first-class special role). For example, if the number of times a winning can be achieved in RB is 1, the value of the RB winning count memory area 103Aa will be 01 (H).

(RB operation count storage area 103Ab)
The RB operation count storage area 103Ab is a 1-byte storage area that can store information about the number of games that can be played in the RB. For example, if the number of games that can be played in the RB is 1, the value of the RB operation count storage area 103Ab becomes 01 (H).

(BB acquisition number storage area 103Ac)
The BB acquisition count storage area 103Ac is a 1-byte storage area that can store information about the value of the game value acquired in the bonus activation state. For example, if the value of the game value acquired in the bonus activation state is 1, the value of the BB acquisition count storage area 103Ac will be 01 (H).

(RT storage area 103Ad)
The RT memory area 103Ad is a "1" byte memory area that can store information about RT (replay time). Specifically, when the current gaming state is a normal gaming state and the "0th RT gaming state," the value of the RT memory area 103Ad is "00 (H)." Also, when the current gaming state is a bonus carryover state and the "first RT gaming state," the value of the RT memory area 103Ad is "01 (H)." Also, when the current gaming state is a bonus activation state and the "second RT gaming state," the value of the RT memory area 103Ad is "02 (H)."

(Main BET number storage area 103Ae)
The main bet number storage area 103Ae is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information relating to the value of the bet game value. For example, if the bet game value is 1, the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae becomes 01 (H).

(Remaining grant number storage area 103Af)
The remaining number of points to be awarded storage area 103Af is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the value of the remaining game value to be awarded to the player. For example, if the value of the remaining game value to be awarded to the player is 1, the value of the remaining number of points to be awarded storage area 103Af will be 01 (H).

(Complete operation flag storage area 103Ag)
The complete operation flag storage area 103Ag is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the operation of the complete function. For example, when the complete operation flag is ON, the value of the complete operation flag storage area 103Ag is "01(H)." On the other hand, when the complete operation flag is OFF, the value of the complete operation flag storage area 103Ag is "00(H)."

(Return phase state storage area 103Ah)
The return phase state storage area 103Ah is a 1-byte storage area in which information relating to the return phase state is stored. Here, the return phase state storage area 103Ah stores one of the following information: "01(H)" corresponding to waiting for a BET and lever operation, "02(H)" corresponding to the setting being confirmed, "03(H)" corresponding to the setting being changed, or "00(H)" other than the above.

(Winning combination memory area 103Ai)
The winning combination memory area 103Ai is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area in which information related to the winning combination is stored. Specifically, when "1st BB" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai becomes "01 (H)", when "2nd BB" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai becomes "02 (H)", and when "replay" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai becomes "03 (H)".

In addition, if "Plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "04 (H)." If "Plum in the order of pressing left, center, and right" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "05 (H)." If "Plum in the order of pressing center, left, and right" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "06 (H)." If "Plum in the order of pressing center, right, and left" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "07 (H)." If "Plum in the order of pressing right, left, and center" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "08 (H)." If "Plum in the order of pressing right, center, and left" is determined as the winning combination, the value of the winning combination memory area 103Ai will be "09 (H)."

In addition, if a "weak cherry" is determined as the winning role, the value of the winning role memory area 103Ai will be "0A (H)", if a "strong cherry" is determined as the winning role, the value of the winning role memory area 103Ai will be "0B (H)", and if a "bell" is determined as the winning role, the value of the winning role memory area 103Ai will be "0C (H)". Note that if none of the roles are won (i.e., if it is a "lose"), the value of the winning role memory area 103Ai will be "00 (H)".

(Counting notification time storage area 103Aj)
The count notification time storage area 103Aj is a 2-byte storage area that can store a count notification time for timing the time required to output a test signal during a test firing test. When the count notification time is 1, the value of the first byte of the count notification time storage area 103Aj is 01(H) and the value of the second byte is 00(H).

(First gaming machine information storage area 103Ak)
The first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing first gaming machine information. Note that, as will be described in detail later, "0" is set in the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak.

(Second gaming machine information storage area 103A1)
The second gaming machine information storage area 103A1 is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing second gaming machine information. In addition, as will be described later in detail, information relating to the number of bets and the number of remaining awards is set in the second gaming machine information storage area 103A1.

(Advantageous Zone Status Storage Area 103Am)
The advantageous zone status storage area 103Am is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to advantageous zones. For example, if the zone is advantageous, the value of the advantageous zone status storage area 103Am will be "01 (H)." On the other hand, if the zone is non-advantageous, the value of the advantageous zone status storage area 103Am will be "00 (H)."

Although not shown, the main RAM usage area 103A also has multiple storage areas capable of storing other information.

In addition, although not shown, information necessary for calculating ratio information can be stored in the main RAM outside use area 103B. For example, information regarding the number of plays and information regarding the ratio of special features can be stored.

(Memory area 203A in the game value RAM usage area)
Next, the storage area in the game value RAM use area 203A will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 19, the gaming value RAM usage area 203A includes multiple storage areas, from the gaming value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA to the third fraud detection timer storage area 203Ax. As will be explained later using Figures 20 to 22, the gaming value RAM usage area 203A also includes multiple storage areas, from the total number of bets storage area 203ABa to the number of SC transmission gaming value award storage area 203ADj. Each storage area will be explained below.

(Game Value Storage Area Data Validity Determination Flag Storage Area 203AA)
The game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the game value storage area data validity determination flag. Specifically, when the game value storage area data validity determination flag is ON, the value of the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA becomes "01 (H)." On the other hand, when the game value storage area data validity determination flag is OFF, the value of the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA becomes "00 (H)."

(Game value storage area 203AB)
The game value storage area 203AB is a 3-byte storage area that can store information about the value of the game value owned by the player. For example, if the value of the game value owned by the player is 1, the value of the first byte of the game value storage area 203AB will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Security information storage area data validity flag storage area 203AC)
The security information storage area data valid flag storage area 203AC is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to the security information storage area data valid flag. Specifically, when the security information storage area data valid flag is ON, the value of the security information storage area data valid flag storage area 203AC is "01(H)." On the other hand, when the security information storage area data valid flag is OFF, the value of the security information storage area data valid flag storage area 203AC is "00(H)."

(Security information storage area 203AD)
The security information storage area 203AD is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing security information, and in this embodiment, is a storage area in which information relating to game value clearing detection is stored. Specifically, BIT "3" of the security information storage area 203AD is a storage area corresponding to game value clearing detection, and is set to "1" when game value clearing is detected, and to "0" when game value clearing is not detected. Note that BIT "0" to BIT "2" and BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the security information storage area 203AD are unused and are always set to "0".

(Input port current status buffer storage area 203AE)
The input port current status buffer memory area 203AE is a 1-byte memory area capable of storing information about the current status of the input port. Specifically, bit 2 of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE corresponds to the game value clear switch 37sw, and is set to 1 when the game value clear switch signal is input and to 0 when the game value clear switch signal is not input. Bit 3 of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE corresponds to the counting switch 19sw, and is set to 1 when the counting switch signal is input and to 0 when the counting switch signal is not input. Bit 4 of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE corresponds to the connection confirmation signal, and is set to 1 when the connection confirmation signal is input and to 0 when the connection confirmation signal is not input.

BIT "5" of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE is a memory area corresponding to the power outage detection signal, and is set to "1" when the power outage detection signal is input, and to "0" when the power outage detection signal is not input. BIT "6" of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE is a memory area corresponding to the door open/close sensor 4Rs, and is set to "1" when the door open signal is input, and to "0" when the door open signal is not input. BIT "0" to BIT "1" and BIT "7" of the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE are unused and are always set to "0".

(First timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF)
The first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing a first timer interrupt division counter used when determining whether or not to execute processing performed every "2" ms in the game value interrupt processing (see FIG. 58) described later. Specifically, the value stored in the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF is one of "00(H)" to "02(H)", and when the value of the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF is "02(H)", processing performed every "2" ms is executed.

(Second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG)
The second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG is a 1-byte storage area that can store a second timer interrupt division counter used when determining whether or not to execute processing every 4 ms in the game value interrupt processing (see FIG. 58) described below. Specifically, the value of the second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG is one of "00(H)" to "04(H)," and when the value of the second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG is "04(H)," processing every 4 ms is executed.

(Main body switch information storage area 203AH)
The main body switch information storage area 203AH is a "1" byte storage area that can store information about the switches of the main body of the gaming machine 1, and in this embodiment, is a storage area that stores information about the detection of the counting switch 19sw. Specifically, BIT "3" of the main body switch information storage area 203AH is a storage area that corresponds to the detection of the counting switch 19sw, and becomes "1" when detected by the counting switch 19sw, and becomes "0" when not detected by the counting switch 19sw. Note that BIT "0" to BIT "2" and BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the main body switch information storage area 203AH are unused and are always "0".

(Error detection flag storage area 203AI)
The error detection flag storage area 203AI is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to a detected error. Specifically, bit "0" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI is a storage area corresponding to a rental device communication no-response error, and is set to "1" when the rental device communication no-response error occurs, and is set to "0" when the rental device communication no-response error does not occur. Bit "1" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI is a storage area corresponding to an in-game machine communication abnormality error, and is set to "1" when the gaming machine communication abnormality error occurs, and is set to "0" when the gaming machine communication abnormality error does not occur. Bit "3" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI is a storage area corresponding to a rental device unconnected error, and is set to "1" when the rental device unconnected error occurs, and is set to "0" when the rental device unconnected error does not occur.

BIT "4" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI is a storage area corresponding to a play value error error, and is set to "1" when there is a play value error error, and is set to "0" when there is no play value error error. BIT "7" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI is a storage area corresponding to a serial number abnormality error, and is set to "1" when there is a serial number abnormality error, and is set to "0" when there is no serial number abnormality error. BIT "2" and BIT "5" to BIT "6" of the error detection flag storage area 203AI are unused and are always set to "0".

(Error code storage area 203AJ)
The error code storage area 203AJ is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to error codes. Specifically, bit "0" of the error code storage area 203AJ is a storage area corresponding to a rental device communication no-response error, and is set to "1" when the rental device communication no-response error occurs, and is set to "0" when the rental device communication no-response error does not occur. Bit "1" of the error code storage area 203AJ is a storage area corresponding to an in-game machine communication abnormality error, and is set to "1" when the gaming machine communication abnormality error occurs, and is set to "0" when the gaming machine communication abnormality error does not occur. Bit "3" of the error code storage area 203AJ is a storage area corresponding to a rental device unconnected error, and is set to "1" when the rental device unconnected error occurs, and is set to "0" when the rental device unconnected error does not occur.

BIT "4" of the error code storage area 203AJ is a storage area corresponding to a game value error error, and is set to "1" when there is a game value error error, and is set to "0" when there is no game value error error. BIT "7" of the error code storage area 203AJ is a storage area corresponding to an HC notification, and is set to "1" when a notification is sent to the hall computer 500, and is set to "0" when a notification is not sent to the hall computer 500. BIT "2" and BIT "5" to BIT "6" of the error code storage area 203AJ are unused and are always set to "0".

(Game Value Number Information Flag Storage Area 203AK)
The gaming value number information flag storage area 203AK is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing various information about the gaming value control board 200. Specifically, bit "0" of the gaming value number information flag storage area 203AK is a storage area corresponding to an over-the-counter gaming value, and is set to "1" when the gaming value is over-the-counter gaming value and "0" when the gaming value is not over-the-counter gaming value. Bit "1" of the gaming value number information flag storage area 203AK is a storage area corresponding to a rental device unconnected error, and is set to "1" when the rental device unconnected error occurs and is set to "0" when the rental device unconnected error does not occur. Bit "2" of the gaming value number information flag storage area 203AK is a storage area corresponding to a rental device no-response communication error, and is set to "1" when the rental device no-response communication error occurs and is set to "0" when the rental device no-response communication error does not occur.

Furthermore, BIT "3" of the game value number side information flag storage area 203AK is a storage area corresponding to a game value number overflow error, and is set to "1" when there is a game value number overflow error, and is set to "0" when there is no game value number overflow error. Further, BIT "4" of the game value number side information flag storage area 203AK is a storage area corresponding to a game value error error, and is set to "1" when there is a game value error error, and is set to "0" when there is no game value error error. Furthermore, BIT "5" to BIT "7" of the game value number side information flag storage area 203AK are unused and are always set to "0".

(Count button press time timer storage area 203AL)
The count button press time timer storage area 203AL is a 1-byte storage area that can store the value of a count button press time timer that measures the press time of the count button 19. For example, if the value of the count button press time timer is 1, the value of the count button press time timer storage area 203AL becomes 01 (H).

(Counting switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM)
The count switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM is a 1-byte storage area that can store the value of the count switch edge detection timer used to detect the edge of the count switch 19sw. For example, if the value of the count switch edge detection timer is 1, the value of the count switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM becomes 01(H).

(SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN)
The SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN is a 1-byte storage area that can store an SC board reception control flag. Specifically, bit 0 of the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN is a storage area corresponding to the completion of SC board reception, and is set to 1 when reception of a message from the SC board 71 is complete, and is set to 0 when reception of a message from the SC board 71 is not complete. Bits 1 to 7 of the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN are unused and are always set to 0.

(SC board receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AO)
The SC substrate receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AO is a 1-byte memory area that can store information related to the reference position of the SC substrate receive buffer. For example, if the value of the SC substrate receive buffer storage pointer is 1, the value of the SC substrate receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AO will be 01(H).

(SC board intra-frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AP)
The SC substrate frame reception timeout timer memory area 203AP is a 1-byte memory area that can store an SC substrate frame reception timeout timer used to count the valid time for receiving a message from the SC substrate 71. Here, for example, if the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "1", the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer memory area 203AP will be "01 (H)".

(SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AQ)
The SC board previous lending serial number memory area 203AQ is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area for storing the previous lending serial number of the message from the SC board 71 to the lending device 400. Here, for example, if the previous lending serial number is "1", the value of the SC board previous lending serial number memory area 203AQ will be "01 (H)".

(SC board unreceived count counter storage area 203AR)
The SC board not-received count counter memory area 203AR is a 1-byte memory area for storing an SC board not-received count counter for counting the number of times a message has not been received from the SC board 71. For example, if the value of the SC board not-received count counter is 1, the value of the SC board not-received count counter memory area 203AR will be 01 (H).

(SC board receive buffer storage area 203AS)
The SC board receive buffer memory area 203AS is a 5-byte memory area that can store information about data received from the SC board 71. Each byte of the SC board receive buffer memory area 203AS stores a value between 0 and 255 as received data.

(SC board transmission buffer storage area 203AT)
The SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT is a 57-byte memory area that can store information about the transmission data to be sent to the SC board 71. Here, each byte of the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT stores a value from 0 to 255 as transmission data.

(Main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU)
The main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU is a 1-byte storage area that can store a main control board reception control flag. Specifically, bit 0 of the main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU is a storage area corresponding to reception completion, and is set to 1 when reception of a message from the main control board 100 is complete, and is set to 0 when reception of a message from the main control board 100 is not complete. Bits 1 to 7 of the main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU are unused and are always set to 0.

(Main control board receive buffer memory area 203AV)
The main control board receive buffer memory area 203AV is a 26-byte memory area that can store information about data received from the main control board 100. Here, each byte of the main control board receive buffer memory area 203AV stores a value between 0 and 255 as received data.

(Main control board receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AW)
The main control board receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AW is a 1-byte memory area that can store information related to the reference position of the main control board receive buffer. For example, if the value of the main control board receive buffer is 1, the value of the main control board receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AW will be 01(H).

(Main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX)
The main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX is a 5-byte memory area that can store information about the transmission data transmitted by the game value control board 200. Here, each byte of the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX stores a value from 0 to 255 as transmission data.

(Main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY)
The main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY is a 1-byte storage area in which information related to the valid reception time is stored. Here, if the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY is 1, the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY becomes 01 (H).

(SC board receive data error storage area 203AZ)
The SC board receive data error storage area 203AZ is a 1-byte storage area that can store information related to an SC board receive data error. If there is an SC board receive data error, the value of the SC board receive data error storage area 203AZ will be "01(H)." On the other hand, if there is no SC board receive data error, the value of the SC board receive data error storage area 203AZ will be "00(H)."

(Transmission information type storage area 203Aa)
The transmission information type storage area 203Aa is a 1-byte storage area in which the transmission information type is stored. For example, the transmission information type storage area 203Aa stores hole control and fraud monitoring information as the transmission type.

(Counting execution flag storage area 203Ab)
The counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing information related to the counting execution flag. Specifically, when the counting button 19 is not operated, the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "00 (H)." When the counting button 19 is "short-pressed," the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "01 (H)." When the counting button 19 is "long-pressed," the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "02 (H)." Note that a "short press" refers to pressing the counting button 19 for a first period of time (50 ms in this embodiment). A "long press" refers to pressing the counting button 19 for a second period of time (500 ms in this embodiment) that is longer than the first period of time.

(Main control board reception timeout timer storage area 203Ac)
The main control board reception timeout timer storage area 203Ac is a 2-byte storage area that can store a main control board reception timeout timer for measuring the time required to receive a message from the main control board 100. For example, if the value of the main control board reception timeout timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the main control board reception timeout timer storage area 203Ac will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Error transmission confirmation buffer storage area 203Ad)
The buffer memory area 203Ad for error transmission confirmation is a memory area of 1 byte, and is a memory area into which a predetermined value is set when executing the gaming machine installation information message reception process described below, and is a memory area used when checking output information before sending a command to the sub-control board 300.

(Virtual serial number storage area 203Ae)
The virtual serial number storage area 203Ae is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing a virtual serial number. For example, if the value of the virtual serial number is 1, the value of the virtual serial number storage area 203Ae will be 01(H).

(Complete signal transmission timer storage area 203Af)
The complete signal transmission timer memory area 203Af is a 2-byte memory area that can store a complete signal transmission timer that is timed when a complete signal is transmitted to the rental device 400. For example, if the value of the complete signal transmission timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the complete signal transmission timer memory area 203Af will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Main control information reception completion flag storage area 203Ag)
The main control information received flag storage area 203Ag is a "1" byte storage area that can store information related to the main control information received flag. Specifically, BIT "0" of the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag is a storage area corresponding to the gaming machine installation information notification, and is set to "1" when the gaming machine installation information notification has been received, and is set to "0" when the gaming machine installation information notification has not been received. Also, BIT "1" of the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag is a storage area corresponding to the gaming machine information notification, and is set to "1" when the gaming machine information notification has been received, and is set to "0" when the gaming machine information notification has not been received.

BIT "2" of the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag is a storage area corresponding to SC board communication, and is set to "1" when communication with the SC board 71 is initiated, and to "0" when communication with the SC board 71 is not initiated. BIT "3" of the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag is a storage area corresponding to a count transmission request, and is set to "1" when a count transmission request is made, and to "0" when no count transmission request is made. BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag are unused, and are always set to "0".

(Gaming machine information notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ah)
The gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Ah is a 1-byte storage area that can store a gaming machine information transmission cycle timer for timing the transmission wait time for a gaming machine information notification. Here, for example, if the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer is "1", the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Ah becomes "01 (H)".

(Count notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ai)
The counting notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ai is a 1-byte storage area that can store the counting notification transmission period timer. For example, if the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is 1, the value of the counting notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ai becomes 01(H).

(SC board transmitted game information number storage area 203Aj)
The SC board transmission game information number storage area 203Aj is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing the number of game information pieces to be transmitted to the SC board 71. Here, for example, if the number of game information pieces to be transmitted to the SC board 71 is "1", the value of the SC board transmission game information number storage area 203Aj becomes "01 (H)".

(Main control state saving buffer memory area 203Ak)
The main control status saving buffer memory area 203Ak is a 2-byte memory area that is used to determine whether or not there has been a change in the main control status. Specifically, the value stored in the main control status saving buffer memory area 203Ak is used to compare and determine the value with the value in the first main control status memory area 203ADc and the value in the second main control status memory area 203ADd, which will be described later.

(Gaming machine installation information notification transmission period timer storage area 203A1)
The gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Al is a 2-byte storage area that can store a gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer for timing the transmission wait time for gaming machine installation information. Here, for example, if the value of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Al will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Gaming machine performance information notification transmission period timer storage area 203Am)
The gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Am is a 2-byte storage area that can store a gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer for timing the transmission wait time for gaming machine performance information. Here, for example, if the value of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Am will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Lending notification reception valid timer storage area 203An)
The loan notification reception valid timer storage area 203An is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area that can store a loan notification reception valid timer for timing the reception valid time of the loan notification. Here, for example, if the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is "1", the value of the loan notification reception valid timer storage area 203An becomes "01(H)".

(Count serial number storage area 203Ao)
The counting serial number storage area 203Ao is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing the counting serial number. For example, if the counting serial number has a value of 1, the value of the counting serial number storage area 203Ao becomes 01(H).

(Count subtraction value storage area 203Ap)
The count subtraction value storage area 203Ap is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing a value to be subtracted in one counting process. For example, if the value to be subtracted in one counting process is 1, the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap will be 01(H). If the value to be subtracted in one counting process is 50, the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap will be 32(H).

(Cumulative count value storage area 203Aq)
The cumulative count value storage area 203Aq is a 2-byte storage area capable of storing the counted cumulative value. For example, if the counted cumulative value is 1, the value of the first byte of the cumulative count value storage area 203Aq will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Counting type buffer storage area 203Ar)
The count type buffer memory area 203Ar is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area in which the value of the count subtraction value memory area 203Ap is set and is used when determining whether it is other than "0".

(BET possible signal received flag storage area 203As)
The BET possible signal received flag storage area 203As is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing a BET possible signal received flag. Here, for example, when the BET possible signal received flag is ON, the value of the BET possible signal received flag storage area 203As is "01 (H)". On the other hand, when the BET possible signal received flag is OFF, the value of the BET possible signal received flag storage area 203As is "00 (H)".

(Game Value Clear Signal Guarantee Timer Storage Area 203At)
The game value clear signal guarantee timer memory area 203At is a 2-byte memory area that can store a game value clear signal guarantee timer for guaranteeing the output time of the game value clear signal. Here, for example, if the value of the game value clear signal guarantee timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the game value clear signal guarantee timer memory area 203At will be 01 (H), and the value of the second byte will be 00 (H). The minimum output time of the game value clear signal is 3 seconds after play becomes possible.

(Setting confirmation timer storage area 203Au)
The setting confirmation timer storage area 203Au is a 2-byte storage area that can store a setting confirmation timer for timing the output of a setting confirmation signal. For example, if the value of the setting confirmation timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the setting confirmation timer storage area 203Au will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(First fraud detection timer storage area 203Av)
The first fraud detection timer storage area 203Av is a 2-byte storage area that can store a first fraud detection timer for timing the output of a first fraud detection signal. For example, if the value of the first fraud detection timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the first fraud detection timer storage area 203Av will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Second fraud detection timer storage area 203Aw)
The second fraud detection timer storage area 203Aw is a 2-byte storage area that can store a second fraud detection timer for timing the output of a second fraud detection signal. For example, if the value of the second fraud detection timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the second fraud detection timer storage area 203Aw will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Third fraud detection timer storage area 203Ax)
The third fraud detection timer storage area 203Ax is a 2-byte storage area that can store a third fraud detection timer for timing the output of a third fraud detection signal. For example, if the value of the third fraud detection timer is 1, the value of the first byte of the third fraud detection timer storage area 203Ax will be 01(H) and the value of the second byte will be 00(H).

(Gaming machine performance information in the gaming value RAM usage area 203A)
Next, the gaming machine performance information in the gaming value RAM use area 203A will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 20, the gaming value RAM usage area 203A shows multiple memory areas, from the total number of bets memory area 203ABa to the second reserved memory area 203ABn, as gaming machine performance information. Each memory area is explained below.

(Total BET number storage area 203ABa)
The total number of bets storage area 203ABa is a 3-byte storage area that can store the total number of bets on game value used when calculating predetermined gaming machine performance information. Here, for example, when the value of the total number of bets is 1, the value of the first byte of the total number of bets storage area 203ABa is 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes are 00(H).

(Total number of granted points storage area 203ABb)
The total number of awarded games memory area 203ABb is a 3-byte memory area that can store the total number of awarded game values used when calculating predetermined gaming machine performance information. Here, for example, if the value of the total number of awarded games is 1, the value of the first byte of the total number of awarded games memory area 203ABb will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Maximum MY storage area 203ABc)
The maximum MY memory area 203ABc is a 3-byte memory area that can store the current MY used when calculating predetermined gaming machine performance information. For example, if the current MY value is 1, the value of the first byte of the maximum MY memory area 203ABc will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Total number of bonus items given memory area 203ABd)
The total number of granted game devices storage area 203ABd is a "3" byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store the value of the game value granted by the operation of the game device, which is used when calculating predetermined gaming machine performance information. Here, for example, if the value of the game value granted by the operation of the game device is "1", the value of the "1st" byte of the total number of granted game devices storage area 203ABd will be "01 (H)", and the values of the "2nd" byte and the "3rd" byte will be "00 (H)".

(Total number of consecutive bonuses given memory area 203ABe)
The total number of consecutive games awarded storage area 203ABe is a "3" byte storage area, and is a storage area that can store the value of the game value awarded by the operation of consecutive games, which is used when calculating predetermined gaming machine performance information. Here, for example, if the value of the game value awarded by the operation of consecutive games is "1", the value of the "1st" byte of the total number of consecutive games awarded storage area 203ABe will be "01 (H)", and the values of the "2nd" byte and the "3rd" byte will be "00 (H)".

(Gem ratio memory area 203ABf)
The bonus feature ratio memory area 203ABf is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing bonus feature ratios that can be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. In principle, the bonus feature ratio memory area 203ABf stores values from "00" to "99", except that "FF (H)" is stored when the bonus feature ratio is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached.

(Continuous feature ratio storage area 203ABg)
The consecutive feature ratio storage area 203ABg is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing consecutive feature ratios that can be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. Here, the consecutive feature ratio storage area 203ABg will store values of "00" to "99" as a rule, and as an exception, will store "FF (H)" when the value is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached.

(Advantageous zone ratio storage area 203ABh)
The advantageous zone ratio storage area 203ABh is a storage area of "1" byte, and is a storage area capable of storing advantageous zone ratios that can be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. Here, the advantageous zone ratio storage area 203ABh will store values of "00" to "99" as a general rule, with the exception that "FF (H)" will be stored when the value is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached.

(Instruction included accessory ratio storage area 203ABi)
The instruction-included feature ratio memory area 203ABi is a "1" byte memory area, and is a memory area capable of storing instruction-included feature ratios that can be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. Here, the instruction-included feature ratio memory area 203ABi will store values of "00" to "99" as a general rule, and as an exception, will store "FF (H)" when the value is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached.

(Reel state ratio storage area 203ABj)
The reel etc. state ratio memory area 203ABj is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing reel etc. state ratios that can be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. Here, in principle, values from "00" to "99" are stored in the reel etc. state ratio memory area 203ABj, and as an exception, "FF (H)" is stored when the value is not applicable/the specified number of plays has not been reached.

(Number of games played storage area 203ABk)
The number of games played memory area 203ABk is a 2-byte memory area that can store the number of games played since the power switch 38sw detected the operation of the power button 38 and the gaming machine 1 was powered on. Here, for example, if the number of games played since the gaming machine 1 was powered on is 1, the value of the first byte of the number of games played memory area 203ABk will be 01 (H) and the value of the second byte will be 00 (H).

(Auxiliary information storage area 203ABl)
The spare information storage area 203ABl is a 24-byte storage area, and is provided with 24 1-byte storage areas. In this embodiment, the spare information storage area 203ABl is not used, and therefore is fixed to 0.

(First reserved storage area 203ABm)
The first reservation memory area 203ABm is a 3-byte memory area used by the rental device 400. Here, the first reservation memory area 203ABm is fixed to "00(H)". In addition, the content of the "first reservation" of the gaming machine performance information is the maximum MY calculated by the rental device 400.

(Second reserved storage area 203ABn)
The second reservation memory area 203ABn is a 2-byte memory area used by the rental device 400. Here, the second reservation memory area 203ABn is fixed to "00(H)". In addition, the content of the "second reservation" in the gaming machine performance information is the number of games calculated by the rental device 400.

(Gaming machine installation information in the gaming value RAM usage area 203A)
Next, the gaming machine installation information in the gaming value RAM use area 203A will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in Figure 21, the gaming value RAM usage area 203A shows multiple memory areas for gaming machine installation information, from the gaming machine type memory area 203ACa to the gaming value control chip product code memory area 203ACg. Each memory area is explained below.

(Gaming machine type memory area 203ACa)
The gaming machine type memory area 203ACa is a 1-byte memory area in which information about the type of gaming machine is stored. In this embodiment, BIT "0" to BIT "3" of the gaming machine type memory area 203ACa store information about the slot machine as a fixed value, BIT "4" to BIT "6" store information about the organization of the gaming machine 1 as a fixed value, and BIT "7" stores information about the medium to be managed as a fixed value.

(Main control chip ID number storage area 203ACb)
The main control chip ID number storage area 203ACb is a 9-byte storage area that can store the main control chip ID number of the main control board 100. Specifically, the main control chip ID number is stored in the first byte through the eighth byte of the main control chip ID number storage area 203ACb, and an identification code is stored in the ninth byte.

(Main control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACc)
The main control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACc is a 3-byte storage area that can store the manufacturer code written in the management area of the main control board 100. For example, if the manufacturer code value is 1, the value of the first byte of the main control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACc will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Main control chip product code storage area 203ACd)
The main control chip product code storage area 203ACd is an 8-byte storage area that can store the product code written in the management area of the main control board 100. For example, if the product code value is 1, the value of the first byte of the main control chip product code storage area 203ACd will be 01(H), and the values of the second byte through the eighth byte will be 00(H).

(Game value control chip ID number storage area 203ACe)
The game value control chip ID number storage area 203ACe is a 9-byte storage area that can store the game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 200. Specifically, the game value control chip ID number is stored in the 1st byte to the 8th byte of the game value control chip ID number storage area 203ACe, and an identification code is stored in the 9th byte.

(Game value control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACf)
The gaming value control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACf is a 3-byte storage area that can store the manufacturer code written in the management area of the gaming value control board 200. Here, for example, if the manufacturer code value is 1, the value of the first byte of the gaming value control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACf will be 01(H), and the values of the second and third bytes will be 00(H).

(Game value control chip product code storage area 203ACg)
The gaming value control chip product code memory area 203ACg is a 9-byte memory area that can store the product code written in the management area of the gaming value control board 200. For example, if the product code value is 1, the value of the first byte of the gaming value control chip product code memory area 203ACg will be 01(H), and the values of the second byte to the eighth byte will be 00(H).

(Hole control and fraud monitoring information in the game value RAM usage area 203A)
Next, the hole control and fraud monitoring information in the game value RAM use area 203A will be explained using FIG.

As shown in Figure 22, the gaming value RAM usage area 203A shows multiple memory areas for hole control and fraud monitoring information, from the BET count memory area 203ADa to the SC transmission gaming value award count memory area 203ADj. Each memory area is explained below.

(BET number storage area 203ADa)
The bet number storage area 203ADa is a "1" byte storage area that can store the value of the bet game value and the value of the settled game value. When a game value is bet, the value of the bet number storage area 203ADa is one of "01 (H)" to "03 (H)". When the bet game value is settled, the value of the bet number storage area 203ADa is one of "FD (H)" to "FF (H)". When neither a bet nor settlement has been made, the value of the bet number storage area 203ADa is "00 (H)".

(Number of awarded game values storage area 203ADb)
The number of awarded game values storage area 203ADb is a 1-byte storage area that can store the value of the game value awarded upon winning. Here, the maximum value of the game value awarded upon winning is 15. Furthermore, if no win is achieved, the value of the number of awarded game values storage area 203ADb becomes 0. For these reasons, the number of awarded game values storage area 203ADb stores a value between 0 and 15.

(First main control state storage area 203ADc)
The first main control status storage area 203ADc is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing the first main control status. Specifically, bit 0 of the first main control status storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the RB, and is set to 1 when the RB is operating and to 0 when the RB is not operating. Bit 1 of the first main control status storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the BB, and is set to 1 when the BB is operating and to 0 when the BB is not operating. Bit 2 of the first main control status storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the AT, and is set to 1 when the AT is operating and to 0 when the AT is not operating. In addition, BIT "3" of the first main control state memory area 203ADc is a memory area corresponding to the first control state, and is "1" when the first control state is in effect, and is "0" when the first control state is not in effect.

BIT "4" of the first main control state storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the second control state, and is set to "1" when the second control state is in effect and "0" when the second control state is not in effect. BIT "5" of the first main control state storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the third control state, and is set to "1" when the third control state is in effect and "0" when the third control state is not in effect. BIT "6" of the first main control state storage area 203ADc is a storage area corresponding to the fourth control state, and is set to "1" when the fourth control state is in effect and "0" when the fourth control state is not in effect. BIT "7" of the first main control state storage area 203ADc is unused and is always set to "0".

(Second main control state storage area 203ADd)
The second main control state storage area 203ADd is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing the second main control state. Specifically, bit "0" of the second main control state storage area 203ADd corresponds to the fifth control state and is set to "1" when the fifth control state is in effect and to "0" when the fifth control state is not in effect. Bit "1" of the second main control state storage area 203ADd corresponds to the sixth control state and is set to "1" when the sixth control state is in effect and to "0" when the sixth control state is not in effect. Bit "2" of the second main control state storage area 203ADd corresponds to the seventh control state and is set to "1" when the seventh control state is in effect and to "0" when the seventh control state is not in effect. Bits "3" to "7" of the second main control state storage area 203ADd are unused and are always set to "0."

(First gaming machine unauthorized memory area 203ADe)
The first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a 1-byte memory area capable of storing information related to the first gaming machine fraud. Specifically, BIT "0" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to the setting value being changed, and is set to "1" when the setting value is being changed and to "0" when the setting value is not being changed. BIT "1" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to the setting value being confirmed, and is set to "1" when the setting value is being confirmed and to "0" when the setting value is not being confirmed. BIT "2" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to the first fraud detection, and is set to "1" when the first fraud is detected and to "0" when the first fraud is not detected. In addition, BIT "3" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to the second fraud detection, and becomes "1" when the second fraud is detected, and becomes "0" when the second fraud is not detected.

BIT "4" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to the third fraud detection, and is set to "1" when the third fraud is detected and to "0" when the third fraud is not detected. BIT "5" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to security, and is set to "1" when a security signal is output and to "0" when a security signal is not output. BIT "6" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is a memory area corresponding to complete, and is set to "1" when a complete signal is output and to "0" when a complete signal is not output. BIT "7" of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe is unused and is always set to "0".

(Second gaming machine illegal memory area 203ADf)
The second gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADf is a memory area of "1" byte, and is a memory area capable of storing information related to second gaming machine fraud. Specifically, BIT "0" of the second gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADf is a memory area corresponding to a set door open, and is set to "1" when the set door is open and to "0" when the set door is not open. BIT "1" of the second gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADf is a memory area corresponding to a door open, and is set to "1" when the front door 3 is open and to "0" when the front door 3 is not open. BIT "3" of the second gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADf is a memory area corresponding to a game value clear, and is set to "1" when the game value clear is executed and to "0" when the game value clear is not executed. It should be noted that BIT "2", BIT "4" to BIT "7" of the second gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADf are unused and are always set to "0".

(First count number storage area 203ADg)
The first count number storage area 203ADg is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing the first count number. In this embodiment, the first count number ranges from 0 to 3. Therefore, the value stored in the first count number storage area 203ADg is any value between 0 and 3.

(Second count number storage area 203ADh)
The second count number storage area 203ADh is a 1-byte storage area capable of storing the second count number. In this embodiment, the second count number ranges from 0 to 15. Therefore, the value stored in the second count number storage area 203ADh is any value between 0 and 15.

(BET number storage area 203ADi for SC transmission)
The SC transmission bet number storage area 203ADi is a 1-byte storage area that can store information about the number of bets to be transmitted to the SC board 71. In this embodiment, the value stored in the SC transmission bet number storage area 203ADi is any one of "0" to "3."

(SC transmission game value grant number storage area 203ADj)
The SC transmission game value allotted number memory area 203ADj is a 1-byte memory area that can store information regarding the number of allotted game values to be transmitted to the SC board 71. In this embodiment, the value stored in the SC transmission game value allotted number memory area 203ADj is any one of "0" to "15."

(Main program start processing)
Next, the main program start process performed by the main control board 100 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S1)
In step S1, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is currently powered down. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is currently powered down by inspecting the power-down signal terminal. If it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is currently powered down (step S1=YES), the process of step S1 is repeated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is not currently powered down (step S1=NO), the process proceeds to step S2.

(Step S2)
In step S2, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the setting value data is abnormal. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of comparing the value in the setting value storage area 103AA with abnormal setting value data (in this embodiment, "0" or "6") used to determine whether the setting value is abnormal. Then, when the process of step S2 is completed, the process proceeds to step S3.

(Step S3)
In step S3, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the set value is an abnormal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value stored in the set value storage area 103AA is "0" or whether the value stored in the set value storage area 103AA is greater than "6." Here, the main CPU 101 determines that the set value is an abnormal value when the value stored in the set value storage area 103AA is "0" or a value greater than "6." If the set value is determined to be an abnormal value (step S3 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S5. On the other hand, if the set value is determined not to be an abnormal value (step S3 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4.

(Step S4)
In step S4, the main CPU 101 performs a checksum calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets an address in a register to start calculation of the checksum of the main RAM 103, calculates the checksum of the main RAM 103, and sets the calculated checksum in the register. Then, when the process of step S4 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5.

(Step S5)
In step S5, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw is ON and a setting key switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the setting key switch 34sw is ON (step S5=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6. On the other hand, if the setting key switch 34sw is not ON (step S5=NO), the processing proceeds to step S8.

(Step S6)
In step S6, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a door open signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON (step S6=YES), the processing proceeds to step S14. On the other hand, if it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is not ON (step S6=NO), the processing proceeds to step S7.

(Step S7)
In step S7, the main CPU 101 performs processing for a setting change device operation abnormality error. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn the setting change device operation abnormality flag ON by setting "01(H)" in the setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AD. Then, when the processing of step S7 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S8.

(Step S8)
In step S8, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum calculated by the checksum calculation processing in step S4 is a normal value. If it is determined that the checksum is a normal value (step S8=YES), the processing proceeds to step S9. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not a normal value (step S8=NO), the processing proceeds to step S12.

(Step S9)
In step S9, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the reset start flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the reset start flag by setting "1" in a predetermined register. Then, when the processing of step S9 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S10.

(Step S10)
In step S10, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset switch 35sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a reset switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is ON (step S10=YES), the processing proceeds to step S11. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is not ON (step S10=NO), the processing proceeds to step S12.

(Step S11)
In step S11, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a door open signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON (step S11=YES), the processing proceeds to step S14. On the other hand, if it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is not ON (step S11=NO), the processing proceeds to step S12.

(Step S12)
In step S12, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio monitor test display request setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads the program from the main ROM outside area 102B, and if there is a ratio monitor test display request, sets the value of the ratio monitor test display request memory area 103AC to "01 (H)" and performs a process to display ratio monitor test information on the ratio display unit 36. Then, when the process of step S12 is completed, the process proceeds to step S13.

In this embodiment, the display format of the ratio monitor test information is a flashing display format that alternates between lighting for approximately 5 seconds, 0.3 seconds, and turning off for approximately 0.3 seconds. Note that any display format can be used for the ratio monitor test information.

The ratio monitor test information will also be displayed on the ratio display unit 36 when the setting value change process in step S300 is completed or when the setting value confirmation process in step S5000 is completed. After the ratio monitor test information is displayed on the ratio display unit 36, the ratio display unit 36 will switch to displaying ratio information.

In this embodiment, when a setting value is being changed or confirmed, the ratio monitor test information is not displayed on the ratio display unit 36. At this time, the entire ratio display unit 36 is turned off. Of course, the ratio monitor test information may be displayed on the ratio display unit 36 even when a setting value is being changed or confirmed. Even in this case, the ratio display unit 36 will display the ratio monitor test information first, and then the ratio information.

(Step S13)
In step S13, the main CPU 101 performs a power interruption recovery process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of restoring the register values saved before the power interruption and the values stored in the stack pointer. The main CPU 101 also performs a process of collectively transmitting the commands grouped in the power interruption recovery command table (see FIG. 17) to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S13 is completed, the gaming machine 1 returns to the state it was in when it was powered off.

(Step S14)
In step S14, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the checksum calculated by the checksum calculation processing in step S4 is a normal value. If it is determined that the checksum is a normal value (step S14=YES), the processing proceeds to step S17. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksum is not a normal value (step S14=NO), the processing proceeds to step S15.

(Step S15)
In step S15, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio monitor RAM initialization process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 reads a program from the main ROM outside area 102B and performs a process to initialize a predetermined area in the main RAM outside area 103B. Then, when the process of step S15 ends, the process proceeds to step S16.

(Step S16)
In step S16, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete activation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete activation flag by setting the value of the complete activation flag storage area 103Ag to "00(H)." Then, when the processing of step S16 ends, the processing proceeds to step S17.

(Step S17)
In step S17, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine installation information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting gaming machine installation information to the gaming value control board 200. Furthermore, if communication with the gaming value control board 200 fails, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an E8 error display start command to the gaming value control board 200, and thereafter, if communication with the gaming value control board 200 is successful, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an E8 error display end command to the gaming value control board 200. Then, when the process of step S17 ends, the process proceeds to step S18.

(Step S18)
In step S18, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an offset when the setting is changed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an offset value in a register for transmitting commands collectively when the setting is changed. Then, when the process of step S18 is completed, the process proceeds to step S19.

(Step S19)
In step S19, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the reset start flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reset start flag set in the register is ON. If it is determined that the reset start flag is ON (step S19=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S20. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset start flag is not ON (step S19=NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S21.

(Step S20)
In step S20, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a reset start offset. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of overwriting the value set in the register in the process of step S18 with the offset value for transmitting commands collectively at reset start. Then, when the process of step S20 ends, the process proceeds to step S21.

(Step S21)
In step S21, the main CPU 101 performs a command batch transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands to the sub-control board 300 according to the offset value set in the register. More specifically, if the offset value set in the register is a setting change offset, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting the commands grouped in the setting change command table (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the offset value set in the register is a reset start offset, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting the commands grouped in the reset start command table (see FIG. 17). Then, when the process of step S21 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22.

(Step S22)
In step S22, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the return phase state to "setting change in progress." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data "03 (H)" corresponding to "setting change in progress" in the return phase state storage area 103Ah. Then, when the processing of step S22 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23.

(Step S23)
In step S23, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the reset start flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of the reset start flag set in the register in the processing of step S9 or the like is ON. If it is determined that the reset start flag is ON (step S23=YES), the processing proceeds to step S26. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset start flag is not ON (step S23=NO), the processing proceeds to step S24.

(Step S24)
In step S24, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a setting change signal to indicate the first unauthorized state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the setting change signal by setting BIT "0" in the first unauthorized state storage area 103AP to "1." Then, when processing in step S24 ends, processing proceeds to step S25.

(Step S25)
In step S25, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the set hall control/fraud monitoring information to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S25, information regarding the setting change signal is transmitted because information regarding the setting change signal has been set in the first fraud information storage area by the process of step S24. Then, when the process of step S25 is completed, the process proceeds to step S26.

(Step S26)
In step S26, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset start flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the reset start flag set in the register by the processing of step S9 is ON. If it is determined that the reset start flag is ON (step S26 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to processing in step S28. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset start flag is not ON (step S26 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to processing in step S100.

(Step S100)
In step S100, the main CPU 101 performs a set value change process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 24. Then, when the process of step S100 ends, the process proceeds to step S27.

(Step S27)
In step S27, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete activation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete activation flag by setting the value of the complete activation flag storage area 103Ag to "00(H)." Then, when the processing of step S27 ends, the processing proceeds to step S28.

(Step S28)
In step S28, the main CPU 101 performs a RAM check process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of checking writing to the main RAM 103 and a process of initializing a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, when the process of step S28 ends, the process proceeds to step S29.

(Step S29)
In step S29, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the set hall control/fraud monitoring information to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S29, the value of the complete activation flag memory area 103Ag set in the process of step S27 is transmitted. Then, when the process of step S29 is completed, the process proceeds to step S30.

(Step S30)
In step S30, the main CPU 101 performs a setting change end command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting change end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S30 ends, the process proceeds to the main loop process of step S1000.

(Setting value change processing)
Next, the setting value change process performed in step S100 of the main program start process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S101)
In step S101, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the instruction monitor display section memory area 103AH. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value (e.g., "88") in the instruction monitor display section memory area 103AH. As a result, "88" is displayed on the instruction monitor display section 28, indicating that the setting is being changed. Then, when the process of step S101 is completed, the process proceeds to step S102.

(Step S102)
In step S102, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the setting value is a normal value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the setting value stored in the setting value storage area 103AA is a normal value (e.g., any one of setting "1," setting "2," setting "4," setting "5," and setting "6"). If it is determined that the setting value is a normal value (step S102 = YES), the process proceeds to step S104. On the other hand, if it is determined that the setting value is not a normal value (step S102 = NO), the process proceeds to step S103.

(Step S103)
In step S103, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the initial value of the setting value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the initial value of the setting value, "1," in the register. Note that the initial setting value may be any value as long as it is a normal value (for example, any of setting "1,""2,""4,""5," and "6"). Then, when the processing of step S103 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S104.

(Step S104)
In step S104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the LED display mode to the setting change mode. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the data "02(H)" relating to the setting change mode in the LED display mode storage area 103AG. Then, when the processing of step S104 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S105.

(Step S105)
In step S105, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value correction process. Specifically, if the setting value set in the register is an unsettable value (in this embodiment, "3"), the main CPU 101 performs a process to correct the setting value set in the register to "4." Then, when the process of step S105 ends, the process proceeds to step S106.

(Step S106)
In step S106, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the number-of-award-wins display storage area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the number-of-award-wins display storage area 103AR by setting "0" to the number-of-award-wins display storage area 103AR. As a result, "0" is displayed in the number-of-award-wins display unit 30. Then, when the process of step S106 is completed, the process proceeds to step S107.

(Step S107)
In step S107, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset switch 35sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a reset switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is ON (step S107=YES), the processing proceeds to step S108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is not ON (step S107=NO), the processing proceeds to step S111.

(Step S108)
In step S108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the set value is equal to or greater than "6." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value corresponding to the set value set in the register is equal to or greater than "6." If it is determined that the set value is equal to or greater than "6" (step S108 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the set value is not equal to or greater than "6" (step S108 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S110.

(Step S109)
In step S109, the main CPU 101 performs a process of correcting the set value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a correction value ("0" in this embodiment) to a value corresponding to the set value set in the register. Then, when the process of step S109 is completed, the process proceeds to step S110.

(Step S110)
In step S110, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the set value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the value corresponding to the set value set in the register. Then, when the process of step S110 ends, the process proceeds to step S111.

(Step S111)
In step S111, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the start switch 14sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a start switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the start switch 14sw is ON (step S111=YES), the processing proceeds to step S112. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start switch 14sw is not ON (step S111=NO), the processing proceeds to step S104.

(Step S112)
In step S112, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the LED display mode to the set state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the data "03(H)" relating to the set state in the LED display mode storage area 103AG. Then, when the processing of step S112 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S113.

(Step S113)
In step S113, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch signal is OFF. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw has been turned OFF and the setting key switch signal is no longer being input. If the setting key switch signal is OFF (step S113 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S114. On the other hand, if the setting key switch signal is not OFF (step S113 = NO), the main CPU 101 repeatedly executes the processing of step S113.

(Step S114)
In step S114, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value saving process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 stores a value corresponding to the setting value set in the register in the setting value storage area 103AA. Then, when the process of step S114 ends, the process proceeds to step S115.

(Step S115)
In step S115, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the LED display mode to normal mode. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data "01(H)" relating to normal mode in the LED display mode storage area 103AG. Then, when the processing of step S115 ends, the subroutine for the setting value change processing ends.

(Main loop processing)
Next, the main loop process performed in step S1000 of the main program start process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S1001)
In step S1001, the main CPU 101 performs RAM initialization processing at the start of a game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the initialization start address and initialization end address of the main RAM 103, and then performs processing to initialize the area of the main RAM 103 from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area. This initializes a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, when the processing of step S1001 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S2000.

(Step S2000)
In step S2000, the main CPU 101 performs a game start management process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 26. Then, when the process of step S2000 ends, the process proceeds to step S3000.

(Step S3000)
In step S3000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value reception start process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 27. Then, when the process of step S3000 ends, the process proceeds to step S4000.

(Step S4000)
In step S4000, the main CPU 101 performs an error/complete function monitoring process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 30. Then, when the process of step S4000 ends, the process proceeds to step S5000.

(Step S5000)
In step S5000, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value confirmation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 33. Then, when the process of step S5000 ends, the process proceeds to step S6000.

(Step S6000)
In step S6000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value management process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 35. Then, when the process of step S6000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1002.

(Step S1002)
In step S1002, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the currently bet value is "3" by referring to the value in the main bet number storage area 103Ae. If it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3" (step S1002=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S7000. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is not "3" (step S1002=NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4000.

(Step S7000)
In step S7000, the main CPU 101 performs a start lever check process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 36. Then, when the process of step S7000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1003.

(Step S1003)
In step S1003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the start switch 14sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a start switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the start switch 14sw is ON (step S1003=YES), the processing proceeds to step S1004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the start switch 14sw is not ON (step S1003=NO), the processing proceeds to step S4000.

(Step S1004)
In step S1004, the main CPU 101 performs a winning combination determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining a winning combination based on the random number value acquired by the hardware random number acquisition process in step S7005 (described later) and the winning combination determination table (see FIG. 15). Here, information regarding the winning combination determined by the winning combination determination process is set in a register, and then stored in the winning combination memory area 103Ai by the symbol code setting process in step S8000. Then, when the process of step S1004 is completed, the process proceeds to step S8000.

(Step S8000)
In step S8000, the main CPU 101 performs a symbol code setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 37. Then, when the process of step S8000 ends, the process proceeds to step S9000.

(Step S9000)
In step S9000, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spin start preparation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 38. Then, when the process of step S9000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1005.

(Step S1005)
In step S1005, the main CPU 101 performs pre-reel stop processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing such as clearing the operable state flag storage area 103AK. Then, when the processing of step S1005 ends, the process proceeds to step S1006.

(Step S1006)
In step S1006, the main CPU 101 performs reel rotation start processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a freeze effect that is performed before the reels 31 stop. Furthermore, when the ball output state is in the AT state, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the instruction monitor display unit memory area 103AH in accordance with the winning combination. Then, when the processing of step S1006 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S10000.

(Step S10000)
In step S10000, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spinning process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 39. Then, when the process of step S10000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1007.

(Step S1007)
In step S1007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether all of the reels 31 have stopped. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether all of the reels 31 have stopped as a result of performing the reel rotation processing in step S10000. If it is determined that all of the reels 31 have stopped (step S1007 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to processing in step S11000. On the other hand, if it is determined that all of the reels 31 have not stopped (step S1007 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to processing in step S10000.

(Step S11000)
In step S11000, the main CPU 101 performs a display determination process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 40. Then, when the process of step S11000 ends, the process proceeds to step S12000.

(Step S12000)
In step S12000, the main CPU 101 performs a game value awarding process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 41. Then, when the process of step S12000 ends, the process proceeds to step S13000.

(Step S13000)
In step S13000, the main CPU 101 performs an MY difference calculation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 42. Then, when the process of step S13000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1008.

(Step S1008)
In step S1008, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio calculation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the program in the main ROM outside area 102B and calculates all of the following: the instructed role ratio, the role ratio over 6,000 games, the consecutive role ratio over 6,000 games, the role ratio in cumulative play, the consecutive role ratio in cumulative play, and the role etc. state ratio. Then, when the process of step S1008 is completed, the process proceeds to step S1009.

(Step S1009)
In step S1009, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine performance information processing call process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 first saves register values, then calculates gaming machine performance information, and stores the calculation results. Finally, it restores the saved register values. Then, when the process of step S1009 is completed, the process proceeds to step S1010.

(Step S1010)
In step S1010, the main CPU 101 performs a gaming machine performance information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the gaming machine performance information stored as a calculation result by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009 to the gaming value control board 200. The gaming machine performance information transmission process also performs a process of receiving predetermined information from the gaming value control board 200 and a process of updating the value of the serial number storage area 103AB. Then, when the process of step S1010 ends, the process proceeds to step S14000.

Note that if communication with the gaming value control board 200 fails during the gaming machine installation information transmission process in step S1010, the E8 error display process in step S4100 will be performed.

(Step S14000)
In step S14000, the main CPU 101 performs a game state transition process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 43. Then, when the process of step S14000 ends, the process proceeds to step S1001.

(Game start management process)
Next, the game start management process performed in step S2000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S2001)
In step S2001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the main bet number storage area 103Ae. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae to "0." Then, when the process of step S2001 ends, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S2002.

(Step S2002)
In step S2002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to bet-enabled. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set information indicating that betting is enabled in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ to "1". Then, when the processing of step S2002 ends, the processing proceeds to step S2003.

(Step S2003)
In step S2003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the LED data buffer as the BET available display section 25. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting data corresponding to the BET available display section 25 in the LED data buffer storage area 103AI. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "6" in the LED data buffer storage area 103AI. Then, when the process of step S2003 ends, the process proceeds to step S2004.

(Step S2004)
In step S2004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a game start offset. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an offset value in a register for transmitting commands collectively at the start of a game. Then, when the processing of step S2004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S2005.

(Step S2005)
In step S2005, the main CPU 101 performs a command batch transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands to the sub-control board 300 in accordance with the offset value set in the register. Here, since the offset value at the start of game has been set in the register by the process of step S2004, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands grouped in the game start command table (see FIG. 17). Then, when the process of step S2005 ends, the game start management process subroutine ends.

(Game value reception start processing)
Next, the game value reception start process performed in step S3000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S3001)
In step S3001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW. If it is determined that the replay activation flag is ON (step S3001=YES), the processing proceeds to step S3003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay activation flag is not ON (step S3001=NO), the processing proceeds to step S3002.

(Step S3002)
In step S3002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to bet-enabled. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to bet-enabled in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ to "1". Then, when the processing of step S3002 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value acceptance start processing ends.

(Step S3003)
In step S3003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an initial value of the automatic insertion wait time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the initial value of the automatic insertion wait time in a register. Then, when the processing of step S3003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3004.

(Step S3004)
In step S3004, the main CPU 101 performs timer waiting processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs waiting processing until the automatic power-on waiting time set in the register has elapsed. Then, when the processing of step S3004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3005.

(Step S3005)
In step S3005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the game value management status is currently lit with the replay LED. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the game value management status storage area 103AJ and performs processing to determine whether the game value management status is currently lit with the replay LED. If it is determined that the game value management status is currently lit with the replay LED (step S3005 = YES), processing proceeds to step S3100. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value management status is not currently lit with the replay LED (step S3005 = NO), processing proceeds to step S3006.

(Step S3006)
In step S3006, the main CPU 101 performs an automatic insertion number command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the automatic insertion number command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S3006 ends, the process proceeds to step S3007.

(Step S3007)
In step S3007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to change the gaming value management status to "replay LED is on." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to "replay LED is on" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "1" to BIT "7" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. Then, when the processing of step S3007 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3100.

(Step S3100)
In step S3100, the main CPU 101 performs a game value addition process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 28. Then, when the process of step S3100 ends, the process proceeds to step S3008.

(Step S3008)
In step S3008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the currently bet value is "3" by referring to the value in the main bet number storage area 103Ae. If it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3" (step S3008=YES), the main CPU 101 ends the subroutine of the game value acceptance start process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is not "3" (step S3008=NO), the process proceeds to step S3009.

(Step S3009)
In step S3009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the automatic insertion wait time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the automatic insertion wait time in a register. Then, when the processing of step S3009 ends, the processing proceeds to step S3004.

(Game value addition process)
Next, the game value addition process performed in step S3100 of the game value reception start process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S3101)
In step S3101, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the number-of-awarded coins display storage area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set "0" in the number-of-awarded coins display storage area 103AR. As a result, "0" is displayed in the number-of-awarded coins display unit 30. Then, when the process of step S3101 is completed, the process proceeds to step S3102.

(Step S3102)
In step S3102, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the main BET number storage area 103Ae. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae. Then, when the process of step S3102 ends, the process proceeds to step S3110.

(Step S3110)
In step S3110, the main CPU 101 performs a game value LED display data creation process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 29. Then, when the process of step S3110 ends, the subroutine of the game value addition process ends.

(Game Value LED Display Data Creation Process)
Next, the game value LED display data creation process performed in step S3110 of the game value addition process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S3111)
In step S3111, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring the number of bets. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae in a register. Then, when the process of step S3111 ends, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S3112.

(Step S3112)
In step S3112, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting an LED data buffer. Specifically, the main CPU 101 obtains LED lighting data corresponding to the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae set in the register, and performs a process of setting the data in the LED data buffer storage area 103AI. More specifically, if the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is "01(H)", the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "1" of the LED data buffer storage area 103AI. Furthermore, if the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is "02(H)", the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "2" of the LED data buffer storage area 103AI, and if the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is "03(H)", the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "3" of the LED data buffer storage area 103AI. Then, when the processing of step S3112 is completed, the subroutine of the game value LED display data creation processing is completed.

(Error/Complete function monitoring process)
Next, the error/complete function monitoring process performed in step S4000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S4001)
In step S4001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value control board transmission/reception error has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value control board transmission/reception error has occurred by referencing the value of the transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL. If it is determined that a game value control board transmission/reception error has occurred (step S4001=YES), processing proceeds to step S4100. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value control board transmission/reception error has not occurred (step S4001=NO), processing proceeds to step S4003.

(Step S4100)
In step S4100, the main CPU 101 performs an E8 error display process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 31. Then, when the process of step S4100 ends, the process proceeds to step S4002.

(Step S4002)
In step S4002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the game value control board transmission/reception error flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the game value control board transmission/reception error flag by setting the value of the transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AL to "0." Then, when the processing of step S4002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S4003.

(Step S4003)
In step S4003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the game value is greater than "15,000." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value owned by the player is greater than "15,000" by referencing the value of the error information flag storage area 103AM. In other words, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a game value number warning is being issued. Then, if it is determined that the game value is greater than "15,000" (step S4003 = YES), processing proceeds to step S4004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value is not greater than "15,000" (step S4003 = NO), processing proceeds to step S4006.

(Step S4004)
In step S4004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the count notification time is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the value of the count notification time storage area 103Aj in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value of this register is "0." If it is determined that the count notification time is "0" (step S4004 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S4005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the count notification time is not "0" (step S4004 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4006.

(Step S4005)
In step S4005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the count notification time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a predetermined value in the count notification time storage area 103Aj. Then, when the processing of step S4005 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4006.

(Step S4006)
In step S4006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an initial value for the error number. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the initial value for the error number in a register. Then, when the processing in step S4006 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4007.

(Step S4007)
In step S4007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether an error has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether an error has occurred based on the error number set in the register and the value of the error information flag storage area 103AM. If it is determined that an error has occurred (step S4007=YES), the processing proceeds to step S4200. On the other hand, if it is determined that an error has not occurred (step S4007=NO), the processing proceeds to step S4008.

(Step S4008)
In step S4008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting the error number. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value of the error number set in the register. Then, when the process of step S4008 ends, the process proceeds to step S4009.

(Step S4009)
In step S4009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error number is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the error number set in the register has become "0." This processing determines whether the error search has ended. If it is determined that the error number is "0" (step S4009 = YES), processing proceeds to step S4010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error number is not "0" (step S4009 = NO), processing proceeds to step S4007.

(Step S4010)
In step S4010, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete operation flag is OFF. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete operation flag is OFF by referencing the complete operation flag storage area 103Ag. If it is determined that the complete operation flag is OFF (step S4010=YES), the main CPU 101 terminates the error/complete function monitoring processing subroutine. On the other hand, if it is determined that the complete operation flag is not OFF (step S4010=NO), the processing proceeds to step S4011.

(Step S4011)
In step S4011, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a complete operation display request. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the complete operation display request in a register. Then, when the processing of step S4011 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4200.

(Step S4200)
In step S4200, the main CPU 101 performs error display processing, which will be described in detail later using Figure 32. Here, the error display processing is executed with the complete operation display request set in the register. Then, when the processing of step S4200 ends, the error/complete function monitoring processing subroutine ends.

Here, the error display process of step S4200 is also executed if it is determined that an error has occurred (step S4007 = YES). In this case, the process is executed with the error number set in the register, and when the process of step S4200 is completed, processing proceeds to step S4006.

(E8 error display processing)
Next, the E8 error display process performed in step S4100 of the error/complete function monitoring process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S4101)
In step S4101, the main CPU 101 sets a communication abnormality error setting value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the communication abnormality error setting value in a register. Then, when the processing of step S4101 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4200.

The error display process in step S4200 is also executed during the E8 error occurrence process. In this case, the process is executed with the communication abnormality error setting value set in the register.

(Error display processing)
Next, the error display process performed in step S4200 of the error/complete function monitoring process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S4201)
In step S4201, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the complete operation is in progress. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the complete operation is in progress based on the value set in the register. If it is determined that the complete operation is in progress (step S4201 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S4202. On the other hand, if it is determined that the complete operation is not in progress (step S4201 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4205.

(Step S4202)
In step S4202, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the complete activation time in the first fraud information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set information related to the complete activation time in the first fraud state storage area 103AP. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "1" in BIT "6" of the first fraud state storage area 103AP. Then, when the processing of step S4202 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4203.

(Step S4203)
In step S4203, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the game value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S4203, since information regarding the complete activation has been set in the first fraud state memory area 103AP by the process of step S4202, information regarding the complete activation will be transmitted. Then, when the process of step S4203 is completed, the process proceeds to step S4204.

(Step S4204)
In step S4204, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the first fraudulent state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear information related to the complete activation that was set as the first fraudulent state in the processing of step S4202. Then, when the processing of step S4204 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4205.

(Step S4205)
In step S4205, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the award number display unit memory area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the award number display unit memory area 103AR in a register. Then, when the processing of step S4205 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S4206.

(Step S4206)
In step S4206, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data to be displayed on the 8-segment LED. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to "E0 (error number)" in a register. Then, when processing in step S4206 ends, processing proceeds to step S4207.

(Step S4207)
In step S4207, the main CPU 101 performs processing to save the error state for recovery. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to store the value of the register in which the error number is stored in the error state recovery storage area 103AE. Then, when the processing of step S4207 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4208.

(Step S4208)
In step S4208, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete function is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete function is in operation based on the value set in the register. If it is determined that the complete function is in operation (step S4208 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4211. On the other hand, if it is determined that the complete function is not in operation (step S4208 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4209.

(Step S4209)
In step S4209, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a communication anomaly error display request has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a communication anomaly error display request has occurred, based on the value of the register in which the error number is set. If it is determined that a communication anomaly error display request has occurred (step S4209 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4210. On the other hand, if it is determined that a communication anomaly error display request has not occurred (step S4209 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4211.

(Step S4210)
In step S4210, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data for displaying the 8-segment LED. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to "H0 (error number)" in a register. Then, when processing in step S4210 ends, processing proceeds to step S4211.

(Step S4211)
In step S4211, the main CPU 101 performs processing to display the 8-segment LED identifier. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to add the value of the register in which the error number value is set to the value set in the register by the processing of step S4206 or the processing of step S4210. Then, when the processing of step S4211 ends, the processing proceeds to step S4212.

(Step S4212)
In step S4212, the main CPU 101 performs an error display start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an error display start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S4212 ends, the process proceeds to step S4213.

(Step S4213)
In step S4213, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the number of awards display unit memory area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to store the value set in the register by the processing of step S4206 or the processing of step S4210 in the number of awards display unit memory area 103AR. Then, when the processing of step S4213 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S4214.

(Step S4214)
In step S4214, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete function is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the complete function is in operation based on the value set in the register. If it is determined that the complete function is in operation (step S4214 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4213. On the other hand, if it is determined that the complete function is not in operation (step S4214 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4215.

(Step S4215)
In step S4215, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error is a VL unconnection error or an SC unit no-response error. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error is a VL unconnection error or an SC unit no-response error based on the value of a register storing an error number. If it is determined that the error is a VL unconnection error or an SC unit no-response error (step S4215 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S4216. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error is not a VL unconnection error or an SC unit no-response error (step S4215 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4217.

(Step S4216)
In step S4216, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether an error is occurring. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether an error is occurring based on the value of a register in which an error number is stored. If it is determined that an error is occurring (step S4216 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4213. On the other hand, if it is determined that an error is not occurring (step S4216 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4221.

(Step S4217)
In step S4217, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value number overflow error has occurred. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value number overflow error has occurred, depending on the value of the register in which the error number is stored. If it is determined that a game value number overflow error has occurred (step S4217 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S4219. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value number overflow error has not occurred (step S4217 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4218.

(Step S4218)
In step S4218, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the error reset sensor 4Ls is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether an error reset signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the error reset sensor 4Ls is ON (step S4218 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S4221. On the other hand, if it is determined that the error reset sensor 4Ls is not ON (step S4218 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S4219.

(Step S4219)
In step S4219, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reset switch 35sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a reset switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is ON (step S4219=YES), the processing proceeds to step S4220. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reset switch 35sw is not ON (step S4219=NO), the processing proceeds to step S4213.

(Step S4220)
In step S4220, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door sensor 4Rs is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a door-open signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the door sensor 4Rs is ON (step S4220=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4221. On the other hand, if it is determined that the door sensor 4Rs is not ON (step S4220=NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S4213.

(Step S4221)
In step S4221, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set the number of awards display unit memory area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to store the register value set by the process of step S4205 in the number of awards display unit memory area 103AR. Then, when the process of step S4221 is completed, the process proceeds to step S4222.

(Step S4222)
In step S4222, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the error state for recovery. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the error state storage area for recovery 103AE. Then, when the processing of step S4222 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S4223.

(Step S4223)
In step S4223, the main CPU 101 performs an error display end command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an error display end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S4223 ends, the error display process subroutine ends.

(Setting value confirmation process)
Next, the setting value confirmation process performed in step S5000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S5001)
In step S5001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1." In other words, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether a BET has been placed. Then, if it is determined that the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1" (step S5001=YES), the subroutine of the set value confirmation process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is not equal to or greater than "1" (step S5001=NO), the process proceeds to step S5002.

(Step S5002)
In step S5002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a door open signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON (step S5002=YES), the processing proceeds to step S5003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is not ON (step S5002=NO), the subroutine for the setting value confirmation processing is terminated.

(Step S5003)
In step S5003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw is ON and a setting key switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the setting key switch 34sw is ON (step S5003=YES), the main CPU 101 performs processing in step S5004. On the other hand, if the setting key switch 34sw is not ON (step S5003=NO), the subroutine for the setting value confirmation processing is terminated.

(Step S5004)
In step S5004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a setting confirmation signal to indicate a first incorrect state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "1" in the first incorrect state storage area 103AP to "1," thereby performing processing to set the setting confirmation signal. Then, when processing in step S5004 ends, processing proceeds to step S5005.

(Step S5005)
In step S5005, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S5005, since information regarding the setting confirmation signal was set in the first fraud state memory area 103AP by the process of step S5004, information regarding the setting confirmation signal will be transmitted. Then, when the process of step S5005 is completed, the process proceeds to a setting value display process of step S5100, which will be described in detail later using FIG. 34.

(Setting value display processing)
Next, the setting value display process performed in step S5100 of the setting value confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S5101)
In step S5101, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the return phase state to "setting change in progress." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to "setting confirmation in progress" in the return phase state storage area 103Ah. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "03 (H)" in the return phase state storage area 103Ah. Then, when the processing of step S5101 ends, the processing proceeds to step S5102.

(Step S5102)
In step S5102, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value display start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting value display start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S5102 ends, the process proceeds to step S5103.

(Step S5103)
In step S5103, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the LED display mode to the setting confirmation time. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set information related to the setting confirmation time in the LED display mode storage area 103AG. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "04 (H)" in the LED display mode storage area 103AG. Then, when the processing of step S5103 ends, the processing proceeds to step S5104.

(Step S5104)
In step S5104, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a setting value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the setting value storage area 103AA in a register. Then, when the processing of step S5104 ends, the processing proceeds to step S5105.

(Step S5105)
In step S5105, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a value in the number-of-award-award display storage area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data related to the setting value set in the register by the processing of step S5104 in the number-of-award-award display storage area 103AR. Then, when the processing of step S5105 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S5106.

(Step S5106)
In step S5106, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch signal is OFF. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the setting key switch 34sw has turned OFF and the setting key switch signal has stopped being input. If the setting key switch signal is OFF (step S5106 = YES), the main CPU 101 performs processing of step S5107. On the other hand, if the setting key switch signal is not OFF (step S5106 = NO), the main CPU 101 repeatedly executes the processing of step S5106 until the setting key switch signal turns OFF.

(Step S5107)
In step S5107, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the LED display mode to waiting for a BET or lever operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data related to waiting for a BET or lever operation in the LED display mode memory area 103AG. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "05 (H)" in the LED display mode memory area 103AG. Then, when the processing of step S5107 ends, the processing proceeds to step S5108.

(Step S5108)
In step S5108, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the return phase state to waiting for a BET or lever operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to waiting for a BET or lever operation in the return phase state memory area 103Ah. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "01 (H)" in the return phase state memory area 103Ah. Then, when the processing of step S5108 ends, the processing proceeds to step S5109.

(Step S5109)
In step S5109, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the number-of-award-wins display storage area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set "0" in the number-of-award-wins display storage area 103AR. As a result, "0" is displayed in the number-of-award-wins display unit 30. Then, when the process of step S5109 is completed, the process proceeds to step S5110.

(Step S5110)
In step S5110, the main CPU 101 performs a setting value display end command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting value display end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S5110 ends, the process proceeds to step S5111.

(Step S5111)
In step S5111, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the first fraudulent state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the first fraudulent state storage area 103AP. Then, when processing in step S5111 ends, processing proceeds to step S5112.

(Step S5112)
In step S5112, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S5112, information regarding the value of the first fraud state memory area 103AP cleared by the process of step S5111 is transmitted. Then, when the process of step S5112 ends, the subroutine of the setting value display process ends.

(Game value management processing)
Next, the gaming value management process performed in step S6000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S6001)
In step S6001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the betting available state flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the betting available state flag by setting the value of the betting available state flag storage area 103AF to "01 (H)". Then, when the processing of step S6001 ends, the processing proceeds to step S6002.

(Step S6002)
In step S6002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the adjustment switch 13sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a adjustment switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the adjustment switch 13sw is ON (step S6002 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S6003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the adjustment switch 13sw is not ON (step S6002 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S6017.

(Step S6003)
In step S6003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to lever acceptance permission. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to lever acceptance permission in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "1" to BIT "4" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. Then, when the processing of step S6003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S6004.

(Step S6004)
In step S6004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW. If it is determined that the replay activation flag is ON (step S6004 = YES), the subroutine for the game value management processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay activation flag is not ON (step S6004 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S6005.

(Step S6005)
In step S6005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1." In other words, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether a BET has been placed. Then, if it is determined that the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is equal to or greater than "1" (step S6005=YES), the process proceeds to step S6006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae is not equal to or greater than "1" (step S6005=NO), the subroutine of the gaming value management process is terminated.

(Step S6006)
In step S6006, the main CPU 101 performs a settlement start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a settlement start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S6006 ends, the process proceeds to step S6007.

(Step S6007)
In step S6007, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the number of gaming values requested for settlement. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main BET number storage area 103Ae in a register. Then, when the process of step S6007 ends, the process proceeds to step S6008.

(Step S6008)
In step S6008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the BET requested game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the BET requested game value storage area 103AN. Then, when the process of step S6008 ends, the process proceeds to step S6009.

(Step S6009)
In step S6009, the main CPU 101 performs a process of storing a requested game value to be awarded. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the register in which the number of bets is set in the requested game value to be awarded storage area 103AO. Then, when the process of step S6009 ends, the process proceeds to step S6010.

(Step S6010)
In step S6010, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the game value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S6010, information regarding the value of the requested game value storage area 103AO set by the process of step S6009 is transmitted. Then, when the process of step S6010 is completed, the process proceeds to step S6011.

(Step S6011)
In step S6011, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not communication has been successful. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not communication with the game value control board 200 has been successful. If it is determined that communication has been successful (step S6011=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6013. On the other hand, if it is determined that communication has not been successful (step S6011=NO), the processing proceeds to step S6012.

(Step S6012)
In step S6012, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the BET requested game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the BET requested game value storage area 103AN. After the processing of step S6012 is completed, the process proceeds to step S4100, where an E8 error display process is performed, and then the process proceeds to step S6007.

(Step S6013)
In step S6013, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reception result is normal. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the data received from the game value control board 200 is normal by checking the reception information. If it is determined that the reception result is normal (step S6013 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S6014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reception result is not normal (step S6013 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S6016 after performing the game value LED display data creation processing in step S3110.

(Step S6014)
In step S6014, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the main bet number storage area 103Ae. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae to "0." Then, when the process of step S6014 ends, the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S6015.

(Step S6015)
In step S6015, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to bet-enabled. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to bet-enabled in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "6" in the gaming value management status memory area 103AJ to "1". Then, when the processing of step S6015 ends, the main CPU 101 performs processing to create gaming value LED display data in step S3110, and then proceeds to step S6016.

(Step S6016)
In step S6016, the main CPU 101 performs a settlement end command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a settlement end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S6016 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value management process ends.

(Step S6017)
In step S6017, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET switch 11sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a BET switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the BET switch 11sw is ON (step S6017=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6020. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET switch 11sw is not ON (step S6017=NO), the processing proceeds to step S6018.

(Step S6018)
In step S6018, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the MAXBET switch 12sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a MAXBET switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the MAXBET switch 12sw is ON (step S6018=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6019. On the other hand, if it is determined that the MAXBET switch 12sw is not ON (step S6018=NO), the subroutine for the gaming value management processing is terminated.

(Step S6019)
In step S6019, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the specified bet number. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the specified bet number "3" in a register. Then, when the process of step S6019 ends, the process proceeds to step S6020.

(Step S6020)
In step S6020, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the currently bet value is "3" by referring to the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae. If it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3" (step S6020=YES), the main CPU 101 ends the subroutine of the game value management process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is not "3" (step S6020=NO), the process proceeds to step S6021.

(Step S6021)
In step S6021, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the requested BET number. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the requested BET number in the main BET number storage area 103Ae. Here, if it is determined that the BET switch 11sw is ON (step S6017=YES), "1" is set in the main BET number storage area 103Ae. On the other hand, if the MAXBET switch 12sw is ON (step S6018=YES) and the specified BET number is set in the register (step S6019), "3" is set in the main BET number storage area 103Ae. Then, when the process of step S6021 ends, the process proceeds to step S6022.

(Step S6022)
In step S6022, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the BET requested game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the value in the BET requested game value storage area 103AN. Then, when the process of step S6022 ends, the process proceeds to step S6023.

(Step S6023)
In step S6023, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the requested-to-be-given game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the requested-to-be-given game value storage area 103AO. Then, when the processing of step S6023 ends, the processing proceeds to step S6024.

(Step S6024)
In step S6024, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S6024, the values of the BET requested gaming value storage area 103AN and the grant requested gaming value storage area 103AO are updated by performing the processes of step S6022 and step S6023, so information regarding these is transmitted. Then, when the process of step S6024 is completed, the process proceeds to step S6025.

(Step S6025)
In step S6025, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not communication has been successful. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not communication with the game value control board 200 has been successful. If it is determined that communication has been successful (step S6025=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6027. On the other hand, if it is determined that communication has not been successful (step S6025=NO), the processing proceeds to step S6026.

(Step S6026)
In step S6026, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the BET requested game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of clearing the value in the BET requested game value storage area 103AN. Then, when the process of step S6026 ends, the main CPU 101 performs an E8 error display process of step S4100, and then proceeds to step S6021.

(Step S6027)
In step S6027, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reception result is normal. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the data received from the game value control board 200 is normal by checking the reception information. If it is determined that the reception result is normal (step S6027=YES), the processing proceeds to step S6028. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reception result is not normal (step S6027=NO), the processing proceeds to step S6031.

(Step S6028)
In step S6028, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to bet-enabled. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to bet-enabled in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set "1" to BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. Then, when the processing of step S6028 ends, the processing proceeds to step S6029.

(Step S6029)
In step S6029, the main CPU 101 performs a BET request game value command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a BET request game value command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S6029 ends, the main CPU 101 performs a game value addition process of step S3100, and then proceeds to step S6030.

(Step S6030)
In step S6030, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the addition has been completed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the addition has been completed as a result of the game value addition processing of step S3100. If it is determined that the addition has been completed (step S6030 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S6031. On the other hand, if it is determined that the addition has not been completed (step S6030 = NO), the game value addition processing of step S3100 is repeatedly executed until the addition is completed.

(Step S6031)
In step S6031, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of determining whether the currently bet value is "3" by referring to the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae. If it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is "3" (step S6031=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S6032. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main bet number storage area 103Ae is not "3" (step S6031=NO), the main CPU 101 ends the subroutine of the gaming value management process.

(Step S6032)
In step S6032, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to bet-enabled. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data relating to bet-enabled in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ to "1". Then, when the processing of step S6032 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value management processing ends.

(Start lever check process)
Next, the start lever check process performed in step S7000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S7001)
In step S7001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether only the start lever 14 has been pressed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether only the start switch input signal has been input from the start switch 14sw by referring to the input port. If it is determined that only the start lever 14 has been pressed (step S7001=YES), the processing proceeds to step S7003. On the other hand, if it is determined that only the start lever 14 has not been pressed (step S7001=NO), the processing proceeds to step S7002.

(Step S7002)
In step S7002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the gaming value management status to lever acceptance permission. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set data corresponding to lever acceptance permission in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. More specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set BIT "4" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ to "1". Then, when the processing of step S7002 ends, the start lever check processing subroutine ends.

(Step S7003)
In step S7003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the return phase state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the return phase state storage area 103Ah. Then, when the processing of step S7003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S7004.

(Step S7004)
In step S7004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn the re-game activation flag OFF. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn the re-game activation flag OFF by setting the value of the re-game activation flag memory area 103AW to "0." Then, when the processing of step S7004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S7005.

(Step S7005)
In step S7005, the main CPU 101 performs a hardware random number acquisition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to acquire a random number from the random number values generated by the main random number generator 104. Then, when the process of step S7005 ends, the process proceeds to step S7006.

(Step S7006)
In step S7006, the main CPU 101 performs a bet number acquisition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae in a register. Then, when the process of step S7006 ends, the process proceeds to step S7007.

(Step S7007)
In step S7007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the first gaming machine information to "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the value of a predetermined register in the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak, thereby setting the value of the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak to "0." Then, when the processing of step S7007 ends, the processing proceeds to step S7008.

(Step S7008)
In step S7008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the number of bets in the second gaming machine information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae, which was set in the register by the bet number acquisition process in step S7006, in the second gaming machine information storage area 103Al. Then, when the process of step S7008 ends, the process proceeds to step S7009.

(Step S7009)
In step S7009, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S7009, the value set in the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak by the process of step S7007 and the value set in the second gaming machine information storage area 103Al by the process of step S7008 are transmitted. Then, when the process of step S7009 is completed, the process proceeds to step S7010.

(Step S7010)
In step S7010, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the gaming value management status. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the value of the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ. Then, when the processing of step S7010 ends, the start lever check processing subroutine ends.

(Pattern code setting process)
Next, the symbol code setting process performed in step S8000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S8001)
In step S8001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not "BB" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not "BB" has been won as a result of the winning combination determination processing in step S1004. If it is determined that "BB" has been won (step S8001 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S8002. On the other hand, if it is determined that "BB" has not been won (step S8001 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S8003.

(Step S8002)
In step S8002, the main CPU 101 performs processing when a BB is won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets information about the won bonus in the bonus type memory area 103AY, and also performs processing to set information about the bonus carryover state in the game status memory area 103AX. In addition, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set information about the first RT in the RT memory area 103Ad. Then, when the processing of step S8002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S8003.

(Step S8003)
In step S8003, the main CPU 101 performs a winning combination setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value set in the register by the winning combination determination process in step S1004 to the winning combination memory area 103Ai. Then, when the process of step S8003 ends, the process proceeds to step S8004.

(Step S8004)
In step S8004, the main CPU 101 performs instruction state lottery processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs lottery regarding the CZ state and lottery regarding the AT state. Then, when the processing of step S8004 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S8005.

(Step S8005)
In step S8005, the main CPU 101 performs an instruction monitor display process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process related to the instruction monitor display unit 28. Then, when the process of step S8005 ends, the process proceeds to step S8006.

(Step S8006)
In step S8006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an offset when the start lever is pressed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set, in a register, an offset value for transmitting commands collectively when the start lever 14 is pressed. Then, when the processing of step S8006 ends, the processing proceeds to step S8007.

(Step S8007)
In step S8007, the main CPU 101 performs a command batch transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands to the sub-control board 300 according to the offset value set in the register. Here, because the offset value when the start lever is pressed has been set in the register by the process of step S8006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands grouped in the start lever pressed command table (see FIG. 17). Then, when the process of step S8007 is completed, the process proceeds to step S8008.

(Step S8008)
In step S8008, the main CPU 101 performs an instruction monitor type command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an instruction monitor type command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S8008 ends, the subroutine of the symbol code setting process ends.

(Reel spin start preparation process)
Next, the reel spin start preparation process performed in step S9000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S9001)
In step S9001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the wait timer is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the wait timer is "0" by referencing the value of the wait timer storage area 103AV. If it is determined that the value of the wait timer is "0" (step S9001 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S9002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the wait timer is not "0" (step S9001 = NO), the processing of step S9001 is repeatedly executed until the value of the wait timer becomes "0."

(Step S9002)
In step S9002, the main CPU 101 performs a wait timer setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the wait timer storage area 103AV. Then, when the process of step S9002 ends, the process proceeds to step S9003.

(Step S9003)
In step S9003, the main CPU 101 performs a reel spin start command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a reel spin start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S9003 ends, the subroutine of the reel spin start preparation process ends.

(Processing while reels are spinning)
Next, the reel rotation processing performed in step S10000 of the main loop processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S10001)
In step S10001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the stop switch 15sw is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether a stop switch signal has been input via the status board 40. If it is determined that the stop switch 15sw is ON (step S10001=YES), the processing proceeds to step S10002. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop switch 15sw is not ON (step S10001=NO), the reel rotation processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S10002)
In step S10002, the main CPU 101 performs a stop control reel setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting information about the reel 31 that will be stopped, a process of storing information about the reel 31 that has become the first stopped reel, etc. Then, when the process of step S10002 ends, the process proceeds to step S10003.

(Step S10003)
In step S10003, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring a reference position for pressing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of acquiring the position of the symbol displayed on the middle line at the timing when the stop button 15 is operated. Then, when the process of step S10003 is completed, the process proceeds to step S10004.

(Step S10004)
In step S10004, the main CPU 101 performs a sliding symbol count acquisition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to acquire the number of sliding symbols based on the information about the pressed reference position acquired in the pressed reference position acquisition process in step S10003 and the information about the winning combination. Then, when the process in step S10004 ends, the process proceeds to step S10005.

(Step S10005)
In step S10005, the main CPU 101 performs reel stop processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to stop the reels 31 in accordance with information about the pressed reference position acquired in the pressed reference position acquisition processing in step S10003 and information about the number of sliding symbols acquired in the sliding symbol number acquisition processing in step S10004. Then, when the processing in step S10005 ends, the reel rotation processing subroutine ends.

In addition, during reel rotation processing, the main CPU 101 performs processing to send all commands grouped in the stop command table (see Figure 17) at once.

(Display determination process)
Next, the display determination process performed in step S11000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S11001)
In step S11001, the main CPU 101 performs an all-reel stop command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting an all-reel stop command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S11001 ends, the process proceeds to step S11002.

(Step S11002)
In step S11002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the replay display is currently on. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a replay win has occurred as a result of the reel stop processing in step S10005. If it is determined that the replay display is currently on (step S11002 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S11003. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay display is not currently on (step S11002 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S11004.

(Step S11003)
In step S11003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the re-game activation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the re-game activation flag by setting "01 (H)" in the re-game activation flag memory area 103AW. Then, when the processing of step S11003 ends, the subroutine for the display determination processing ends.

(Step S11004)
In step S11004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the game value to be awarded upon winning to the remaining number of awards. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the game value to be awarded upon winning to the remaining number of awards storage area 103Af. Then, when the processing of step S11004 is completed, the subroutine for the display determination processing is terminated.

(Game value granting process)
Next, the game value imparting process performed in step S12000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S12001)
In step S12001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the instruction monitor display unit storage area 103AH. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the values stored in the instruction monitor display unit storage area 103AH. Then, when the processing of step S12001 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S12002.

(Step S12002)
In step S12002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the award number display section memory area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to clear the award number display section memory area 103AR by setting the value of the award number display section memory area 103AR to "0". Then, when the processing of step S12002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S12003.

(Step S12003)
In step S12003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON by referring to the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW. If it is determined that the replay activation flag is ON (step S12003 = YES), processing proceeds to step S12005. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay activation flag is not ON (step S12003 = NO), processing proceeds to step S12004.

(Step S12004)
In step S12004, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the remaining number of awards. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the remaining number of awards set in the remaining number of awards storage area 103Af in a predetermined register. Then, when the process of step S12004 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12005.

(Step S12005)
In step S12005, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the first gaming machine information to "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the value of the register in the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak, thereby setting the value of the first gaming machine information storage area 103Ak to "0." Then, when the processing of step S12005 ends, the processing proceeds to step S12006.

(Step S12006)
In step S12006, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the remaining number of awards to the second gaming machine information. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the remaining number of awards set in the register by the processing of step S12004 to the second gaming machine information storage area 103A1. Then, when the processing of step S12006 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S12007.

(Step S12007)
In step S12007, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the gaming value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S12007, the value set in the first gaming machine information storage area by the process of step S12005 and the value set in the second gaming machine information storage area by the process of step S12006 are transmitted. Then, when the process of step S12007 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12008.

(Step S12008)
In step S12008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the remaining number of awards is "1" or greater. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the remaining number of awards is "1" or greater by referencing the value of the remaining number of awards storage area 103Af. If it is determined that the remaining number of awards is "1" or greater (step S12008 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S12009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the remaining number of awards is not "1" or greater (step S12008 = NO), the subroutine of the game value awarding processing is terminated.

(Step S12009)
In step S12009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to send a start granting command. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to send a start granting command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the processing of step S12009 ends, the processing proceeds to step S12010.

(Step S12010)
In step S12010, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "0" as the number of game values requested to be bet. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting "0" in the game value memory area 103AN requested to be bet. Then, when the process of step S12010 ends, the process proceeds to step S12011.

(Step S12011)
In step S12011, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the remaining number of awards as the requested award game value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the register in which the remaining number of awards is set in the requested award game value storage area 103AO. Then, when the process of step S12011 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12012.

(Step S12012)
In step S12012, the main CPU 101 performs a hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the hall control/fraud monitoring information set to the game value control board 200. Here, in the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process of step S12012, the value set in the BET request game value memory area 103AN by the process of step S12010 and the value set in the grant request game value memory area 103AO by the process of step S12011 are transmitted. Then, when the process of step S12012 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12013.

(Step S12013)
In step S12013, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether communication has been successful. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether communication with the game value control board 200 has been successful. If it is determined that communication has been successful (step S12013 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S12014. On the other hand, if it is determined that communication has not been successful (step S12013 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S12015.

(Step S12014)
In step S12014, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the reception result is normal. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the data received from the game value control board 200 is normal by checking the reception information. If it is determined that the reception result is normal (step S12014 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S12016. On the other hand, if it is determined that the reception result is not normal (step S12014 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S12015.

(Step S12015)
In step S12015, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the number-of-award-award display storage area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to set "0" in the number-of-award-award display storage area 103AR. Then, when the process of step S12015 ends, the E8 error display process of step S4100 is performed, and the process proceeds to step S12016.

(Step S12016)
In step S12016, the main CPU 101 performs a grant count signal setting process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting data for a predetermined output port. Then, when the process of step S12016 ends, the process proceeds to step S12017.

(Step S12017)
In step S12017, the main CPU 101 performs a grant count signal clear process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to clear the data of a predetermined output port. Then, when the process of step S12017 ends, the process proceeds to step S12018.

(Step S12018)
In step S12018, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the value in the award number display section memory area 103AR. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of incrementing the value in the award number display section memory area 103AR by "1." Then, when the process of step S12018 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12019.

(Step S12019)
In step S12019, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting the remaining number of awards. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value in the remaining number of awards storage area 103Af. Then, when the process of step S12019 is completed, the process proceeds to step S12020.

(Step S12020)
In step S12020, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether output of the grant count signal has been completed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether output of data from the output port set by the grant count signal setting processing in step S12016 has been completed. If it is determined that output of the grant count signal has been completed (step S12020 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S12021. On the other hand, if it is determined that output of the grant count signal has not been completed (step S12020 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S12016.

(Step S12021)
In step S12021, the main CPU 101 performs a grant end command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a grant end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S12021 ends, the subroutine of the game value granting process ends.

(MY/difference calculation process)
Next, the MY difference calculation process performed in step S13000 of the main loop process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S13001)
In step S13001, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the address of the advantageous section difference number counter storage area 103AS. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the address of the advantageous section difference number counter storage area 103AS in a predetermined register. Then, when the process of step S13001 is completed, the process proceeds to step S13002.

(Step S13002)
In step S13002, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the loop count to "2." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the loop count to "2" in the register. Then, when the processing of step S13002 ends, the processing proceeds to step S13003.

(Step S13003)
In step S13003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the area is a non-advantageous area. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the area is a non-advantageous area, depending on the value of the advantageous area status storage area 103Am. If it is determined that the area is a non-advantageous area (step S13003 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S13011. On the other hand, if it is determined that the area is not a non-advantageous area (step S13003 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S13004.

(Step S13004)
In step S13004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the replay activation flag is ON by referencing the value of the replay activation flag memory area 103AW. If it is determined that the replay activation flag is ON (step S13004 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S13011. On the other hand, if it is determined that the replay activation flag is not ON (step S13004 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S13005.

(Step S13005)
In step S13005, the main CPU 101 performs a bet number addition process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae to the value of the storage area at the address set in the register. Here, if the value of the number of loops set in the register is "2," the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae is added to the value of the advantageous zone difference number counter storage area 103AS, and if the value of the number of loops set in the register is "1," the value of the main bet number storage area 103Ae is added to the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT. Then, when the process of step S13005 is completed, the process proceeds to step S13006.

(Step S13006)
In step S13006, the main CPU 101 performs a grant number subtraction process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 subtracts the value of the grant number display section memory area 103AR from the value of the memory area at the address set in the register. Here, if the value of the number of loops set in the register is "2," the value of the grant number display section memory area 103AR is subtracted from the value of the advantageous zone difference counter memory area 103AS. If the value of the number of loops set in the register is "1," the value of the grant number display section memory area 103AR is subtracted from the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT. Then, when the processing of step S13006 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S13007.

(Step S13007)
In step S13007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the subtraction result is a negative value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the advantageous zone difference counter storage area 103AS or the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT has become a negative value as a result of the processing of step S13006. If it is determined that the subtraction result is a negative value (step S13007 = YES), processing proceeds to step S13008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the subtraction result is not a negative value (step S13007 = NO), processing proceeds to step S13009.

(Step S13008)
In step S13008, the main CPU 101 performs processing to correct the value of the address set in the register. Specifically, if the address of the advantageous section difference number counter storage area 103AS is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to correct the value of the advantageous section difference number counter storage area 103AS to "0," and if the address of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to correct the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT to "0." Then, when the processing of step S13008 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S13009.

(Step S13009)
In step S13009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the address set in the register exceeds "19,000." Specifically, if the address of the favorable zone difference counter storage area 103AS is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the favorable zone difference counter storage area 103AS exceeds "19,000." If the address of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT exceeds "19,000." If it is determined that the value of the address set in the register exceeds "19,000" (step S13009 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the address set in the register does not exceed "19,000" (step S13009 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13011.

(Step S13010)
In step S13010, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the address set in the register to "19,000." Specifically, if the address of the favorable zone difference counter storage area 103AS is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the favorable zone difference counter storage area 103AS to "19,000." If the address of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is set in the register, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT to "19,000." This corrects the value of the favorable zone difference counter storage area 103AS and the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT. Then, when the processing of step S13010 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S13011.

(Step S13011)
In step S13011, the main CPU 101 performs an address update process. Specifically, if the address of the advantageous section difference counter storage area 103AS is set in a register, the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the register value to the address of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT, and if the address of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is set in a register, the main CPU 101 performs a process of updating the register value to the address of the complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU. Then, when the processing of step S13011 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S13012.

(Step S13012)
In step S13012, the main CPU 101 performs processing to subtract "1" from the loop count. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to subtract "1" from the value of the register in which the loop count is set. Then, when processing in step S13012 ends, processing proceeds to step S13013.

(Step S13013)
In step S13013, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the loop count is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the loop count has become "0" as a result of subtracting "1" from the value of the register in which the loop count is set by the processing of step S13012. If it is determined that the loop count is "0" (step S13013 = YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the loop count is not "0" (step S13013 = NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13005.

(Step S13014)
In step S13014, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the complete MY counter is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the complete MY counter is "0" by referencing the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT. If it is determined that the value of the complete MY counter is "0" (step S13014=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13015. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the complete MY counter is not "0" (step S13014=NO), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13016.

(Step S13015)
In step S13015, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set a complete activation flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn the complete activation flag ON by setting the value of the complete activation flag storage area 103Ag to "1." Then, when the processing of step S13015 ends, the processing proceeds to step S13016.

(Step S13016)
In step S13016, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete advance notification flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn off the complete advance notification flag by setting the value of the complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU to "0." Then, when the processing of step S13016 ends, the processing proceeds to step S13017.

(Step S13017)
In step S13017, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is equal to or less than a predetermined value. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is equal to or less than a predetermined value (e.g., 500) corresponding to the complete advance notification. If it is determined that the value in the complete MY counter is equal to or less than the predetermined value (step S13017=YES), the main CPU 101 proceeds to step S13018. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is not equal to or less than the predetermined value (step S13017=NO), the MY difference calculation processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S13018)
In step S13018, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the complete advance notification flag. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to turn on the complete advance notification flag by setting the value of the complete advance notification flag storage area 103AU to "01 (H)." Then, when the processing of step S13018 ends, the MY difference number calculation processing subroutine ends.

(Game state transition processing)
Next, using Figure 43, we will explain the game state transition processing performed in step S14000 of the main loop processing.

(Step S14001)
In step S14001, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a "bonus" has been won. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a symbol combination associated with the first bonus or a symbol combination associated with the second bonus has been displayed on an active line. If it is determined that a "bonus" has been won (step S14001=YES), the processing proceeds to step S14002. On the other hand, if it is determined that a "bonus" has not been won (step S14001=NO), the processing proceeds to step S14003.

(Step S14002)
In step S14002, the main CPU 101 performs BB activation processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 clears the bonus type memory area 103AY and performs processing to set information related to the bonus activation state in the game status memory area 103AX. In addition, the main CPU 101 sets information related to the second RT in the RT memory area 103Ad, and performs processing to set "1" to the value in the RB win count memory area 103Aa, the value in the RB activation count memory area 103Ab, and the value in the BB activation state flag memory area 103AZ. Then, when the processing in step S14002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S14012.

(Step S14003)
In step S14003, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BB is in operation. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BB operation status flag is ON by referencing the value of the BB operation status flag storage area 103AZ. If it is determined that the BB is in operation (step S14003 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S14004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BB is not in operation (step S14003 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S14012.

(Step S14004)
In step S14004, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a win has been achieved. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not a win has been achieved, depending on the combination of symbols displayed on the active line. If it is determined that a win has been achieved (step S14004 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S14005. On the other hand, if it is determined that a win has not been achieved (step S14004 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S14008.

(Step S14005)
In step S14005, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the number of BBs obtained. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of adding the value of the game value awarded upon winning to the value in the number-of-BBs obtained memory area 103Ac. Then, when the process of step S14005 ends, the process proceeds to step S14006.

(Step S14006)
In step S14006, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the number of RB wins. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value in the RB win count storage area 103Aa. Then, when the process of step S14006 ends, the process proceeds to step S14007.

(Step S14007)
In step S14007, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value before subtraction is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value in the RB win count storage area 103Aa before performing the processing of step S14006 is "0." If it is determined that the value before subtraction is "0" (step S14007 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S14010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value before subtraction is not "0" (step S14007 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S14008.

(Step S14008)
In step S14008, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the RB activation count. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of subtracting "1" from the value in the RB activation count storage area 103Ab. Then, when the process of step S14008 ends, the process proceeds to step S14009.

(Step S14009)
In step S14009, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value before the subtraction is "0." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value in the RB activation count memory area 103Ab before the processing of step S14008 is "0." If it is determined that the value before the subtraction is "0" (step S14009 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S14010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value before the subtraction is not "0" (step S14009 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S14012.

(Step S14010)
In step S14010, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the RB win count to "1." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of setting the value of the RB win count storage area 103Aa to "1." Then, when the process of step S14010 ends, the process proceeds to step S14011.

(Step S14011)
In step S14011, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the RB activation count to "1." Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set the value of the RB activation count storage area 103Ab to "1." Then, when the processing of step S14011 ends, the processing proceeds to step S14012.

(Step S14012)
In step S14012, the main CPU 101 performs instruction state management processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing related to the CZ state, which is executed after all reels 31 have stopped, and processing related to the AT state. In addition, in the instruction state management processing, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether the value of the advantageous zone difference number counter storage area 103AS is equal to or greater than "2,401," and if the value of the advantageous zone difference number counter storage area 103AS is equal to or greater than "2,401," performs processing to initialize a predetermined area in the main RAM usage area 103A. Then, when the processing of step S14012 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S14013.

(Step S14013)
In step S14013, the main CPU 101 performs a RAM command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting the value of a predetermined area in the main RAM 103 to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S14013 ends, the process proceeds to step S14014.

(Step S14014)
In step S14014, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an offset at the end of a game. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to set an offset value in a register for transmitting commands collectively at the end of a game. Then, when processing in step S14014 ends, processing proceeds to step S14015.

(Step S14015)
In step S14015, the main CPU 101 performs a command batch transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands to the sub-control board 300 in accordance with the offset value set in the register. Here, since the offset value at the time of game end has been set in the register by the process of step S14015, the main CPU 101 performs a process of batch transmitting commands grouped in the game end command table (see FIG. 17). Then, when the process of step S14015 ends, the process proceeds to step S14016.

(Step S14016)
In step S14016, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BB has ended. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to determine whether or not the BB has ended by referencing the value in the BB acquisition count storage area 103Ac. If it is determined that the BB has ended (step S14016 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S14017. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BB has not ended (step S14016 = NO), the subroutine for the game state transition processing is terminated.

(Step S14017)
In step S14017, the main CPU 101 performs RAM initialization processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the initialization start address and initialization end address of the main RAM 103, and then performs processing to initialize the area from the initialization start address to the initialization end address area of the main RAM 103. This initializes a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103. Then, when the processing of step S14017 is completed, the subroutine for the game state transition processing is terminated.

(Main interrupt processing)
Next, the main interrupt process will be described with reference to Fig. 44. The main interrupt process is a process that interrupts the main loop process at predetermined intervals (for example, every 1.564 ms).

(Step S15001)
In step S15001, the main CPU 101 performs a process to save register values. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process to save the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S15001. Then, when the process of step S15001 ends, the process proceeds to step S15002.

(Step S15002)
In step S15002, the main CPU 101 performs input port management processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to input signals from the setting key switch 34sw, reset switch 35sw, status board 40, reel control board 41, power supply unit 42, and game value control board 200. Then, when the processing of step S15002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S15003.

(Step S15003)
In step S15003, the main CPU 101 performs timer measurement processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to subtract "1" from the value in the wait timer storage area 103AV and the value in the count notification time storage area 103Aj. Then, when the processing in step S15003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15004.

(Step S15004)
In step S15004, the main CPU 101 performs reel drive control processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 drives the left stepping motor 32L, the center stepping motor 32C, and the right stepping motor 32R to perform acceleration processing, constant speed processing, deceleration processing, etc. of the reel 31. Then, when the processing of step S15004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15005.

(Step S15005)
In step S15005, the main CPU 101 performs a game value control board confirmation process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting and receiving data to and from the game value control board 200, a process of setting a value in a transmission/reception error flag memory area 103AL when a transmission/reception error with the game value control board 200 occurs, and a process of transmitting a communication abnormality error occurrence command to the game value control board 200. The main CPU 101 also performs a process of setting a value in an error information memory area in accordance with a message received from the game value control board 200. Then, when the process of step S15005 ends, the process proceeds to step S15006.

(Step S15006)
In step S15006, the main CPU 101 performs LED output data creation processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to create LED data to be displayed on the status display unit 10. Then, when the processing of step S15006 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15007.

(Step S15007)
In step S15007, the main CPU 101 performs LED output data display processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to control the display of the status display unit 10 in accordance with the LED data created in the LED output data creation processing in step S15006. Then, when the processing of step S15007 ends, the processing proceeds to step S15008.

(Step S15008)
In step S15008, the main CPU 101 performs MAXBET LED processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 references the value of BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ and performs processing to set data regarding whether or not to light up the MAXBET button LED 64. The main CPU 101 also performs processing to set BIT "3" corresponding to "MAXBET operation available" in the operation availability status flag storage area 103AK to "0." If the value of BIT "6" in the gaming value management status storage area 103AJ is "1," i.e., if a bet is available, the main CPU 101 also performs processing to set BIT "3" corresponding to "MAXBET operation available" in the operation availability status flag storage area 103AK to "1." Then, upon completion of the processing in step S15008, the process proceeds to step S15009.

(Step S15009)
In step S15009, the main CPU 101 performs a periodic command transmission process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a periodic command to the game value control board 200. Then, when the process of step S15009 ends, the process proceeds to step S15010.

(Step S15010)
In step S15010, the main CPU 101 performs port output processing. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to output signals to the status display unit 10, the ratio display unit 36, the status board 40, the reel control board 41, the game value control board 200, and the sub-control board 300. Then, when the processing of step S15010 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S15011.

(Step S15011)
In step S15011, the main CPU 101 performs an input error check process. Specifically, if the setting change device operation abnormality flag is ON, the main CPU 101 performs a process of transmitting a setting change device operation abnormality command to the game value control board 200. Then, when the process of step S15011 ends, the process proceeds to step S15012.

(Step S15012)
In step S15012, the main CPU 101 performs a ratio monitor control process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 controls the display of ratio information on the ratio display unit 36. Then, when the process of step S15012 ends, the process proceeds to step S15013.

(Step S15013)
In step S15013, the main CPU 101 performs processing to restore the registers. Specifically, the main CPU 101 performs processing to restore the register values saved in the processing of step S15001. Then, when the processing of step S15013 ends, the main interrupt processing ends.

(Game Value Program Start Processing)
Next, the game value program start processing performed by the game value control board 200 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S20001)
In step S20001, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is currently in a power outage. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether or not the gaming machine 1 is currently in a power outage by checking the value of BIT "5" in the input port current status buffer memory area 203AE. If it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is currently in a power outage (step S20001=YES), the process of step S20001 is repeated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming machine 1 is not currently in a power outage (step S20001=NO), the process proceeds to step S20002.

(Step S20002)
In step S20002, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value clear switch 37sw is ON. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value clear switch 37sw is ON and a game value clear switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the game value clear switch 37sw is ON (step S20002 = YES), processing proceeds to step S20006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value clear switch 37sw is not ON (step S20002 = NO), processing proceeds to step S20003.

(Step S20003)
In step S20003, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value storage area data validity determination flag is ON. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value storage area data validity determination flag is ON by referring to the value of the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA. If it is determined that the game value storage area data validity determination flag is ON (step S20003 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S20004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value storage area data validity determination flag is not ON (step S20003 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S20006.

(Step S20004)
In step S20004, the game value CPU 201 performs a checksum calculation process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined calculation byte number, and then performs a process of calculating a checksum for the calculated number of bytes. Then, when the process of step S20004 is completed, the process proceeds to step S20005.

(Step S20005)
In step S20005, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the checksums match. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the checksum is "0" as a result of the checksum calculation processing in step S20004. If it is determined that the checksums match (step S20005=YES), processing proceeds to step S20007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the checksums do not match (step S20005=NO), processing proceeds to step S20006.

(Step S20006)
In step S20006, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value clearing process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to clear the value in the game value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S20006 ends, the process proceeds to step S20050.

(Step S20050)
In step S20050, the game value CPU 201 performs initialization processing within the game value RAM usage area. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to initialize a predetermined area within the game value RAM usage area 203A. Then, when the processing of step S20050 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20007.

(Step S20007)
In step S20007, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the security information storage area data valid flag is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the security information storage area data valid flag is OFF by referring to the value of the security information storage area data valid flag storage area 203AC. If it is determined that the security information storage area data valid flag is OFF (step S20007=YES), processing proceeds to step S20009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the security information storage area data valid flag is not OFF (step S20007=NO), processing proceeds to step S20008.

(Step S20008)
In step S20008, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the value of the security information storage area 203AD. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the value of the security information storage area 203AD to the rental device 400 via the rental device connection terminal board 43. Then, when the processing of step S20008 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20009.

(Step S20009)
In step S20009, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value clear switch 37sw is OFF. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the game value clear switch 37sw is OFF and a game value clear switch signal has not been input. If it is determined that the game value clear switch 37sw is OFF (step S20009=YES), processing proceeds to step S20011. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value clear switch 37sw is not OFF (step S20009=NO), processing proceeds to step S20010.

(Step S20010)
In step S20010, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn on the gaming value clear detection of the security information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "1" to BIT "3" of the security information storage area 203AD. Then, when the processing of step S20010 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20011.

(Step S20011)
In step S20011, the game value CPU 201 performs processing for setting initial values for in-area work areas. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing for setting initial values for the count button press time timer storage area 203AL, the count switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM, etc., of the game value RAM 203. Then, when the processing of step S20011 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20012.

(Step S20012)
In step S20012, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the chip individual number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the value of the chip individual number to the lending device 400 via the lending device connection terminal board 43. Then, when the processing of step S20012 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20013.

(Step S20013)
In step S20013, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the game value chip ID number. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the value stored in the game value control chip ID number storage area 203ACe of the gaming machine installation information to the rental device 400 via the rental device connection terminal board 43. Then, when the processing of step S20013 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20014.

(Step S20014)
In step S20014, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the identification code. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the identification code to the rental device 400 via the rental device connection terminal board 43. Then, when the processing of step S20014 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S20015.

(Step S20015)
In step S20015, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the manufacturer code. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to transfer the manufacturer code to the rental device 400 via the rental device connection terminal board 43. Then, when the processing of step S20015 ends, the processing proceeds to step S20016.

(Step S20016)
In step S20016, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S20016. Then, when the process of step S20016 ends, the process proceeds to step S20017.

(Step S20017)
In step S20017, the game value CPU 201 performs an outside area initialization process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to initialize a predetermined area in the game value outside RAM use area 203B. Then, when the process of step S20017 ends, the process proceeds to step S20018.

(Step S20018)
In step S20018, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S20016. Then, when the process of step S20018 ends, the process shifts to game value loop processing.

(Game value loop processing)
Next, the game value loop processing performed in step S21000 of the game value program start processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S21001)
In step S21001, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to prohibit an interrupt. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to prohibit the execution of the game value interrupt processing (see FIG. 58). Then, when the processing of step S21001 ends, the processing proceeds to step S21002.

(Step S21002)
In step S21002, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a power-off process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value in the security information storage area data valid flag storage area 203AC. Then, when the process of step S21002 ends, the process proceeds to step S22000.

(Step S22000)
In step S22000, the game value CPU 201 performs a main control board communication process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 47. Then, when the process of step S22000 ends, the process proceeds to step S21003.

(Step S21003)
In step S21003, the gaming value CPU 201 performs gaming machine information management processing. Specifically, when the number of pieces of gaming information on the SC board side is "0", the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing such as setting data for outputting gaming machine information. Then, when the processing of step S21003 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23000.

(Step S23000)
In step S23000, the game value CPU 201 performs SC board communication processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 50. Then, when the processing of step S23000 ends, the processing proceeds to step S21004.

(Step S21004)
In step S21004, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value display setting process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of converting the value stored in the game value storage area 203AB into decimal data for display on the game value display device 20. Then, when the process of step S21004 ends, the process proceeds to step S24000.

(Step S24000)
In step S24000, the gaming value CPU 201 performs error processing, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 54. Then, when the processing of step S24000 ends, the processing proceeds to step S21005.

(Step S21005)
In step S21005, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to permit an interrupt. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to permit the game value interrupt processing (see FIG. 58) that was prohibited by the processing of step S21001. Then, when the processing of step S21005 ends, the processing proceeds to step S21001.

(Main control board communication processing)
Next, the main control board communication processing performed in step S22000 of the game value loop processing will be explained using Figure 47.

(Step S22001)
In step S22001, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a main control board message reception process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to receive a message from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22001 ends, the process proceeds to step S22002.

(Step S22002)
In step S22002, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not message reception from the main control board 100 has been completed. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not message reception from the main control board 100 has been completed as a result of performing the main control board message reception processing of step S22001. If it is determined that message reception from the main control board 100 has been completed (step S22002 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22003. On the other hand, if it is determined that message reception from the main control board 100 has not been completed (step S22002 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22003.

(Step S22003)
In step S22003, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether gaming machine installation information has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether gaming machine installation information has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that gaming machine installation information has been received (step S22003 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22004. On the other hand, if it is determined that gaming machine installation information has not been received (step S22003 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22008.

(Step S22004)
In step S22004, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine information has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine information has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that gaming machine information has been received (step S22004=YES), processing proceeds to step S22022. On the other hand, if it is determined that gaming machine information has not been received (step S22004=NO), processing proceeds to step S22005.

(Step S22005)
In step S22005, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the message length is "26." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is "26." If it is determined that the message length is "26" (step S22005=YES), processing proceeds to step S22006. On the other hand, if it is determined that the message length is not "26" (step S22005=NO), processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22006)
In step S22006, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the serial number is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the main control board reception buffer memory area 203AV in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is "0." If it is determined that the serial number is "0" (step S22006 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the serial number is not "0" (step S22006 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22007)
In step S22007, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming machine installation information message receiving process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of receiving a message relating to gaming machine installation information from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22007 ends, the process proceeds to step S22017.

(Step S22008)
In step S22008, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether gaming machine performance information has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether gaming machine performance information has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that gaming machine performance information has been received (step S22008 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22009. On the other hand, if it is determined that gaming machine performance information has not been received (step S22008 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22011.

(Step S22009)
In step S22009, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the message length is a value greater than "26." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is a value greater than "26." If it is determined that the message length is a value greater than "26" (step S22009 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22022. On the other hand, if it is determined that the message length is not a value greater than "26" (step S22009 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22010.

(Step S22010)
In step S22010, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming machine performance information message receiving process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of receiving a message regarding gaming machine performance information from the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22007 ends, the process proceeds to step S22017.

(Step S22011)
In step S22011, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the message length is "15." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is "15." If it is determined that the message length is "15" (step S22011 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22012. On the other hand, if it is determined that the message length is not "15" (step S22011 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22014.

(Step S22012)
In step S22012, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine information has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine information has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that gaming machine information has been received (step S22012 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22013. On the other hand, if it is determined that gaming machine information has not been received (step S22012 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22014.

(Step S22013)
In step S22013, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine installation information has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not gaming machine installation information has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that gaming machine installation information has been received (step S22013 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22100. On the other hand, if it is determined that gaming machine installation information has not been received (step S22013 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22100)
In step S22100, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a first gaming machine information message receiving process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 48. Then, when the process of step S22100 ends, the process proceeds to step S22017.

(Step S22014)
In step S22014, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the message length is greater than "5." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is greater than "5." If it is determined that the message length is greater than "5" (step S22014 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22015. On the other hand, if it is determined that the message length is not greater than "5" (step S22014 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22015)
In step S22015, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a continuous monitoring information notification has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a continuous monitoring information notification has been received from the main control board 100. If it is determined that a continuous monitoring information notification has been received (step S22015=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22016. On the other hand, if it is determined that a continuous monitoring information notification has not been received (step S22015=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22016)
In step S22016, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a continuous monitoring message transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of generating a message to be transmitted for continuous monitoring. By performing the continuous monitoring message transmission process, the reels 31 are monitored even while they are spinning, and information regarding an error in the gaming value control board 200 can be transmitted. Then, when the processing of step S22016 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22017.

(Step S22017)
In step S22017, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the serial number error flag is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of BIT "7" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is "1." If it is determined that the serial number error flag is ON (step S22017=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22019. On the other hand, if it is determined that the serial number error flag is not ON (step S22017=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22018.

(Step S22018)
In step S22018, the game value CPU 201 performs a main control board response message transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a response message to the main control board 100. Then, when the process of step S22018 ends, the process proceeds to step S22019.

(Step S22019)
In step S22019, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the serial number error flag. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of BIT "7" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI to "0." Then, when the processing of step S22019 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22020.

(Step S22020)
In step S22020, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the main control board reception timeout timer to "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the main control board reception timeout timer storage area 203Ac to "0." Then, when the processing of step S22020 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22021.

(Step S22021)
In step S22021, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the communication abnormality between the main control boards. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "0" to BIT "1" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. Then, when the processing of step S22021 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22022.

(Step S22022)
In step S22022, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the main control board reception control flag. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU. Then, when the processing of step S22022 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22023.

(Step S22023)
In step S22023, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board reception timeout timer is "1." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board reception timeout timer is "1" by referring to the value of the main control board reception timeout timer storage area 203Ac. If it is determined that the value of the main control board reception timeout timer is "1" (step S22023 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22024. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the main control board reception timeout timer is not "1" (step S22023 = NO), the main control board communication processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S22024)
In step S22024, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the main control board communication abnormality is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the main control board communication abnormality is ON by referring to the value of BIT "1" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. If it is determined that the main control board communication abnormality is ON (step S22024 = YES), the main control board communication processing subroutine is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the main control board communication abnormality is not ON (step S22024 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22025.

(Step S22025)
In step S22025, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of turning ON the main control board communication abnormality. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "1" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. Then, when the process of step S22025 ends, the process proceeds to step S22026.

(Step S22026)
In step S22026, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of clearing the error transmission confirmation buffer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the error transmission confirmation buffer memory area 203Ad to "0." Then, when the process of step S22026 ends, the main control board communication process subroutine ends.

(First gaming machine information notification message reception process)
Next, using Figure 48, we will explain the first gaming machine information notification message receiving process performed in step S22100 of the main control board communication process.

(Step S22101)
In step S22101, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a virtual serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the virtual serial number storage area 203Ae in a register. Then, when the processing of step S22101 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22102.

(Step S22102)
In step S22102, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a virtual serial number update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the virtual serial number set in the register by the process of step S22101 to update it. Then, when the process of step S22102 ends, the process proceeds to step S22103.

(Step S22103)
In step S22103, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the virtual serial number matches the received serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX matches the register value updated by the virtual serial number update processing in step S22102. If it is determined that the virtual serial number matches the received serial number (step S22103 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22107. On the other hand, if it is determined that the virtual serial number does not match the received serial number (step S22103 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22104.

(Step S22104)
In step S22104, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of turning on the serial number error flag. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting "1" to BIT "7" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. Then, when the process of step S22104 ends, the process proceeds to step S22105.

(Step S22105)
In step S22105, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the reception serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the main control board reception buffer memory area 203AV in a register. Then, when the process of step S22105 ends, the process proceeds to step S22106.

(Step S22106)
In step S22106, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the received serial number to a virtual serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value set in the register by the process of step S22105 to the virtual serial number storage area. Then, when the process of step S22106 ends, the subroutine of the first gaming machine information notification message receiving process ends.

(Step S22107)
In step S22107, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the updated virtual serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value set in the register by the virtual serial number update processing in step S22102 to the virtual serial number storage area 203Ae. Then, when the processing of step S22107 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22108.

(Step S22108)
In step S22108, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the updated virtual serial number to the serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value set in the register by the virtual serial number update processing in step S22102 to the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX. Then, when the processing of step S22108 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22109.

(Step S22109)
In step S22109, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the received data. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the address of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV in a register. Then, when the process of step S22109 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22110.

(Step S22110)
In step S22110, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 acquires information about the number of bets from the main control board reception buffer memory area 203AV and stores it in the number of bets memory area 203ADa for hall control/fraud monitoring information. Then, when the process of step S22110 ends, the process proceeds to step S22111.

(Step S22111)
In step S22111, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of awarded game values. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 obtains information about the number of awarded game values from the main control board reception buffer memory area 203AV and stores it in the game value awarded number memory area 203ADb of the hall control/fraud monitoring information. Then, when the process of step S22111 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22112.

(Step S22112)
In step S22112, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets for SC transmission. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets set by the process of step S22110 in the number-of-bet-for-SC-transmission storage area 203ADi. Then, when the process of step S22112 ends, the process proceeds to step S22113.

(Step S22113)
In step S22113, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of awards for SC transmission. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of awards set by the process of step S22111 in the number of awards of game value for SC transmission storage area 203ADj. Then, when the process of step S22113 ends, the process proceeds to step S22114.

(Step S22114)
In step S22114, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of SC transmission bets is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the number of bets set in the number-of-SC-transmission bets storage area 203ADi by the processing of step S22112 is "0". Then, if it is determined that the number of SC transmission bets is "0" (step S22114 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22115. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of SC transmission bets is not "0" (step S22114 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22117.

(Step S22115)
In step S22115, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value related to the number of bets stored in the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV by the process of step S22110 in a register. Then, when the process of step S22115 ends, the process proceeds to step S22116.

(Step S22116)
In step S22116, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets for SC transmission. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets set in the register by the process of step S22115 to the number of bets storage area 203ADi for SC transmission. Then, when the process of step S22116 ends, the process proceeds to step S22117.

(Step S22117)
In step S22117, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of awarded SC values for transmission is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the number of awarded SC values for transmission set in the number of awarded SC values for transmission storage area 203ADj by the processing of step S22113 is "0." If it is determined that the number of awarded SC values for transmission is "0" (step S22117 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22118. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of awarded SC values for transmission is not "0" (step S22117 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22120.

(Step S22118)
In step S22118, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the number of awarded game values. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value related to the number of awarded game values stored in the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV by the processing of step S22111 in a register. Then, when the processing of step S22118 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22119.

(Step S22119)
In step S22119, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the number of awards for SC transmission. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the number of awards set in the register by the processing of step S22118 to the number of awards of game value for SC transmission storage area 203ADj. Then, when the processing of step S22119 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22120.

(Step S22120)
In step S22120, the game value CPU 201 performs a main control board receiving buffer transfer process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transferring the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV to the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S22120 ends, the process proceeds to step S22121.

(Step S22121)
In step S22121, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the first gaming machine fraud information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the first gaming machine fraud storage area 203ADe in a register. Then, when the process of step S22121 ends, the process proceeds to step S22122.

(Step S22122)
In step S22122, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a complete signal has been received. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the value of BIT "6" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe, which was set in the register by the processing of step S22121, is "1." If it is determined that a complete signal has been received (step S22122 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22123. On the other hand, if it is determined that a complete signal has not been received (step S22122 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22124.

(Step S22123)
In step S22123, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a complete signal output time. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value to the value of the complete signal transmission timer memory area 203Af. Then, when the process of step S22123 ends, the process proceeds to step S22124.

(Step S22124)
In step S22124, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the reception result to "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX to "0." Then, when the processing of step S22124 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22125.

(Step S22125)
In step S22125, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the number of bets storage area 203ADa of the hole control/fraud monitoring information in a register. Then, when the process of step S22125 ends, the process proceeds to step S22126.

(Step S22126)
In step S22126, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether the number of bets is less than "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether the value of the number of bets set in the register by the process of step S22125 is a value less than "0". Then, if it is determined that the number of bets is less than "0" (step S22126 = YES), the process proceeds to a second gaming machine information notification message reception process, which will be described later in detail using FIG. 49. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of bets is not less than "0" (step S22126 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22127.

(Step S22127)
In step S22127, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not there is no bet request limit. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not there is no bet request limit by referring to the value of the main control board receiving buffer memory area 203AV. If it is determined that there is no bet request limit (step S22127 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22135. On the other hand, if it is determined that there is not no bet request limit (step S22127 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22128.

(Step S22128)
In step S22128, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the game value. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the game value storage area 203AB in a register. Then, when the processing of step S22128 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22129.

(Step S22129)
In step S22129, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the gaming value is "3" or greater. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the gaming value is "3" or greater by referring to the value set in the register by the processing of step S22128. If it is determined that the gaming value is "3" or greater (step S22129 = YES), processing proceeds to step S22135. On the other hand, if it is determined that the gaming value is not "3" or greater (step S22129 = NO), processing proceeds to step S22130.

(Step S22130)
In step S22130, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET request is "1". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the value set in the register by the processing of step S22125 is "1". Then, if it is determined that the BET request is "1" (step S22130=YES), the processing proceeds to step S22131. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET request is not "1" (step S22130=NO), the processing proceeds to step S22132.

(Step S22131)
In step S22131, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of gaming values required to be bet. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value set in the register by the process of step S22125 in another register. Then, when the process of step S22131 ends, the process proceeds to step S22132.

(Step S22132)
In step S22132, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of gaming values requested to be bet. Specifically, if the bet request is "1" (step S22130 = YES), the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value set in the register by the process of step S22131 in another register. Furthermore, if the bet request is not "1" (step S22130 = NO), the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the lower value of the gaming value storage area 203AB set in the register by the process of step S22128 in another register. Then, when the process of step S22132 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22133.

(Step S22133)
In step S22133, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the register set in the process of step S22132 to the BET gaming value number storage area of the hole control/fraud monitoring information. Then, when the process of step S22133 ends, the process proceeds to step S22134.

(Step S22134)
In step S22134, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of SC transmission BET gaming values. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the register value set in the process of step S22132 to the SC transmission BET number storage area 203ADi. Then, when the process of step S22134 ends, the process proceeds to step S22135.

(Step S22135)
In step S22135, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether the received number of bets is "4" or more. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether the received number of bets is "4" or more, by referring to the value set in the register by the process of step S22132. Then, if it is determined that the received number of bets is "4" or more (step S22135 = YES), the process proceeds to step S22204 of the second gaming machine information notification message reception process (see FIG. 49). On the other hand, if it is determined that the received number of bets is not "4" or more (step S22135 = NO), the process proceeds to step S22136.

(Step S22136)
In step S22136, the game value CPU 201 performs a BET game value number subtraction process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of subtracting the value of the number of game values requested to bet set in the register by the process of step S22132 from the value stored in the game value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S22136 ends, the process proceeds to step S22137.

(Step S22137)
In step S22137, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether an overflow has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether a carry flag has been set as a result of the borrow subtraction in the BET gaming value number subtraction processing in step S22136. Here, the gaming value CPU 201 determines an overflow if the carry flag has been set as a result of the borrow subtraction, and determines an overflow if the carry flag has not been set. If an overflow has been determined (step S22137 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22204 of the second gaming machine information notification message reception processing (see FIG. 49). On the other hand, if an overflow has not been determined (step S22137 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22138.

(Step S22138)
In step S22138, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S22138. Then, when the process of step S22138 ends, the process proceeds to step S22139.

(Step S22139)
In step S22139, the game value CPU 201 performs processing outside the first virtual BET game value number area. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 reads out a program stored in the game value outside ROM use area 202B, and performs processing such as adding and storing the number of virtual BETs. Then, when the processing of step S22139 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22140.

(Step S22140)
In step S22140, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of restoring the register. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of restoring the register values saved in the process of step S22138. Then, when the process of step S22140 ends, the process proceeds to step S22209 of the second gaming machine information notification message receiving process (see FIG. 49).

(Second gaming machine information notification message reception process)
Next, using Figure 49, we will explain the second gaming machine information notification message receiving process performed in step S22200 of the first gaming machine information notification message receiving process.

(Step S22201)
In step S22201, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received settlement request number of gaming values is "4" or greater. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received settlement request number of gaming values is "4" or greater, by referring to the value set in the register by the processing of step S22125. Then, if it is determined that the received settlement request number of gaming values is "4" or greater (step S22201 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received settlement request number of gaming values is not "4" or greater (step S22201 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22202.

(Step S22202)
In step S22202, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a settled gaming value number addition process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of adding the value of the number of bets set in the register by the process of step S22125 to the value stored in the gaming value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S22202 ends, the process proceeds to step S22203.

(Step S22203)
In step S22203, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384" as a result of performing the settled game value number addition processing in step S22202. Then, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S22203 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22204. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 203AB is not equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S22203 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22206.

(Step S22204)
In step S22204, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of clearing the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of clearing the value of the number of bets storage area 203ADa of the hole control/fraud monitoring information. Then, when the process of step S22204 ends, the process proceeds to step S22205.

(Step S22205)
In step S22205, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of clearing the number of SC transmission BET gaming values. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of clearing the value of the SC transmission BET number storage area 203ADi. Then, when the process of step S22205 ends, the process proceeds to step S22212.

(Step S22206)
In step S22206, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S222206. Then, when the process of step S22206 ends, the process proceeds to step S22207.

(Step S22207)
In step S22207, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing outside the second virtual BET gaming value number area. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 reads out a program stored in the gaming value outside ROM use area 202B and performs processing such as subtracting the value of the gaming value to be settled from the number of virtual BETs. Then, when the processing of step S22207 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22208.

(Step S22208)
In step S22208, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S22206. Then, when the process of step S22208 ends, the process proceeds to step S22209.

(Step S22209)
In step S22209, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value number storage process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of calculating a checksum according to the value of the game value storage area 203AB and a process of setting the value of the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA to "01 (H)." Then, when the process of step S22209 ends, the process proceeds to step S22210.

(Step S22210)
In step S22210, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of bets. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the number of bets storage area 203ADa of the hole control/fraud monitoring information in a register. Then, when the process of step S22210 ends, the process proceeds to step S22211.

(Step S22211)
In step S22211, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the result of reception. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value relating to the number of bets set in the register by the process of step S22210 in the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX. Then, when the process of step S22211 ends, the process proceeds to step S22212.

(Step S22212)
In step S22212, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the number of awarded gaming values. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the number of awarded gaming values storage area 203ADb of the hole control/fraud monitoring information in a register. Then, when the process of step S22212 ends, the process proceeds to step S22213.

(Step S22213)
In step S22213, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of awards is "0". Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value set in the register by the processing of step S22212 is "0". Then, if it is determined that the number of awards is "0" (step S22213 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22224. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of awards is not "0" (step S22213 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22214.

(Step S22214)
In step S22214, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the reception result to "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX to "0." Then, when the processing of step S22214 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22215.

(Step S22215)
In step S22215, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of awards is "16" or greater. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value set in the register by the processing of step S22212 is "16" or greater. Then, if it is determined that the number of awards is "16" or greater (step S22215 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S22216. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of awards is not "16" or greater (step S22215 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S22218.

(Step S22216)
In step S22216, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the number of awarded gaming values. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the number of awarded gaming values storage area 203ADb of the hole control/fraud monitoring information. Then, when the processing of step S22216 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22217.

(Step S22217)
In step S22217, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the number of awarded SCs for transmission. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the number of awarded SCs for transmission storage area 203ADj. Then, when the processing of step S22117 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22124.

(Step S22218)
In step S22218, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving the register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S22218. Then, when the process of step S22218 ends, the process proceeds to step S22219.

(Step S22219)
In step S22219, the game value CPU 201 performs processing outside the virtual awarded game value number area. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 reads a program stored in the game value outside ROM use area 202B, and performs processing to add and store the value stored in the hole control/fraud monitoring information awarded game value number storage area 203ADb to a predetermined area in the game value outside RAM use area 203B. Then, when the processing of step S22219 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S22220.

(Step S22220)
In step S22220, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of restoring the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of restoring the register values saved in the process of step S22218. Then, when the process of step S22220 ends, the process proceeds to step S22221.

(Step S22221)
In step S22221, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of adding the number of awarded game values. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of adding the value of the number of awarded game values set in the register by the process of step S22212 to the value stored in the game value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S22221 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22222.

(Step S22222)
In step S22222, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value number storage process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of calculating a checksum according to the value of the game value storage area 203AB and a process of turning on the game value storage area data validity determination flag in the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA. Then, when the process of step S22222 is completed, the process proceeds to step S22223.

(Step S22223)
In step S22223, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the reception result to "1." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value of the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX to "1." Then, when the process of step S22223 ends, the process proceeds to step S22224.

(Step S22224)
In step S22224, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a guarantee time setting process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a guarantee time for transmission data, a process of clearing the values of BIT "1" to BIT "4" in the first gaming machine fraud storage area 203ADe of the hole control/fraud monitoring information, etc. Then, when the process of step S22224 ends, the process proceeds to step S22225.

(Step S22225)
In step S22225, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a gaming machine information notification reception completion. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting BIT "0" of the main control information reception completion flag memory area 203Ag to "1". Then, when the process of step S22225 ends, the process proceeds to step S22226.

(Step S22226)
In step S22226, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the message length to "6." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "06 (H)" in the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX. Then, when the processing of step S22226 ends, the processing proceeds to step S22227.

(Step S22227)
In step S22227, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set a command. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set "12 (H)" in the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX. Then, when the processing of step S22227 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24300.

(Step S24300)
In step S24300, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming value number side information setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 57. Then, when the process of step S24300 ends, the process proceeds to step S22228.

(Step S22228)
In step S22228, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the gaming value number side information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the value set in the register by the gaming value number side information setting process of step S24300 in the main control board transmission buffer memory area 203AX. Then, when the process of step S22228 ends, the subroutine of the second gaming machine information notification message receiving process ends.

(SC board communication processing)
Next, the SC board communication processing performed in step S23000 of the game value loop processing will be explained using Figure 50.

(Step S23001)
In step S23001, the game value CPU 201 performs an SC board message reception process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to receive a message from the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S23001 ends, the process proceeds to step S23002.

(Step S23002)
In step S23002, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the SC board communication start flag is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the SC board communication start flag is OFF by referring to the value of BIT "2" in the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag. If it is determined that the SC board communication start flag is OFF (step S23002 = YES), the SC board communication processing subroutine is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the SC board communication start flag is not OFF (step S23002 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23003.

(Step S23003)
In step S23003, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer is "0" by referring to the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Ah. If it is determined that the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer is "0" (step S23003 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23004. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer is not "0" (step S23003 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23020.

(Step S23004)
In step S23004, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set an initial value to the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a predetermined initial value to the gaming machine information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Ah. Then, when the processing of step S23004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23005.

(Step S23005)
In step S23005, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a counting notification transmission period initial timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a predetermined initial value in the counting notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ai. Then, when the processing of step S23005 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23006.

(Step S23006)
In step S23006, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a count transmission request. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a count transmission request by setting BIT "3" of the main control information reception flag storage area 203Ag to "1". Then, when the processing of step S23006 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23007.

(Step S23007)
In step S23007, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of pieces of gaming information transmitted via the SC board is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the number of pieces of gaming information to be transmitted to the SC board 71 is "0" by referencing the value of the SC board transmission gaming information number storage area 203Aj. If it is determined that the number of pieces of gaming information transmitted via the SC board is "0" (step S23007 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23008. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of pieces of gaming information transmitted via the SC board is not "0" (step S23007 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23028.

(Step S23008)
In step S23008, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether a change has occurred in the main control state. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 first sets the value of the main control state storage buffer memory area 203Ak to the first register. Next, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the first main control state memory area 203ADc and the value of the second main control state memory area 203ADd for the hole control/fraud monitoring information to the second register. Next, processing to determine whether a change has occurred in the first main control state or the second main control state is performed based on the values of the first and second registers. If it is determined that a change has occurred in the main control state (step S23008 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23028. On the other hand, if it is determined that no change has occurred in the main control state (step S23008 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23009.

(Step S23009)
In step S23009, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203A1 is "0." If it is determined that the value of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer is "0" (step S23009 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer is not "0" (step S23009 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23013.

(Step S23010)
In step S23010, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming machine installation information notification transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the message length, gaming machine information type, etc., and generates and transmits a message to be sent to the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S23010 ends, the process proceeds to step S23011.

(Step S23011)
In step S23011, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle time. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value as the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle time in a register. Then, when the process of step S23011 ends, the process proceeds to step S23012.

(Step S23012)
In step S23012, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle initial timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value set in the register by the processing of step S23011 to the gaming machine installation information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203A1. Then, when the processing of step S23012 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23017.

(Step S23013)
In step S23013, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Am in a register and performs processing to determine whether the value of this register is "0." If it is determined that the value of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer is "0" (step S23013 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23014. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer is not "0" (step S23013 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23028.

(Step S23014)
In step S23014, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming machine performance information notification transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the message length, the type of gaming machine performance information, etc., and generates and transmits a message to be sent to the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S23014 ends, the process proceeds to step S23015.

(Step S23015)
In step S23015, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle time. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value as the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle time in a register. Then, when the process of step S23015 ends, the process proceeds to step S23016.

(Step S23016)
In step S23016, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle initial timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value set in the register by the processing of step S23015 to the gaming machine performance information notification transmission cycle timer storage area 203Am. Then, when the processing of step S23016 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23017.

(Step S23017)
In step S23017, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC board no-reception counter is less than the error determination value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 first performs processing to set the value of the SC board no-reception counter storage area 203AR in a register. Next, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC board no-reception counter is less than the error determination value by comparing the value set in the register with a predetermined error determination value. If it is determined that the value of the SC board no-reception counter is less than the error determination value (step S23017 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23019. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the SC board no-reception counter is not less than the error determination value (step S23017 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23018.

(Step S23018)
In step S23018, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a rental device communication no-response error. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "1" to BIT "0" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. Then, when the processing of step S23018 is completed, the SC board communication processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S23019)
In step S23019, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of incrementing the SC board non-reception count counter. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of incrementing the value of the SC board non-reception count counter storage area 203AR by "1." Then, when the process of step S23019 ends, the SC board communication process subroutine ends.

(Step S23020)
In step S23020, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is "0" by referring to the value of the counting notification transmission period timer storage area 203Ai. Then, if it is determined that the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is "0" (step S23020 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23021. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is not "0" (step S23020 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23026.

(Step S23021)
In step S23021, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether or not a count transmission request has been made. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of determining whether or not a count transmission request has been made by referring to the value of BIT "3" in the main control information received flag storage area 203Ag. If it is determined that a count transmission request has been made (step S23021 = YES), the process proceeds to step S23022. On the other hand, if it is determined that a count transmission request has not been made (step S23021 = NO), the process proceeds to step S23026.

(Step S23022)
In step S23022, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count transmission request. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear BIT "3" in the main control information reception flag storage area 203Ag. Then, when the processing of step S23022 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23100.

(Step S23100)
In step S23100, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a counting notification transmission process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Fig. 51. Then, when the process of step S23100 ends, the process proceeds to step S23023.

(Step S23023)
In step S23023, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a rental notification reception valid timer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a predetermined value as the rental notification reception valid time in the rental notification reception valid timer storage area 203An. Then, when the processing of step S23023 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23024.

(Step S23024)
In step S23024, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the SC board reception control flag. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear BIT "0" in the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN. Then, when the processing of step S23024 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23025.

(Step S23025)
In step S23025, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the SC board reception buffer storage pointer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the SC board reception buffer storage pointer memory area 203AO. Then, when the processing of step S23025 is completed, the SC board communication processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S23026)
In step S23026, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loan notification valid timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loan notification valid timer is "0" by referring to the value of the loan notification reception valid timer storage area 203An. If it is determined that the value of the loan notification valid timer is "0" (step S23026 = YES), the SC board communication processing subroutine is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the loan notification valid timer is not "0" (step S23026 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23200.

(Step S23200)
In step S23200, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a lending receipt result response process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 53. Then, when the process of step S23200 ends, the SC board communication process subroutine ends.

(Step S23028)
In step S23028, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a hole control/fraud monitoring information notification transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of generating and transmitting hole control/fraud monitoring information to be transmitted to the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S23028 ends, the process proceeds to step S23029.

(Step S23029)
In step S23029, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a first main control state buffer saving process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the value of the hole control/fraud monitoring information in the first main control state storage area 203ADc in the main control state buffer storage area 203Ak. Then, when the process of step S23029 ends, the process proceeds to step S23030.

(Step S23030)
In step S23030, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a buffer saving process for saving the second main control state. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process for storing the value of the second main control state storage area 203ADd of the hole control/fraud monitoring information in the main control state storage buffer storage area 203Ak. Then, when the process of step S23030 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23017.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is capable of executing counting-related processing (e.g., steps S23022 to S23025) and lending-related processing (e.g., step S23200) in the same routine, known as SC board communication processing. Furthermore, counting-related processing (e.g., steps S23022 to S23025) and lending-related processing (e.g., step S23200) do not overlap when the processing proceeds according to the program.

Specifically, if the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is "0" (step S23020 = YES) and there is a counting transmission request (step S23021 = YES), counting-related processing will be executed (steps S23022 to S23025). On the other hand, if the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is not "0" (step S23020 = NO) or there is no counting transmission request (step S23021 = NO), processing will be executed to determine whether the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is "0", and if the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is not "0" (step S23026 = NO), loan-related processing will be executed (step S23200).

Furthermore, in this embodiment, the gaming machine 1 is configured to restrict lending-related processing (e.g., step S23200) when counting-related processing (e.g., steps S23022 to S23025) is being executed.

Specifically, after the counting notification sending process (step S23100) is executed, the loan notification reception valid timer is set (step S23023). When the next SC board communication process is executed, it is determined that the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is not "0" (step S23026 = NO), so the loan receipt result response process (step S23200) is executed.

In other words, the execution of the loan receipt result response process (step S23200) is restricted until the process of setting the value of the loan notification reception valid timer (step S23023) has been performed. This makes it possible to execute either the counting process or the loan-related process at the appropriate time.

(Counting notification sending process)
Next, the counting notification transmission process performed in step S23100 of the SC board communication process will be described using FIG.

(Step S23101)
In step S23101, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the message length. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the message length by setting "07 (H)" in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the processing of step S23101 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23102.

(Step S23102)
In step S23102, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a command. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a command by setting "02 (H)" in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the processing of step S23102 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23103.

(Step S23103)
In step S23103, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the counting serial number memory area 203Ao in a register, and also sets the value set in this register in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the process of step S23103 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23104.

(Step S23104)
In step S23104, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a serial number update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of updating the counting serial number by adding "1" to the value of the counting serial number set in the register by the process of step S23103. Then, when the process of step S23104 ends, the process proceeds to step S23105.

(Step S23105)
In step S23105, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the counting serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the register value updated by the process of step S23104 in the counting serial number storage area 203Ao. Then, when the process of step S23105 ends, the process proceeds to step S23150.

(Step S23150)
In step S23150, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a count subtraction value setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 52. Then, when the process of step S23150 ends, the process proceeds to step S23106.

(Step S23106)
In step S23106, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred by determining whether or not the value of BIT "3" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is "1." If it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has occurred (step S23106 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23108. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has not occurred (step S23106 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23107.

(Step S23107)
In step S23107, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device no-response communication error has occurred by determining whether or not the value of BIT "0" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is "1." If it is determined that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred (step S23107 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23108. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device no-response communication error has not occurred (step S23107 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23109.

(Step S23108)
In step S23108, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count subtraction value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap. Then, when the processing of step S23108 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23109.

(Step S23109)
In step S23109, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the SC board transmission buffer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 sets the value stored in the count subtraction value memory area 203Ap to a register, and then sets the value set in this register to the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the processing of step S23109 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23110.

(Step S23110)
In step S23110, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of adding the cumulative count value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of adding the value of the register to which the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap was set in the process of step S23109 to the value of the cumulative count value storage area 203Aq, thereby updating the value. Then, when the process of step S23110 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23111.

(Step S23111)
In step S23111, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the SC board transmission buffer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the count cumulative value storage area 203Aq to the SC board transmission buffer storage area 203AT. Then, when the processing of step S23111 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23112.

(Step S23112)
In step S23112, the game value CPU 201 performs an SC board message transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a message to the SC board 71 by outputting transmission data according to the value of the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the process of step S23112 ends, the process proceeds to step S23113.

(Step S23113)
In step S23113, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the count subtraction value is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is "0." If it is determined that the count subtraction value is "0" (step S23113 = YES), the subroutine of the count notification transmission processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the count subtraction value is not "0" (step S23113 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23114.

(Step S23114)
In step S23114, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the counting type buffer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap set in the register by the processing of step S23113 to the counting type buffer storage area 203Ar. Then, when the processing of step S23114 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23115.

(Step S23115)
In step S23115, the game value CPU 201 performs a subtraction process of the counted game value number. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 subtracts the register value set in the process of step S23113 from the value stored in the game value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S23115 ends, the process proceeds to step S231116.

(Step S23116)
In step S23116, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value number storage process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of calculating a checksum according to the value of the game value storage area 203AB and a process of turning on the game value storage area data validity determination flag in the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA. Then, when the process of step S23116 ends, the process proceeds to step S23117.

(Step S23117)
In step S23117, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count subtraction value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap. Then, when the processing of step S23117 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23118.

(Step S23118)
In step S23118, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is "0" by referring to the value of the game value storage area 203AB. If it is determined that the value of the game value is "0" (step S23118 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23119. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value is not "0" (step S23118 = NO), the subroutine of the counting notification transmission processing is terminated.

(Step S23119)
In step S23119, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a counting end command transmission process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a counting end command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S23119 ends, the subroutine of the counting notification transmission process ends.

(Count subtraction value setting process)
Next, the count subtraction value setting process performed in step S23150 of the count notification transmission process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S23151)
In step S23151, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count subtraction value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap. Then, when the processing of step S23151 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23152.

(Step S23152)
In step S23152, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is "0" by referring to the value of the game value storage area 203AB. If it is determined that the value of the game value is "0" (step S23152 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23262. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value is not "0" (step S23152 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23153.

(Step S23153)
In step S23153, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting execution flag is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "0" by referring to the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. If it is determined that the counting execution flag is OFF (step S23153 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23262. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting execution flag is not OFF (step S23153 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23154.

(Step S23154)
In step S23154, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting execution flag is "2." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "2" by referring to the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. In other words, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting button 19 has been "long pressed." Then, if it is determined that the value of the counting execution flag is "2" (step S23154 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23157. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the counting execution flag is not "2" (step S23154 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23155.

(Step S23155)
In step S23155, the game value CPU 201 performs a counting start command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a counting start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S23155 ends, the process proceeds to step S23156.

(Step S23156)
In step S23156, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "1" as the count subtraction value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "1" to the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap. As a result, "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the "short press." Then, when the processing of step S23156 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23162.

(Step S23157)
In step S23157, the game value CPU 201 performs a counting start command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a counting start command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S23157 ends, the process proceeds to step S23158.

(Step S23158)
In step S23158, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "50" as the count subtraction value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set "50" to the value of the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap. As a result, "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the "long press". Then, when the processing of step S23158 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23159.

(Step S23159)
In step S23159, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the upper byte of the game value storage area 203AB is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the upper byte of the game value storage area 203AB is "0" by referring to the value of the upper byte (the "second" byte) of the game value storage area 203AB. If it is determined that the value of the upper byte of the game value storage area 203AB is "0" (step S23159 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23160. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the upper byte of the game value storage area 203AB is not "0" (step S23159 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23162.

(Step S23160)
In step S23160, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lower byte of the game value storage area 203AB is greater than or equal to "50." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the lower byte of the game value storage area 203AB is greater than or equal to "50" by referring to the value of the lower byte (the "1" byte) of the game value storage area 203AB. If it is determined that the value of the lower byte of the game value storage area 203AB is "50" (step S23160 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23162. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the lower byte of the game value storage area 203AB is not greater than or equal to "50" (step S23160 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23161.

(Step S23161)
In step S23161, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the game value storage area 203AB to the count subtraction value. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value of the game value storage area 203AB to the count subtraction value storage area 203Ap in order to count the remaining value of the game value storage area 203AB. Then, when the processing of step S23161 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23162.

(Step S23162)
In step S23162, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. Then, when the processing of step S23162 ends, the subroutine of the counting notification transmission processing ends.

(Loan receipt result response processing)
Next, the loan receipt result response processing performed in step S23200 of the SC board communication processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S23201)
In step S23201, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not message reception from the SC board 71 has been completed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not message reception from the SC board 71 has been completed by performing processing to determine whether or not the value of BIT "0" in the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN is "1." If it is determined that message reception from the SC board 71 has been completed (step S23201 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23202. On the other hand, if it is determined that message reception from the SC board 71 has not been completed (step S23201 = NO), the loan receipt result response processing subroutine is terminated.

(Step S23202)
In step S23202, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received message is a loan notification. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the message received from the SC board 71 is a loan notification by referencing the value of the SC board reception buffer memory area 203AS. If it is determined that the received message is a loan notification (step S23202 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23203. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received message is not a loan notification (step S23202 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23234.

(Step S23203)
In step S23203, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether a checksum abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether a checksum abnormality error has occurred by referencing the value of the SC board received data error storage area 203AZ. If it is determined that a checksum abnormality error has occurred (step S23203 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23204. On the other hand, if it is determined that a checksum abnormality error has not occurred (step S23203 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23223.

(Step S23204)
In step S23204, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to acquire the previous lending serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to set the value of the SC board previous lending serial number memory area 203AQ in a register. Then, when the process of step S23204 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23205.

(Step S23205)
In step S23205, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a previous serial number update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of updating the previous lending serial number by adding "1" to the value set in the register by the process of step S23204. Then, when the process of step S23205 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23206.

(Step S23206)
In step S23206, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the previous lending serial number is the current predicted serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the previous lending serial number is the current predicted serial number by comparing the value of the previous lending serial number set in the register with the value of the SC board receive buffer memory area 203AS. Then, if it is determined that the previous lending serial number is the current predicted serial number (step S23206 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23207. On the other hand, if it is determined that the previous lending serial number is not the current predicted serial number (step S23206 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23223.

(Step S23207)
In step S23207, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to obtain the previous lending serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to set the value of the SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AQ in a register. Here, the register to which the value of the SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AQ is set in the process of step S23207 is set to a different register from the register to which the value of the SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AQ is set in the process of step S23204. Then, when the process of step S23207 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23208.

(Step S23208)
In step S23208, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the receiving result OK. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting information corresponding to the receiving result OK ("0" in this embodiment) in a register. Then, when the process of step S23208 ends, the process proceeds to step S23209.

(Step S23209)
In step S23209, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the loaned gaming value number is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets the value of the SC board receiving buffer memory area 203AS in a register, and determines whether the value set in this register is "0," thereby performing processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number is "0." If it is determined that the loaned gaming value number is "0" (step S23209 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23226. On the other hand, if it is determined that the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23209 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23210.

(Step S23210)
In step S23210, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the transmission type is hole control/fraud monitoring information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the transmission type is hole control/fraud monitoring information by referring to the value of the transmission information type storage area 203Aa. Then, if it is determined that the transmission type is hole control/fraud monitoring information (step S23210=YES), the processing proceeds to step S23211. On the other hand, if it is determined that the transmission type is not hole control/fraud monitoring information (step S23210=NO), the processing proceeds to step S23223.

(Step S23211)
In step S23211, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting type buffer is other than "0". Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting type buffer is other than "0" by referring to the value of the counting type buffer storage area 203Ar. If it is determined that the value of the counting type buffer is other than "0" (step S23211 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S23223. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the counting type buffer is not other than "0" (step S23211 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S23212.

(Step S23212)
In step S23212, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is less than the game value number warning output judgment value. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value owned by the player is less than the game value number warning output judgment value (in this embodiment, "15,000") by referring to the value of the game value storage area 203AB. If it is determined that the value of the game value is less than the game value number warning output judgment value (step S23212 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23213. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value is not less than the game value number warning output judgment value (step S23212 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23223.

(Step S23213)
In step S23213, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number is equal to or greater than "51." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets a value corresponding to the loaned gaming value number in the SC board receiving buffer memory area 203AS in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is equal to or greater than "51." If it is determined that the value of the loaned gaming value number is equal to or greater than "51" (step S23213 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23223. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the loaned gaming value number is not equal to or greater than "51" (step S23213 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23214.

(Step S23214)
In step S23214, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a lending gaming value number addition process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of adding a value corresponding to the lending gaming value number set in the register by the process of step S23213 to the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB. Then, when the process of step S23214 ends, the process proceeds to step S23215.

(Step S23215)
In step S23215, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384" as a result of performing the lending gaming value number addition processing in step S23214. Then, if it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S23215 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23223. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB is not equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S23215 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23216.

(Step S23216)
In step S23216, the game value CPU 201 performs a game value number storage process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of calculating a checksum according to the value of the game value storage area 203AB and a process of turning on the game value storage area data validity determination flag in the game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AA. Then, when the process of step S23216 ends, the process proceeds to step S23217.

(Step S23217)
In step S23217, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of acquiring the rental serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 refers to the value of the SC board receiving buffer memory area 203AS and performs a process of setting a value corresponding to the rental serial number in a register. Then, when the process of step S23217 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23218.

(Step S23218)
In step S23218, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of updating the previous lending serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a value corresponding to the lending serial number set in the register by the process of step S23217 in the SC board previous lending serial number memory area 203AQ. Then, when the process of step S23218 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23219.

(Step S23219)
In step S23219, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a rental serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the value set in the register by the process of step S23217 in another register. Then, when the process of step S23219 ends, the process proceeds to step S23220.

(Step S23220)
In step S23220, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the receiving result OK. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting information corresponding to the receiving result OK ("0" in this embodiment) in a register. Then, when the process of step S23220 ends, the process proceeds to step S23221.

(Step S23221)
In step S23221, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the loaned gaming value number is "0" by referring to the value corresponding to the loaned gaming value number in the SC board receiving buffer memory area 203AS. If it is determined that the value of the loaned gaming value number is "0" (step S23221 = YES), processing proceeds to step S23226. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23221 = NO), processing proceeds to step S23222.

(Step S23222)
In step S23222, the game value CPU 201 performs a loan receipt command transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a loan receipt command to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S23222 ends, the process proceeds to step S23226.

(Step S23223)
In step S23223, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the SC board reception data error. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the SC board reception data error storage area 203AZ. Then, when the processing of step S23223 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23224.

(Step S23224)
In step S23224, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to acquire the previous lending serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to set the value of the SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AQ in a register. Then, when the process of step S23224 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23225.

(Step S23225)
In step S23225, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a receiving result of NG. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting information corresponding to the receiving result of NG ("1" in this embodiment) in a register. Then, when the process of step S23225 ends, the process proceeds to step S23226.

(Step S23226)
In step S23226, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the counting type buffer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the counting type buffer memory area 203Ar. Then, when the processing of step S23226 ends, the processing proceeds to step S23227.

(Step S23227)
In step S23227, the gaming value CPU 201 stores the message length. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 sets a predetermined value ("05 (H)" in this embodiment) that is the message length in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. When the processing of step S23227 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23228.

(Step S23228)
In step S23228, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of storing a command. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value corresponding to the command (in this embodiment, "03 (H)") in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the process of step S23228 ends, the process proceeds to step S23229.

(Step S23229)
In step S23229, the gaming value CPU 201 stores the rental serial number. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 stores the value set in the register in step S23219 in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. When step S23229 is completed, the process proceeds to step S23230.

(Step S23230)
In step S23230, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of storing the receipt result. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting information about the receipt result set in the register by the process of step S23208, the process of step S23220, and the process of step S23225 in the SC board transmission buffer memory area 203AT. Then, when the process of step S23230 ends, the process proceeds to step S23231.

(Step S23231)
In step S23231, the game value CPU 201 performs an SC board message transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting a message set to the SC board 71. Then, when the process of step S23231 ends, the process proceeds to step S23232.

(Step S23232)
In step S23232, the game value CPU 201 clears the value of the SC board non-reception count counter. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 clears the value of the SC board non-reception count counter memory area 203AR. Then, when the processing of step S23232 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23233.

(Step S23233)
In step S23233, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the error detection flag indicating a no-response error in the rental device communication. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of BIT "0" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI. Then, when the processing of step S23233 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S23234.

(Step S23234)
In step S23234, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the SC board reception control flag. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN. Then, when the processing of step S23234 is completed, the subroutine of the loan receipt result response processing is completed.

(Error handling)
Next, the error processing performed in step S24000 of the game value loop processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S24100)
In step S24100, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a fraud information setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 55. Then, when the process of step S24100 ends, the process proceeds to step S24200.

(Step S24200)
In step S24200, the gaming value CPU 201 performs an error code setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 56. Then, when the process of step S24200 ends, the error processing subroutine ends.

(Fraudulent information setting process)
Next, the invalid information setting process performed in step S24100 of the error process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S24101)
In step S24101, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether any bit other than BIT "5" and BIT "7" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe is ON by referencing the value of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is ON (step S24101 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24102. On the other hand, if it is determined that any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is not ON (step S24101 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24106.

(Step S24102)
In step S24102, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn on the security signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn on the security signal by setting "0" to BIT "5" of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24102 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24103.

(Step S24103)
In step S24103, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the complete signal is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the complete signal is ON by referring to BIT "6" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that the complete signal is ON (step S24103 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24104. On the other hand, if it is determined that the complete signal is not ON (step S24103 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24106.

(Step S24104)
In step S24104, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a complete signal output is guaranteed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a complete signal output is guaranteed by referencing the value of the complete signal transmission timer storage area 203Af. If it is determined that a complete signal output is guaranteed (step S24104 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24106. On the other hand, if it is determined that a complete signal output is not guaranteed (step S24104 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24105.

(Step S24105)
In step S24105, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the complete signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the complete signal by setting BIT "6" of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe to "0." Then, when the processing of step S24105 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24106.

(Step S24106)
In step S24106, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a complete signal output is guaranteed. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a complete signal output is guaranteed by referencing the value of the complete signal transmission timer storage area 203Af. If it is determined that a complete signal output is guaranteed (step S24106 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24107. On the other hand, if it is determined that a complete signal output is not guaranteed (step S24106 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24108.

(Step S24107)
In step S24107, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn on the complete signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn on the complete signal by setting "1" to BIT "6" of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24107 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24108.

(Step S24108)
In step S24108, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET possible signal received flag is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the BET possible signal received flag is ON by referring to the value of the BET possible signal received flag storage area 203As. Then, if it is determined that the BET possible signal received flag is ON (step S24108=YES), the processing proceeds to step S24109. On the other hand, if it is determined that the BET possible signal received flag is not ON (step S24108=NO), the processing proceeds to step S24111.

(Step S24109)
In step S24109, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the game value clear signal is guaranteed. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not the game value clear signal is guaranteed by referencing the value of the game value clear signal guarantee timer storage area 203At. If it is determined that the game value clear signal is guaranteed (step S24109 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24111. On the other hand, if it is determined that the game value clear signal is not guaranteed (step S24109 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24110.

(Step S24110)
In step S24110, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the security information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the gaming value clear detection by setting the value of BIT "3" in the security information storage area 203AD to "0." Then, when the processing of step S24110 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24111.

(Step S24111)
In step S24111, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to clear the set door open. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to clear the set door open by setting the value of BIT "0" in the second gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADf to "0". Then, when the process of step S24111 is completed, the process proceeds to step S24112.

(Step S24112)
In step S24112, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the door open. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the door open by setting the value of BIT "1" in the second gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADf to "0". Then, when the processing of step S24112 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24113.

(Step S24113)
In step S24113, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the gaming value clear detection. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the gaming value clear detection by setting the value of BIT "3" in the second gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADf to "0". Then, when the processing of step S24113 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24114.

(Step S24114)
In step S24114, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a second gaming machine fraudulent update process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of updating the value of the second gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADf according to the value of the security information memory area 203AD, etc. Then, when the process of step S24114 ends, the process proceeds to step S24115.

(Step S24115)
In step S24115, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the setting confirmation timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the setting confirmation timer is "0" by referring to the value of the setting confirmation timer memory area 203Au. If it is determined that the value of the setting confirmation timer is "0" (step S24115 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24116. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the setting confirmation timer is not "0" (step S24115 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24118.

(Step S24116)
In step S24116, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON by referring to the value of BIT "1" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that the received information is ON (step S24116 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24118. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received information is not ON (step S24116 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24117.

(Step S24117)
In step S24117, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn OFF the setting confirmation signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn OFF the setting confirmation signal by setting "0" to BIT "1" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24117 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24118.

(Step S24118)
In step S24118, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the first fraud detection timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the first fraud detection timer is "0" by referring to the value of the first fraud detection timer memory area 203Av. If it is determined that the value of the first fraud detection timer is "0" (step S24118 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24119. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the first fraud detection timer is not "0" (step S24118 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24121.

(Step S24119)
In step S24119, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON according to the value of BIT "2" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that the received information is ON (step S24119 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24121. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received information is not ON (step S24119 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24120.

(Step S24120)
In step S24120, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the first fraud detection signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the first fraud detection signal by setting "0" to BIT "2" of the first gaming machine fraud storage area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24120 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24121.

(Step S24121)
In step S24121, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the second fraud detection timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the second fraud detection timer is "0" by referring to the value of the second fraud detection timer memory area 203Aw. If it is determined that the value of the second fraud detection timer is "0" (step S24121 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24122. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the second fraud detection timer is not "0" (step S24121 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24124.

(Step S24122)
In step S24122, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON according to the value of BIT "3" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that the received information is ON (step S24122 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24124. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received information is not ON (step S24122 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24123.

(Step S24123)
In step S24123, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the second fraud detection signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the second fraud detection signal by setting "0" to BIT "3" of the first gaming machine fraud storage area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24123 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24124.

(Step S24124)
In step S24124, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the third fraud detection timer is "0." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the third fraud detection timer is "0" by referring to the value of the third fraud detection timer memory area 203Ax. If it is determined that the value of the third fraud detection timer is "0" (step S24124 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24125. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the third fraud detection timer is not "0" (step S24124 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24127.

(Step S24125)
In step S24125, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the received information is ON according to the value of BIT "4" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that the received information is ON (step S24125 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24127. On the other hand, if it is determined that the received information is not ON (step S24125 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24126.

(Step S24126)
In step S24126, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the third fraud detection signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the third fraud detection signal by setting "0" to BIT "4" of the first gaming machine fraud storage area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24126 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24127.

(Step S24127)
In step S24127, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is ON. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether any bit other than BIT "5" and BIT "7" in the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe is ON by referring to the value of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. If it is determined that any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is ON (step S24127 = YES), the subroutine for the fraudulent information setting processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that any of the setting change in progress to complete signals is not ON (step S24127 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24128.

(Step S24128)
In step S24128, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the security signal. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to turn off the security signal by setting "0" to BIT "5" of the first gaming machine fraudulent memory area 203ADe. Then, when the processing of step S24128 ends, the subroutine of the fraudulent information setting processing ends.

(Error code setting process)
Next, the error code setting process performed in step S24200 of the error process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S24201)
In step S24201, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred by determining whether or not BIT "3" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is ON. If it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has occurred (step S24201 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24204. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has not occurred (step S242401 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24202.

(Step S24202)
In step S24202, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device no-response communication error has occurred by determining whether or not BIT "0" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is ON. If it is determined that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred (step S24202 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24204. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device no-response communication error has not occurred (step S24202 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24203.

(Step S24203)
In step S24203, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error has occurred. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error has occurred by determining whether or not BIT "4" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is ON. If it is determined that a game value error has occurred (step S24203 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24204. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value error has not occurred (step S24203 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24300.

(Step S24300)
In step S24300, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming value number side information setting process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 57. Then, when the process of step S24300 ends, the process proceeds to step S24204.

(Step S24204)
In step S24204, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set an error code. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set an error code in the error code memory area 203AJ according to the error state of the gaming machine 1. Then, when the processing of step S24204 ends, the subroutine of the error code setting processing ends.

(Gaming value number information setting process)
Next, using Figure 57, we will explain the second gaming machine information notification message receiving process and the gaming value number side information setting process performed in step S24300 of the error code setting process.

(Step S24301)
In step S24301, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384." If it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S24301 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24302. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value storage area 203AB is not equal to or greater than "16,384" (step S24301 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24303.

(Step S24302)
In step S24302, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a gaming value number overflow error. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set information about the gaming value number overflow error in a predetermined register. Then, when the processing of step S24302 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24305.

(Step S24303)
In step S24303, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is smaller than the game value number warning output judgment value. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the game value is smaller than the game value number warning output judgment value by comparing the value of the game value storage area 203AB with the game value number warning output judgment value. If it is determined that the value of the game value is smaller than the game value number warning output judgment value (step S24303 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24305. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the game value is not smaller than the game value number warning output judgment value (step S24303 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24304.

(Step S24304)
In step S24304, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the gaming value number over state. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set information regarding the gaming value number over state in a predetermined register. Then, when the processing of step S24304 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24305.

(Step S24305)
In step S24305, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a rental device unconnection error has occurred by determining whether or not BIT "3" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is ON. If it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has occurred (step S24305 = YES), processing proceeds to step S24306. On the other hand, if it is determined that a rental device unconnection error has not occurred (step S24305 = NO), processing proceeds to step S24307.

(Step S24306)
In step S24306, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set a rental device unconnected error state. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set information about the rental device unconnected error state in a predetermined register. Then, when the processing of step S24306 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S24307.

(Step S24307)
In step S24307, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error has occurred. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether or not a game value error has occurred by determining whether or not BIT "4" in the error detection flag storage area 203AI is ON. If it is determined that a game value error has occurred (step S24307 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S24308. On the other hand, if it is determined that a game value error has not occurred (step S24307 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S24309.

(Step S24308)
In step S24308, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set a game value error state. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set information related to the game value error state in a predetermined register. Then, when the processing of step S24308 ends, the processing proceeds to step S24309.

(Step S24309)
In step S24309, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to store gaming value number side information. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the values set in predetermined registers by the processing of steps S24302, S24304, S24306, and S24308 in the gaming value number side information flag storage area 203AK. Then, when the processing of step S24309 ends, the subroutine of the gaming value number side information setting processing ends.

(Game Value Interrupt Processing)
Next, the game value interrupt process will be explained using Figure 58. The game value interrupt process is a process that interrupts the game value loop process every "1" ms, and depending on the value of the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF and the value of the second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG, there are processes that are performed every "2" ms and processes that are performed every "4" ms for the game value loop process.

(Step S25001)
In step S25001, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving register values. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of saving register values stored at the time of performing the process of step S25001. Then, when the process of step S25001 ends, the process proceeds to step S25002.

(Step S25002)
In step S25002, the game value CPU 201 performs a first timer interrupt division counter addition process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF. Then, when the process of step S25002 ends, the process proceeds to step S25003.

(Step S25003)
In step S25003, the game value CPU 201 performs a second timer interrupt division counter addition process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of adding "1" to the value of the second timer interrupt division counter memory area 203AG. Then, when the process of step S25003 ends, the process proceeds to step S25004.

(Step S25004)
In step S25004, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is "0" by referencing the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY. If it is determined that the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is "0" (step S25004 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25009. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is not "0" (step S25004 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25005.

(Step S25005)
In step S25005, the game value CPU 201 performs a subtraction process on the reception timeout timer within the main control board frame. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 subtracts "1" from the value of the reception timeout timer storage area 203AY within the main control board frame. Then, when the process of step S25005 ends, the process proceeds to step S25006.

(Step S25006)
In step S25006, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer has become "0" as a result of the processing to subtract "1" from the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AY in the main control board frame reception timeout timer subtraction processing in step S25005. If it is determined that the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is "0" (step S25006 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25007. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the main control board frame reception timeout timer is not "0" (step S25006 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25009.

(Step S25007)
In step S25007, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the main control board reception buffer storage pointer. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the main control board reception buffer storage pointer memory area 203AW. Then, when the processing of step S25007 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25008.

(Step S25008)
In step S25008, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the main control board reception control flag. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the main control board reception control flag storage area 203AU. Then, when the processing of step S25008 ends, the processing proceeds to step S25009.

(Step S25009)
In step S25009, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "0" by referencing the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AP. If it is determined that the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "0" (step S25009 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25010. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is not "0" (step S25009 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25014.

(Step S25010)
In step S25010, the game value CPU 201 performs a subtraction process on the SC board frame reception timeout timer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 subtracts "1" from the value of the SC board frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AP. Then, when the process of step S25010 ends, the process proceeds to step S25011.

(Step S25011)
In step S25011, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "0." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer has become "0" as a result of the processing to subtract "1" from the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AP in the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer subtraction processing of step S25010. If it is determined that the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is "0" (step S25011 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25012. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the SC substrate frame reception timeout timer is not "0" (step S25011 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25014.

(Step S25012)
In step S25012, the game value CPU 201 clears the value of the SC board receive buffer storage pointer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 clears the value of the SC board receive buffer storage pointer memory area 203AO. Then, when the processing of step S25012 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25013.

(Step S25013)
In step S25013, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the SC board reception control flag. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the SC board reception control flag storage area 203AN. Then, when the processing of step S25013 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25014.

(Step S25014)
In step S25014, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the first timer interrupt division counter is a predetermined value. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the first timer interrupt division counter is a predetermined value (in this embodiment, "2") by referring to the value of the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF. If it is determined that the value of the first timer interrupt division counter is the predetermined value (step S25014 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25015. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the first timer interrupt division counter is not the predetermined value (step S25014 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25021.

(Step S25015)
In step S25015, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the first timer interrupt division counter. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the first timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AF. Then, when the processing of step S25015 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25016.

(Step S25016)
In step S25016, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a gaming value number display process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 controls the display of the gaming value display device 20. Then, when the process of step S25016 ends, the process proceeds to step S25017.

(Step S25017)
In step S25017, the game value CPU 201 performs a sub-control board transmission process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of transmitting commands set by the game value program start process (see FIG. 45) or the game value loop process (see FIG. 46) to the sub-control board 300. Then, when the process of step S25017 ends, the process proceeds to step S25018.

(Step S25018)
In step S25018, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a first timer subtraction process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 subtracts "1" from the value of the "1" byte timer storage area. Then, when the process of step S25018 ends, the process proceeds to step S25019.

(Step S25019)
In step S25019, the game value CPU 201 performs port input processing. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to store data input to the input port in the input port current state buffer memory area 203AE. Then, when the processing of step S25019 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25100.

(Step S25100)
In step S25100, the game value CPU 201 performs a switch detection process, which will be described in detail later with reference to Figure 59. Then, when the process of step S25100 ends, the process proceeds to step S25020.

(Step S25020)
In step S25020, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to restore the register values saved in the process of step S25001. Then, when the process of step S25020 ends, the process proceeds to step S25021.

(Step S25021)
In step S25021, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the second timer interrupt division counter is a predetermined value. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the second timer interrupt division counter is a predetermined value (in this embodiment, "4") by referring to the value of the second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG. If it is determined that the value of the second timer interrupt division counter is the predetermined value (step S25021 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S25022. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the second timer interrupt division counter is not the predetermined value (step S25021 = NO), the game value interrupt processing is terminated.

(Step S25022)
In step S25022, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the second timer interrupt division counter. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG. Then, when the processing of step S25022 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25023.

(Step S25023)
In step S25023, the game value CPU 201 performs a second timer subtraction process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 subtracts "1" from the value of the "2" byte timer storage area. Then, when the process of step S25023 ends, the game value interrupt process ends.

Note that the processing from step S25001 to step S25014 and the processing from step S25021 are executed regardless of the value of the first timer interrupt division counter or the value of the second timer interrupt division counter, and therefore can be said to be processing performed every 1 ms. Furthermore, the processing from step S25015 to step S25020 is executed when the value of the first timer interrupt division counter is 2 (step S25014 = YES), and therefore can be said to be processing performed every 2 ms. Similarly, the processing from step S25022 to step S2523 is executed when the value of the second timer interrupt division counter is 4 (step S25021 = YES), and therefore can be said to be processing performed every 4 ms.

(Switch detection process)
Next, the switch detection process performed in step S25100 of the game value interrupt process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S25101)
In step S25101, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to determine whether or not operation of the counting switch 19sw has been detected. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process to determine whether or not operation of the counting switch 19sw has been detected by referring to the value of BIT "3" in the input port current state buffer memory area 203AE. If it is determined that operation of the counting switch 19sw has been detected (step S25101 = YES), the process proceeds to step S25102. On the other hand, if it is determined that operation of the counting switch 19sw has not been detected (step S25101 = NO), the process proceeds to step S25115.

(Step S25102)
In step S25102, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting switch pressing time timer has overflowed. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 sets the value of the counting button pressing time timer storage area 203AL in a register and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is "0," thereby performing processing to determine whether the counting switch pressing time timer has overflowed. If it is determined that the counting switch pressing time timer has overflowed (step S25102 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25104. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting switch pressing time timer has not overflowed (step S25102 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25103.

(Step S25103)
In step S25103, the game value CPU 201 performs a count switch depression time timer addition process. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of adding "1" to the value set in the register by the process of step S25102. Then, when the process of step S25103 ends, the process proceeds to step S25104.

(Step S25104)
In step S25104, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether ON detection has occurred for 500 ms or more. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether ON detection has occurred for 500 ms or more by determining whether the register value has reached 250 as a result of the count switch press time timer addition processing in step S25103. Note that the count switch press time timer addition processing in step S25103 is performed every 2 ms, so when the register value reaches 250, ON detection has occurred for 500 ms. If it is determined that ON detection has occurred for 500 ms or more (step S25104 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25105. On the other hand, if it is determined that ON detection has not occurred for 500 ms or more (step S25104 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25106.

(Step S25105)
In step S25105, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the counting execution flag to "long press." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set information corresponding to "long press" as the counting execution flag by setting "2" in the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. Then, when the processing of step S25105 ends, the processing proceeds to step S25106.

(Step S25106)
In step S25106, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting switch 19sw is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting switch 19sw is OFF by determining whether a counting switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the counting switch 19sw is OFF (step S25106 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S25108. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting switch 19sw is not OFF (step S25106 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S25107.

(Step S25107)
In step S25107, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting switch OFF edge detection time. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value ("25" in this embodiment) in a register as the counting switch OFF edge detection time. Note that the process of setting the counting switch OFF edge detection time in step S25107 is a process that is performed every "2" ms, so when "25" is set in the register value, the counting switch OFF edge detection time becomes "50" ms. Then, when the process of step S25107 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25122.

(Step S25108)
In step S25108, the game value CPU 201 performs a subtraction process on the counting switch edge detection timer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 sets the value of the counting switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM in a register, and subtracts "1" from the value set in this register. Then, when the process of step S25108 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25109.

(Step S25109)
In step S25109, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether an edge has been detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the register value is not "0" as a result of the counting switch edge detection timer subtraction processing in step S25108. Here, if the register value is "0," it is determined that an edge has been detected. Then, if it is determined that an edge has been detected (step S25109 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25110. On the other hand, if it is determined that an edge has not been detected (step S25109 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25122.

(Step S25110)
In step S25110, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the value of the counting switch depression time timer is equal to or greater than "250." Specifically, the game value CPU 201 sets the value of the counting button depression time timer storage area 203AL in a register, and performs processing to determine whether the value set in this register is equal to or greater than "250." If it is determined that the value of the counting switch depression time timer is equal to or greater than "250" (step S25110=YES), the processing proceeds to step S25113. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the counting switch depression time timer is not equal to or greater than "250" (step S25110=NO), the processing proceeds to step S25111.

(Step S25111)
In step S25111, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting execution flag is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting execution flag is OFF by performing processing to determine whether the value of the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab is "0." If it is determined that the counting execution flag is OFF (step S25111 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S25112. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting execution flag is not OFF (step S25111 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S25113.

(Step S25112)
In step S25112, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set the counting execution flag to "short press." Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to set information corresponding to "short press" as the counting execution flag by setting "1" in the counting execution flag storage area 203Ab. Then, when the processing of step S25112 ends, the processing proceeds to step S25113.

(Step S25113)
In step S25113, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to clear the counting switch detection completion. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to clear the value of BIT "3" in the input port current state buffer memory area 203AE. Then, when the process of step S25113 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25114.

(Step S25114)
In step S25114, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting switch on edge detection time. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value (in this embodiment, "25") as the counting switch on edge detection time in a register. Then, when the process of step S25114 ends, the process proceeds to step S25122.

(Step S25115)
In step S25115, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting switch on edge detection time. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value (in this embodiment, "25") as the counting switch on edge detection time in a register. Then, when the process of step S25115 ends, the process proceeds to step S25116.

(Step S25116)
In step S25116, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting switch 19sw is OFF. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the counting switch 19sw is OFF by determining whether a counting switch signal has been input. If it is determined that the counting switch 19sw is OFF (step S25116 = YES), the processing proceeds to step S25122. On the other hand, if it is determined that the counting switch 19sw is not OFF (step S25116 = NO), the processing proceeds to step S25117.

(Step S25117)
In step S25117, the game value CPU 201 performs a subtraction process on the counting switch edge detection timer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 sets the value of the counting switch edge detection timer storage area 203AM in a register, and subtracts "1" from the value set in this register. Then, when the process of step S25117 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25118.

(Step S25118)
In step S25118, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether an edge has been detected. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs processing to determine whether the register value is not "0" as a result of the counting switch edge detection timer subtraction processing in step S25117. Here, if the register value is "0," it is determined that an edge has been detected. Then, if it is determined that an edge has been detected (step S25118 = YES), processing proceeds to step S25119. On the other hand, if it is determined that an edge has not been detected (step S25118 = NO), processing proceeds to step S25122.

(Step S25119)
In step S25119, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting switch detection completion. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process of setting the counting switch detection completion by setting "1" to BIT "3" of the main body switch information storage area 203AH. Then, when the process of step S25119 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25120.

(Step S25120)
In step S25120, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the count switch pressing time timer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to clear the value of the count button pressing time timer storage area 203AL. Then, when the processing of step S25120 ends, the processing proceeds to step S25121.

(Step S25121)
In step S25121, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a counting switch OFF edge detection time. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs a process of setting a predetermined value (in this embodiment, "25") as the counting switch OFF edge detection time in a register. Then, when the process of step S25121 is completed, the process proceeds to step S25122.

(Step S25122)
In step S25122, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set a counting switch edge detection timer. Specifically, the game value CPU 201 performs processing to set the value set in the register by the processing of step S25115 or the value set in the register by the processing of step S25121 as the value of the counting switch edge detection timer memory area 203AM. Then, when the processing of step S25122 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S25123.

(Step S25123)
In step S25123, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a VL unconnection detection process. Specifically, the gaming value CPU 201 performs a process to detect unconnection of the power supply for connection confirmation with the lending device 400. Then, when the process of step S25123 ends, the switch detection process subroutine ends.

(Sub-main processing)
Next, the sub-loop processing performed by the sub-control board 300 will be described with reference to FIG.

(Step S30001)
In step S30001, the sub CPU 301 performs sub initialization processing. Specifically, the sub CPU 301 performs processing to initialize a predetermined area of the sub RAM 303. Then, when the processing of step S30001 ends, the processing proceeds to step S30002.

(Step S30002)
In step S30002, the sub-CPU 301 performs inter-board communication processing (sub-main). Specifically, in response to commands received from the main control board 100, the sub-CPU 301 performs processing to determine image data to be displayed on the image display device 7, light emission data for the logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel rear LED 23, side unit LED 24, effect button LED 63, MAXBET button LED 64, stop button LED 65, lower panel LED 66, and backlight LED 70, sound data output from the subwoofer 39 and speaker 62, and drive data for the effect button vibration motor 67. Then, when the processing of step S30002 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S30003.

(Step S30003)
In step S30003, the sub-CPU 301 performs inter-board communication processing (sub-game value). Specifically, in response to commands received from the game value control board 200, the sub-CPU 301 performs processing to determine image data to be displayed on the image display device 7, light emission data for the logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel rear LED 23, side unit LED 24, effect button LED 63, MAXBET button LED 64, stop button LED 65, lower panel LED 66, and backlight LED 70, sound data output from the subwoofer 39 and speaker 62, and drive data for the effect button vibration motor 67. Then, when the processing of step S30003 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S30004.

(Step S30004)
In step S30004, the sub-CPU 301 performs sound control processing. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 performs processing to output sound from the subwoofer 39 and the speaker 62 in accordance with the determined sound data. Then, when the processing of step S30004 ends, the processing proceeds to step S30005.

(Step S30005)
In step S30005, the sub-CPU 301 performs lamp LED control processing. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 controls the lighting and blinking of the logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel rear LED 23, side unit LED 24, effect button LED 63, MAXBET button LED 64, stop button LED 65, lower panel LED 66, and backlight LED 70 in accordance with the determined light emission data. Then, when the processing of step S30005 is completed, the processing proceeds to step S30006.

(Step S30006)
In step S30006, the sub-CPU 301 performs image control processing. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 controls the image display device 7 in accordance with the determined image data. Then, when the processing of step S30006 ends, the processing proceeds to step S30007.

(Step S30007)
In step S30007, the sub-CPU 301 performs effect button vibration processing. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 controls the drive of the effect button vibration motor 67 in accordance with the determined drive data. Then, when the processing of step S30007 ends, the processing proceeds to step S30008.

(Step S30008)
In step S30008, the sub-CPU 301 performs various switch detection processes. Specifically, the sub-CPU 301 performs predetermined processes when the effect switch 16sw detects operation of the effect button 16 or when the cross key switch 17sw detects operation of the cross key 17. Then, when the process of step S30008 ends, the process proceeds to step S30002.

(Basic communication sequence)
Next, the basic communication sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

First, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (communication serial number = "n") to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (communication serial number = "m") to the rental device 400 (second message) within 100 ms (specifically, within the range of 90 ms to 100 ms) after sending the first message.

Next, the lending device 400 sends a lending notification (lending serial number = "k") to the gaming machine 1 within 170 ms after receiving the second message (third message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k") to the loaning device 400 within 10 ms after receiving the third message (fourth message). Note that if the loan notification is sent within 170 ms, the loaning device 400 discards the notified loan notification and does not send a loan receipt result response.

Next, the gaming machine 1 waits at least 20 ms after sending the fourth message, and then sends gaming machine information (rental serial number = "n+1") to the rental device 400 (fifth message). The timing for sending the fifth message is 300 ms (specifically, within the range of 300 ms to 310 ms) after sending the first message.

Note that the specifications allow communication to begin regardless of whether the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 are connected.

(Start-up sequence when gaming machine is started first)
Next, the startup sequence when gaming machine 1 is started first will be explained using Figure 62.

First, when the power to the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 is OFF, both have VL = OFF (not connected). Furthermore, the rental device 400 has PSI (connection confirmation signal) = OFF. Next, when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 and the power is turned ON, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 are starting up. At this time, the rental device 400 has VL = OFF and PSI = OFF until startup is complete. Even if startup of the gaming machine 1 is complete, communication will not begin while VL = OFF.

Furthermore, when the startup of gaming machine 1 is completed before the startup of rental device 400, gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 400 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Next, gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 400 of counting (counting serial number = "0") (second message). Here, gaming machine 1 updates the serial number and notifies the rental device 400 of gaming machine information, regardless of whether the startup of rental device 400 has been completed. Furthermore, because the rental device 400 is currently starting up, it is unable to receive the first and second messages even if gaming machine 1 notifies it.

Then, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 will be in VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON. Here, VL=ON means that the gaming machine 1 is able to sense connection with the rental device 400, a bet on game value is possible, and operation of the counting button 19 is valid. Note that when VL=ON is detected by hardware control, the gaming machine 1 will be able to bet on game value at this timing, and the counting button 19 will be valid.

Next, gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 400 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n") (third message). At this time, since the rental device 400 has completed startup, it begins receiving messages notified from gaming machine 1 and manages them based on the notified serial number. After startup of the rental device 400 is complete, it is not able to receive messages from gaming machine 1 for a period of less than "100" ms from VL=ON. In other words, gaming machine 1 will begin communication with the rental device 400 when "100" ms or more have passed since VL=ON.

When the gaming machine 1 detects VL=ON through software control, it becomes possible to bet on game value at this timing, and the counting button 19 becomes active. After VL=ON, the gaming machine 1 will begin communication from serial number "0".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m") to the rental device 400 (fourth message).

(Start-up sequence when the rental device 400 is started first)
Next, a startup sequence when the rental device 400 is started first will be described with reference to FIG.

First, when the power of the gaming machine 1 is OFF and the power of the rental device 400 is turned ON, the rental device 400 enters the startup state. At this time, the rental device 400 has VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. Next, when the startup of the rental device 400 is complete, VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON, and the device waits for connection to the gaming machine 1.

Next, when the power to gaming machine 1 is turned ON and gaming machine 1 is activated, VL=ON (connected) and PSI=ON for gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400.

Next, when the startup of gaming machine 1 is complete, gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 400 of gaming machine information (serial number = "0") (first message). Here, after gaming machine 1 is powered on, notifications will begin from serial number "0". Furthermore, when the rental device 400 completes connection with gaming machine 1, it will begin receiving messages notified from gaming machine 1 and will manage them starting from the notified serial number.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "0") to the rental device 400 (second message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n") to the rental device 400 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m") to the rental device 400 (fourth message).

(Sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap)
Next, using Figure 64, we will explain the sequence when gaming machine installation information and gaming machine performance information overlap.

First, when the rental device 400 is waiting for connection and the gaming machine 1 completes startup, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (second message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (fifth message). Note that the timing for sending the fifth message is 300 ms after sending the first message.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (sixth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (seventh message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (ninth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (gaming machine installation information) to the rental device 400 (tenth message). The timing for sending the tenth message is 300 ms after the sixth message is sent, and 60 seconds (specifically, in the range of 60 to 62 seconds) after the first message is sent.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) to the rental device 400 (11th message). Here, assume that the timing of sending the 11th message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). In this case, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) with the highest priority is sent. Note that the timing of sending the 11th message is 180 seconds (specifically, in the range of 180 to 186 seconds) after the first message is sent.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (12th message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (14th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) to the rental device 400 (15th message). Here, the timing of sending the 15th message is to send the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) that could not be sent when sending the 11th message. Note that the timing of sending the 15th message is 300 ms after sending the 11th message.

Here, gaming machine information notifications are sent from gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 every 300 ms after gaming machine 1 has completed startup.

In addition, gaming machine installation information is notified from gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 every 60 seconds after gaming machine 1 has completed startup.

Furthermore, gaming machine performance information is notified from gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 180 seconds after startup of gaming machine 1 is complete, and is then notified from gaming machine 1 to the rental device 400 at 60-second intervals.

In addition, among the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information), the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), and the notification conditions for gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information), the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) has the highest priority when the value in the first main control status memory area 203ADc or the value in the second main control status memory area 203ADd is updated, or when there is a value in the number of bets memory area 203ADa or the number of gaming value awards memory area 203ADb.

The next highest priority is gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information), followed by gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). The lowest priority is gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information), which occurs when there are no updates to the values in the first main control status memory area 203ADc or the second main control status memory area 203ADd, and there is no gaming information.

(Sequence when hall control fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap)
Next, using Figure 65, we will explain the sequence when hall control fraud monitoring information and gaming machine installation information overlap.

First, when the rental device 400 is in a connection waiting state and 100 ms or more has passed since the gaming machine 1 has completed startup, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (second message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 400 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (fifth message). Here, the timing for sending the fifth message is after the gaming machine 1 has completed startup and before the first gaming machine installation information is sent, if the main control status is updated or gaming information occurs, the notification will be sent in the next hall control/fraud monitoring information in the gaming machine installation information.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (sixth message). Here, let's assume that the timing of sending the sixth message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information). In this case, the value of the first main control status memory area 203ADc or the value of the second main control status memory area 203ADd, which have a higher priority, is updated, or a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) is sent for which gaming information is available.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (seventh message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (eighth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (ninth message).

Next, gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) to the rental device 400 (10th message). At this time, because the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) was given priority when the 6th message was sent, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) will be sent when the 10th message is sent.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (11th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (12th message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental acceptance result response to the rental device 400 (14th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) to the rental device 400 (15th message). Here, let us assume that the timing of sending the 15th message overlaps with the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) and the timing of sending the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information). In this case, the value of the first main control status memory area 203ADc or the value of the second main control status memory area 203ADd, which have a higher priority, is updated, or a gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) is sent for which gaming information is available.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (16th message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (17th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (18th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) to the rental device 400 (19th message). At this time, because the gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) was given priority when the 15th message was sent, the gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) will be sent when the 19th message is sent.

(Counting notification sequence)
Next, the counting notification sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 66, we will assume that the value in the gaming value storage area 203AB is "200" and that the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the rental device 400 is "20".

First, when the counting button 19 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m", counted play value = "50", counted cumulative play value number = "50") to the rental device 400 within 100 ms after receiving the first message (second message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (fourth message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 203AB is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the rental device 400 is added by "50" to "20" to become "70".

Next, gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") to the rental device 400 (fifth message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+1", counted play value = "50", counted cumulative play value = "100") to the rental device 400 within 100 ms after receiving the fifth message (sixth message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k+1", number of rental game values = "0") (7th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (rental serial number = "k+1", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (8th message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 203AB is subtracted by "50" from "150" to become "100", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the rental device 400 is added by "50" to "70" to become "120".

Next, after the counting button 19 is released, the gaming machine 1 notifies the rental device 400 of gaming machine information (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") (9th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "100") to the rental device 400 within 100 ms after receiving the 9th message (10th message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k+2", rental game value number = "0") (11th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (rental serial number = "k+2", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (12th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification to the rental device 400 (serial number = "n+3", game value = "100") (13th message).

(Loan notification sequence)
Next, the lending notification sequence will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 67, we will assume that the value in the game value memory area 203AB is "10" and that when the lending button 76 is operated "1" time, the value of the game value lent from the lending device 400 is "47".

First, after the rental button 76 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (counting serial number = "m", counted game value = "0", counted cumulative game value number = "0") (second message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k", number of rented game values = "47") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (fourth message). As a result, the value in the game value storage area 203AB is added by "47" to "10", becoming "57". Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a gaming machine information notification to the rental device 400 (serial number = "n+1", game value = "57") (fifth message).

(Recovery sequence when dedicated IF is disconnected)
Next, the recovery sequence when a dedicated IF is disconnected will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 68, we will assume that the value in the game value storage area 203AB is "200."

First, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (first message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") to the rental device 400 (second message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification (rental serial number = "k", rented gaming value number = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response (rental serial number = "k", rented gaming value number receipt result = "normal") to the rental device 400 (fourth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (fifth message).

If a disconnection in the dedicated IF is detected, the gaming machine 1 will have VL=OFF (not connected), and the lending device 400 will have VL=OFF (not connected) and PSI=OFF. This will disable bet operations, max bet operations, and counting operations on the gaming machine 1.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (counting serial number = "m+1", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "0") (sixth message). At this time, since the counting operation is invalid, the counted play value becomes "0".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (seventh message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") to the rental device 400 (eighth message). Here, because the rental device 400 is currently running, it is unable to receive messages six through eight.

When the dedicated IF is restored, the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 have VL=ON and PSI=ON. When VL=ON, the rental device 400 checks the dedicated IF connection status. On the other hand, when VL=ON on the gaming machine 1, bet operations, max bet operations, and counting operations become valid.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+3", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (9th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends counting notification (counting serial number = "m+3", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") to the rental device 400 (10th message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification (rental serial number = "0"), rental play value = "0" to the gaming machine 1 (11th message). Here, the rental device 400 notifies the gaming machine 1 of the rental serial number = "0" when the connection between the rental device 400 and the gaming machine 1 begins.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned gaming value number receipt result = "abnormal") to the loaning device 400 (12th message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+4", gaming value = "200") to the rental device 400 (13th message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (counting serial number = "m+4", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") (14th message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k+1", rented gaming value number = "0") (15th message). Here, the rental serial number in the rental receipt result response is updated.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k+1", loaned gaming value number receipt result = "normal") to the loaning device 400 (message number 16).

(Communication abnormality sequence during counting)
Next, the communication abnormality sequence during counting will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 69, we will assume that the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB is "200" and that the value of the gaming value owned by the player stored in the rental device 400 is "20".

First, when the counting button 19 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n", play value = "200") to the rental device 400 (first message). Next, within 100 ms of receiving the first message, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m", counted play value = "50", counted cumulative play value number = "50") to the rental device 400 (second message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k", number of rental game values = "0") (third message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a rental receipt result response to the rental device 400 (rental serial number = "k", rental game value number receipt result = "normal") (fourth message). Then, the value of the game value memory area 203AB is subtracted by "50" from "200" to become "150", and the value of the game value owned by the player stored in the rental device 400 is added by "50" to "20" to become "70".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "150") to the rental device 400 (fifth message). Next, within 100 ms after the fifth message is sent, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+1", counting gaming value = "50", counting cumulative gaming value = "100") to the rental device 400 (sixth message).

Next, the rental device 400 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "100") to gaming machine 1 (seventh message). Here, the rental device 400 detects a communication abnormality in the gaming machine information notification, and after a maximum of "300" ms, VL=OFF and PSI=OFF. At this time, gaming machine 1 goes VL=OFF, and bet operations, max bet operations, and counting operations are disabled.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification (counting serial number = "m+2", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "100") to the rental device 400 (eighth message). Here, since the counting operation is invalid, "0" is sent as the counted play value.

The rental device 400 then waits for recovery. After the error is recovered, the rental device 400 turns VL=ON.

(Communication error sequence during rental)
Next, the communication abnormality sequence during rental will be described with reference to FIG.

When explaining Figure 70, we will assume that the value in the game value memory area 203AB is "10" and that when the lending button 76 is operated "1" time, the value of the game value lent from the lending device 400 is "47".

First, after the rental button 76 is pressed, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information (serial number = "n", gaming value = "10") to the rental device 400 (first message).

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a counting notification to the rental device 400 (counting serial number = "m", counted play value = "0", counted cumulative play value number = "0") (second message). Next, the rental device 400 sends a rental notification to the gaming machine 1 (rental serial number = "k", rented play value number = "47") (third message). Then, the value in the play value memory area 203AB is added by "47" to "10" to become "57".

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned game value number receipt result = "normal") to the lending device 400 (fourth message). Then, because the lending device 400 has not received a loan receipt result response from the gaming machine 1, it determines that the loan has not been completed.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+1", gaming value = "57") to the rental device 400 (fifth message). Next, the gaming machine 1 sends counting notification (counting serial number = "m+1", counted gaming value = "0", counted cumulative gaming value number = "0") to the rental device 400 (sixth message).

Next, the lending device 400 sends a lending notification (lendance serial number = "k", lending game value number = "47") to the gaming machine 1 (seventh message). Here, the lending device 400 is uncertain whether the previous lending notification has reached the gaming machine 1, so it will resend it.

Next, the gaming machine 1 sends a loan receipt result response (loan serial number = "k", loaned game value number receipt result = "abnormal") to the lending device 400 (eighth message). Here, the gaming machine 1 checks the continuity of the loan serial numbers in the loan notification, and if the loan serial numbers are not consecutive, it responds with an abnormality. Then, when the loan receipt result response is received from the gaming machine 1, if the previous loan serial number matches, the lending device 400 determines that the loan notification has been received by the gaming machine 1 and completes the loan of the game value.

Next, gaming machine 1 sends gaming machine information notification (serial number = "n+2", gaming value = "57") to the rental device 400 (9th message).

(Time chart and animation during setting changes)
Next, a time chart during setting change and animation during setting change will be described with reference to FIGS. 71 and 72.

(settings are being changed)
"Currently changing settings" means that a setting value is being changed. The following describes the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change and the conditions for ending (terminating) a setting change.

(Start (occurrence) conditions during setting changes)
The condition for starting (occurring) the setting change is that the setting key switch 34sw is ON when the gaming machine 1 is powered on. Specifically, first, the front door 3 is opened with no power being supplied to the gaming machine 1. Next, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 34 and rotated a predetermined angle. Then, the power button 38 is operated to turn on the power, thereby satisfying the condition for starting (occurring) the setting change.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) during setting changes)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting change is that the setting key switch 34sw is turned from ON to OFF. Specifically, after the setting change is in progress, the setting key inserted into the setting keyhole 34 is turned a predetermined angle to turn the setting key switch 34sw from ON to OFF. This satisfies the condition for ending (cancelling) the setting change.

As shown in Figure 71, when the start (generation) condition during the setting change is met, the current setting value will be displayed in the number of points given display unit 30. Specifically, as shown in Figure 72, the setting value set in the register will be displayed in the number of points given display unit 30. Here, Figure 72 shows an example of setting "3". Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting change is met, the currently displayed setting value will no longer be displayed.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 71, when the start (occurrence) condition during the setting change is met, all of the instruction monitor display units 28 will be lit. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 72, all of the instruction monitor display units 28 will be lit. Then, when the end (cancellation) condition during the setting change is met, all of the instruction monitor display units 28 will be hidden.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 71, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change are met, an image notifying the user that the setting is being changed is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 72, a text image saying "Settings being changed" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change are met, the text image saying "Settings being changed" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 71, when the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting change are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 72, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern lighting mode. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions during the setting change are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern lighting mode, will turn off.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 71, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the user that the setting is being changed. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "settings are being changed" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change are met, the sound being output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 71, when the start (occurrence) conditions during the setting change are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Here, "freeze stopped" means a state in which it is not possible to play. Then, when the end (cancel) conditions during the setting change are met, the freeze stopped state is released, and the state becomes one in which it is possible to play.

When the settings are being changed, the setting change in progress status turns ON after the setting key switch 34sw is turned ON when the gaming machine 1 is powered on, and this setting change in progress status turns OFF after 3 seconds or more have passed since play became possible.

(Time chart and animation of abnormal operation of setting change device)
Next, a time chart of a setting change device operation abnormality error and an animation of a setting change device operation abnormality error will be described with reference to FIGS. 73 and 74.

(Settings change device malfunction error)
The setting change device operation abnormality error occurs when the setting key switch 34sw is ON and the door open/close sensor 4Rs is OFF. The conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device operation abnormality error and the conditions for ending (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error will be explained below.

(Conditions for the setting change device malfunction error to start (occur))
The conditions for initiating (occurring) a setting change device abnormal operation error are that the setting key switch 34sw is ON and the door open/close sensor 4Rs is OFF. Specifically, the setting value is changed when the setting key switch 34sw is ON when the power button 38 is operated with the front door 3 open. Therefore, if the setting key switch 34sw is ON with the front door 3 closed, there is a possibility that the setting value has been changed improperly, and the conditions for initiating (occurring) a setting change device abnormal operation error are satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device operation abnormality error)
The conditions for ending (canceling) the setting change device operation abnormality error are that a setting change has been made, that a reset start has been performed, or that a predetermined time has passed since the setting change device operation abnormality error occurred.

As shown in Figure 73, the number of grants display unit 30 and the instruction monitor display unit 28 are uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device abnormal operation error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change device abnormal operation error is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 74, the number of grants display unit 30 and the instruction monitor display unit 28 do not display information corresponding to the setting change device abnormal operation error. Note that the number of grants display unit 30 may also be configured to notify the user of the setting change device abnormal operation error.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 73, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device abnormal operation error are satisfied, an image notifying the user that a setting change device abnormal operation error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 74, a text image stating "Setting change device abnormal operation error. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device abnormal operation error are satisfied, the text image stating "Setting change device abnormal operation error. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 73, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a setting change device abnormal operation error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will illuminate in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (canceling) the setting change device abnormal operation error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 73, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting change device abnormal operation error are met, the speaker 62 outputs a sound notifying the user that a setting change device abnormal operation error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "There is a setting change abnormal operation error" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting change device abnormal operation error are met, the sound being output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 73, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the setting change device abnormal operation error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the setting change device abnormal operation error is satisfied. In other words, a freeze stop will not occur as a result of a setting change device abnormal operation error. However, a freeze stop may also occur as a result of a setting change device abnormal operation error.

(Time chart and animation during setting confirmation display)
Next, a time chart during the setting confirmation display and animation during the setting confirmation display will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Setting confirmation display)
During the setting confirmation display, the setting value is displayed on the grant number display unit 30. The following describes the start (occurrence) conditions for the setting confirmation display and the end (cancellation) conditions for the setting confirmation display.

(Start (occurrence) conditions during setting confirmation display)
The condition for starting (occurring) the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 34sw is turned ON. Specifically, first, with power being supplied to the gaming machine 1, the front door 3 is opened, a setting key (not shown) is inserted into the setting keyhole 34, and the setting key is rotated a predetermined angle. This turns the setting key switch 34sw ON, and the condition for starting (occurring) the setting confirmation display is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display is that the setting key switch 34sw is turned from ON to OFF. Specifically, by turning the setting key a predetermined angle while the setting confirmation display is in progress, the setting key switch 34sw is turned OFF. This satisfies the condition for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display.

As shown in Figure 75, when the start (generation) condition is met during the setting confirmation display, the current setting value will be displayed in the number of awards display unit 30. Specifically, as shown in Figure 76, the setting value set in the register will be displayed in the number of awards display unit 30. Here, Figure 76 shows an example of a setting of "4". Then, when the end (cancellation) condition is met during the setting confirmation display, the currently displayed setting value will no longer be displayed.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 75, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the setting confirmation display is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the setting confirmation display is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 76, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything according to the setting confirmation display.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 75, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting confirmation display are satisfied, an image is displayed on the image display device 7 to notify that the setting confirmation display is in progress. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 76, a text image saying "Settings Confirming" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display are satisfied, the text image saying "Settings Confirming" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 75, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the setting confirmation display are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 illuminate in a setting value display pattern that is different from the warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the setting confirmation display are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in the setting value display pattern, are turned off.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 75, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the setting confirmation display are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the user that the setting confirmation display is in progress. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "Settings confirmation in progress" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting confirmation display are met, the sound being output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 75, when the start (occurrence) conditions are met during the setting confirmation display, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions are met during setting change, the freeze stops and the game becomes playable.

(Time chart and animation of an internal gaming machine communication error)
Next, using Figures 77 to 78, we will explain the time chart of a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine and the animation of a communication abnormality error within the gaming machine.

(Machine communication error)
The gaming machine communication abnormality error is an error that occurs when a communication abnormality is detected between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200. Below, the conditions for starting (occurring) the gaming machine communication abnormality error and the conditions for ending (canceling) the gaming machine communication abnormality error will be explained.

(Conditions for initiating (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error)
The condition for the start (occurrence) of an in-game machine communication abnormality error is that a communication abnormality between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200 is detected.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error)
The conditions for terminating (canceling) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are either that the reset button 35 is operated, that a setting change is made, or that a reset start is performed after the cause of the error has been removed (specifically, after the above-mentioned response has been received from the gaming value control board 200).

As shown in Figure 77, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the award number display unit 30 will notify you that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in Figure 78, the award number display unit 30 will display "E8," indicating that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error has occurred. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the displayed "E8" will disappear.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 77, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 78, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the gaming machine internal communication abnormality error.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 77, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, an image notifying the user that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in Figure 78, a text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the text image stating "Please check the connection between the main control board and the gaming value control board. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 77, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 77, when the conditions for starting (occurring) an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, an audio signal is output from the speaker 62 to notify the user that an internal gaming machine communication abnormality error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the audio signal "Please check the connection between the main control board and the game value control board" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the internal gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the audio signal being output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 77, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the gaming machine communication abnormality error are met, the freeze stops and the machine becomes able to play.

(Time chart and animation of game value overflow error)
Next, using Figures 79 to 80, we will explain the time chart of a game value number reaching error and the animation of a game value number overflow error.

First, we will explain the conditions for the start (occurrence) of a gaming value overflow error and the conditions for the end (cancellation) of a gaming value overflow error.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a gaming value overflow error)
The condition for the start (occurrence) of a game value number overflow error is when the game value owned by the player becomes "16,369" or more.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value overflow error)
The conditions for terminating (canceling) the game value number overflow error are either that the reset button 35 is operated, that a setting is changed, or that a reset start is performed after the cause of the error has been removed (specifically, after the counting button 19 has been operated to count the game values owned by the player (in other words, the counting button 19 has been operated to cause the value in the game value memory area 203AB to become less than "16,369")), that the reset button 35 is operated, that a setting change is made, or that a reset start is performed. Note that the conditions for terminating (canceling) the game value number overflow error are also met if, after the cause of the error has been removed, the door key (not shown) is inserted into the door keyhole 4 and turned counterclockwise a predetermined angle, turning the error release sensor 4Ls ON.

As shown in Figure 79, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a game value number overflow error are met, the awarded number display unit 30 will notify the user that a game value number overflow error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in Figure 80, the awarded number display unit 30 will display "H3," indicating that a game value number overflow error has occurred. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number overflow error are met, the displayed "H3" will disappear.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 79, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the game value number overflow error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the game value number overflow error is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 80, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the game value number overflow error.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 79, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a game value number overflow error are satisfied, an image notifying the user that a game value number overflow error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 80, a text image stating "A game value number overflow error has occurred. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number overflow error are satisfied, the text image stating "A game value number overflow error has occurred. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 79, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a game value number overflow error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number overflow error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 79, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a game value number overflow error are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the player that a game value number overflow error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "A game value number overflow error has occurred" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number overflow error are met, the sound being output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 79, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number overflow error are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number overflow error are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes playable.

As shown in Figure 80, the gaming value display device 20 displays "16,369."

(Time chart and animation of rental device communication no-response error)
Next, a time chart of a rental device no-response communication error and an animation of a rental device no-response communication error will be described with reference to FIGS. 81 and 82. FIG.

(Rental device communication no response error)
The rental device communication no response error is an error that occurs when a no-response communication is detected between the game value control board 200 and the rental device 400. Below, the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device communication no response error and the conditions for ending (canceling) the rental device communication no response error will be explained.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a no-response communication error for rental devices)
The start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no-response error is the detection of no communication response between the game value control board 200 and the rental device 400. Specifically, the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device communication no-response error is satisfied when the game value control board 200 does not receive a signal periodically transmitted from the rental device 400 for a predetermined period of time.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) a no-response communication error for rental devices)
The conditions for terminating (canceling) the rental device communication no-response error are either to change the setting value or to perform a reset start after removing the cause of the error (specifically, after receiving a signal transmitted periodically from the rental device 400).

As shown in Figure 81, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device no-response communication error are met, the number of issues display unit 30 will notify you that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in Figure 82, the number of issues display unit 30 will display "H2," indicating that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Then, when the conditions for ending (terminating) the rental device no-response communication error are met, the displayed "H2" will disappear.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 81, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is not controlled from the time the start (occurrence) condition of the rental device no-response communication error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the rental device no-response communication error is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 82, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the rental device no-response communication error.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 81, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device no-response communication error are met, an image notifying the user that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 82, a text image stating "There is a rental device communication error. Please turn the rental device power off and on again" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device no-response communication error are met, the text image stating "There is a rental device communication error. Please turn the rental device power off and on again" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 81, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device no-response communication error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device no-response communication error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in FIG. 81, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device no-response communication error are met, an audio message is output from the speaker 62 to notify the user that a rental device no-response communication error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the audio message "Rental device communication abnormality" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device no-response communication error are met, the audio output from the speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 81, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device no-response communication error are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the rental device no-response communication error are met, the freeze stops and the game becomes playable.

(Time chart and animation of rental device unconnection error)
Next, a time chart of a rental device unconnection error and an animation of a rental device unconnection error will be described with reference to FIGS. 83 and 84. FIG.

(Rental device not connected error)
The rental device unconnection error is an error that occurs when it is detected that the gaming machine 1 is not connected to the rental device 400. Below, the conditions for starting (occurring) the rental device unconnection error and the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error will be explained.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device unconnected error)
The start (occurrence) condition for the rental device unconnection error is that the game value control board 200 detects an unconnection between the rental device 400. Specifically, when the game value CPU 201 detects an unconnection of the VL with the rental device 400, the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device unconnection error is satisfied.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error)
The conditions for ending (clearing) a rental device unconnection error are to remove the cause of the error, to change the setting value, or to perform a reset start.

As shown in Figure 83, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device unconnected error are met, the number of issues display unit 30 will notify you that a rental device unconnected error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in Figure 83, the number of issues display unit 30 will display "H1," indicating that a rental device unconnected error has occurred. Then, when the conditions for ending (terminating) the rental device unconnected error are met, the displayed "H1" will disappear.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 83, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the rental device unconnected error is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the rental device unconnected error is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 84, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display any information in response to the rental device unconnected error.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 83, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device unconnection error are met, an image notifying the user that a rental device unconnection error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 83, a text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error are met, the text image stating "Please check the connection to the rental device. Please call an attendant" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 83, when the start (occurrence) conditions for a rental device unconnected error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for a rental device unconnected error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in Figure 83, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a rental device unconnection error are met, an audio message is output from speaker 62 to notify the user that a rental device unconnection error has occurred. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the audio message "Please check the connection to the rental device" are repeatedly output from speaker 62. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the rental device unconnection error are met, the audio output from speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 83, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the rental device unconnected error are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the rental device unconnected error are met, the freeze stops and the game becomes playable.

(Time chart and animation of game value clearing)
Next, the time chart for clearing the game value and the animation for clearing the game value will be explained using Figures 85 and 86.

(Play value cleared)
The game value clearing is the clearing of the game value owned by the player. The conditions for starting (occurring) the game value clearing and the conditions for ending (terminating) the game value clearing will be explained below.

(Conditions for clearing game value)
The condition for starting (occurring) the game value clear is that the game value clear switch 37sw is turned ON when the power is turned on.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value clear)
The condition for ending (terminating) the game value clearing is that a predetermined time has elapsed. The game value clearing notification ends when five seconds have elapsed since the game value was cleared. During these five seconds, a voice message stating "The game value number has been cleared" is output, as described below.

As shown in Figure 85, the number of awards display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for game value clearing are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for game value clearing are met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 86, the number of awards display unit 30 does not display information corresponding to game value clearing. Note that the number of awards display unit 30 may also notify the user that the game value has been cleared.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 85, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 86, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to clearing the game value.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 85, from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 7 as a result of clearing the game value. In other words, as shown in FIG. 86, from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied, no image notifying the clearing of the game value is displayed on the image display device 7, and the image displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 7. Note that when the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value are satisfied, an image notifying the clearing of the game value may be displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in FIG. 85, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value clear are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value clear are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in a warning pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in Figure 85, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value clearing are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the player that the game value owned by the player has been cleared. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "The number of game values has been cleared" are output from the speaker 62 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 becomes silent until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value clearing are met.

Also, as shown in Figure 85, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are met. In other words, clearing the game value does not result in a freeze stop. However, clearing the game value may also result in a freeze stop.

To clear the game value, the game value clear status turns ON when the power is turned on while the game value clear button 37 is being operated, and this game value clear status turns OFF when three seconds or more have passed since play became possible.

(Time chart and animation of setting value confirmation)
Next, a time chart for determining the set value and animation for determining the set value will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Setting value confirmed)
The set value confirmation means that the set value has been confirmed. The conditions for starting (occurring) the set value confirmation and the conditions for ending (cancelling) the set value confirmation will be described below.

(Start (occurrence) conditions for setting value confirmation)
The start (occurrence) condition for the setting value confirmation is that the setting change has been completed. Specifically, the start (occurrence) condition for the setting value confirmation is satisfied when the start lever 14 is operated and the setting key switch 34sw is turned OFF during the setting value change.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the setting value confirmation)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the setting value confirmation is that a predetermined time has elapsed. In other words, the notification of the setting value confirmation ends when "2" seconds have elapsed after the setting value has been confirmed. During these "2" seconds, the voice output "The setting has been changed to "1 (the confirmed setting value, shown as setting "1" as an example)" (described later) is completed.

As shown in Figure 87, the number of awards display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for setting value confirmation is met until the end (cancellation) condition for setting value confirmation is met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 87, the number of awards display unit 30 does not display information in response to the setting value confirmation. Note that the number of awards display unit 30 may also notify the user that the setting value has been confirmed.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 87, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for setting value confirmation is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for setting value confirmation is satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 7 as a result of setting value confirmation. In other words, as shown in FIG. 88, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition for setting value confirmation is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for setting value confirmation is satisfied, no image notifying the setting value confirmation is displayed on the image display device 7, and the image displayed when changing settings is displayed on the image display device 7. Note that when the start (occurrence) condition for setting value confirmation is satisfied, an image notifying the setting value confirmation may also be displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in Figure 87, once the start (occurrence) conditions for setting value confirmation are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 remain off until the end (cancellation) conditions for setting value confirmation are met. In other words, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will not light up as a result of setting value confirmation.

Also, as shown in Figure 87, when the start (occurrence) conditions for setting value confirmation are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify that a specific setting value has been changed. Specifically, the sound "Setting has been changed to '1'" is output from the speaker 62 "1 shot." Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) conditions for setting value confirmation are met.

Also, as shown in Figure 87, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for setting value confirmation are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for setting value confirmation are met. In other words, setting value confirmation does not result in a freeze stop.

(Door open error time chart and animation)
Next, a time chart of a door open error and animation of a door open error will be explained with reference to FIGS. 89 and 90.

(Door open error)
The door open error is an error that occurs when the front door 3 is opened. The conditions for starting (occurring) the door open error and the conditions for ending (canceling) the door open error will be described below.

(Door open error start (occurrence) conditions)
The start (occurrence) condition of the door open error is the opening of the front door 3. Specifically, the start (occurrence) condition of the door open error is satisfied when the door open/close sensor 4Rs is turned ON.

(Door open error termination (cancellation) conditions)
The conditions for ending (canceling) the door open error are that the reset button 35 is operated while the door opening/closing sensor 4Rs is ON, that the setting value is changed while the door opening/closing sensor 4Rs is ON, that a reset start is performed, or that the error release sensor 4Ls is turned ON while the door opening/closing sensor 4Rs is OFF.

As shown in Figure 89, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error are met, the number of errors displayed by the error display unit 30 will indicate that a door open error has occurred. Specifically, as shown in Figure 90, the number of errors displayed by the error display unit 30 will display "E9," indicating that a door open error has occurred. Then, when the conditions for ending (canceling) the door open error are met, the displayed "E9" will disappear.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 89, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the door open error start (occurrence) condition is satisfied until the door open error end (cancellation) condition is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 90, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the door open error.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 89, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door opening error are met, an image notifying the user that a door opening error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in Figure 90, a text image reading "Door opening error" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the door opening error are met, the text image reading "Door opening error" displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 89, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 illuminate in a caution pattern that is different from the warning pattern and the setting value display pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (canceling) the door open error are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in the caution pattern, are turned off.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 89, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error are met, a sound is output from speaker 62 to notify the user that a door open error has occurred. Specifically, the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output from speaker 62. Here, when the sound "The door is open" is repeatedly output, there is a silent period of approximately 5 seconds between each sound output. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the door open error are met, the sound being output from speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 89, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a door open error are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the door open error are met, the freeze stops and the game becomes playable.

(Reset start time chart and animation)
Next, a reset start time chart and reset start animation will be explained using Figures 91 and 92.

(Reset start)
A reset start is when a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 is cleared when the power is turned on. The conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start and the conditions for ending (cancelling) a reset start will be described below.

(Reset start start (occurrence) conditions)
The conditions for starting (occurring) the reset start are that the door open/close sensor 4Rs is ON when the power is turned on, the setting key switch 34sw is OFF, and the reset switch 35sw is ON.

(Reset start termination (cancellation) conditions)
The reset start is terminated (cancelled) when a predetermined time (30 seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed since the reset start.

As shown in Figure 91, the number of awards display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the reset start are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the reset start are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 92, the number of awards display unit 30 does not display anything in response to the reset start.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 91, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the reset start start (occurrence) conditions are satisfied until the reset start end (cancellation) conditions are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 92, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the reset start.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 91, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of a reset start is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied, no image is displayed on the image display device 7 as a result of the reset start. In other words, as shown in FIG. 92, from the time when the start (occurrence) condition of a reset start is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition of the reset start is satisfied, no image notifying the reset start is displayed on the image display device 7, and the image that is displayed when the power is turned on is displayed on the image display device 7. Note that an image notifying the reset start may also be displayed on the image display device 7 when the start (occurrence) condition of a reset start is satisfied.

Also, as shown in FIG. 91, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 illuminate in a warning pattern. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) a reset start are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in a warning pattern, are turned off.

Also, as shown in Figure 91, when the conditions for initiating (occurring) a reset start are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the user of the reset start. Specifically, a "warning siren" and the sound "RAM has been cleared" are repeatedly output from the speaker 62. Then, until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the reset start are met, the sound being output from the speaker 62 becomes silent. This notifies the user that a predetermined area in the main RAM 103 and a predetermined area in the game value RAM 203 have been cleared.

Also, as shown in Figure 91, when the conditions for starting (occurring) a reset start are met, the main state becomes frozen and stopped. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) a reset start are met, the freeze stop is released and the game becomes playable.

(Complete function time chart and animation)
Next, a time chart of the complete function and animation of the complete function will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Complete function)
The complete function is a function for disabling continuation of a game when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT exceeds a predetermined value. The conditions for starting (activating) the complete function and the conditions for terminating (terminating) the complete function will be explained below.

(Conditions for starting (activating) the complete function)
The condition for starting (activating) the complete function is that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT becomes "19,000" or more after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1.

(Conditions for ending (terminating) the complete function)
The conditions for ending (cancelling) the complete function are either that a setting has been changed or that a reset start has been performed.

As shown in Figure 93, when the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function are met, the number of awards display unit 30 notifies the user that the complete function is active. Specifically, as shown in Figure 94, the number of awards display unit 30 displays "E0," indicating that the complete function is active. Then, when the conditions for terminating (terminating) the complete function are met, all of the number of awards display units 30 turn off, and the displayed "E0" disappears.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 93, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete function are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 94, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the activation of the complete function.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 93, when the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function are met, an image notifying that the complete function is operating is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in Figure 94, a text image stating "Complete function operating. The maximum amount of points that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended" is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for terminating (deactivating) the complete function are met, the text image displayed on the image display device 7 stating "Complete function operating. The maximum amount of points that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended" is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 93, when the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 illuminate in the caution pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete function are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in the caution pattern, are turned off.

Also, as shown in Figure 94, when the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are met, a sound is output from speaker 62 to notify the user that the complete function is active. Specifically, the sound "The complete function is active. Today's game has ended" is output three times from speaker 62. Here, when the sound "The complete function is active. Today's game has ended" is output three times, there is a silent period of approximately five seconds between each sound output. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete function are met, the sound being output from speaker 62 is muted.

Also, as shown in Figure 94, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete function are met, the main state freezes and stops. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete function are met, the freeze stops and the game becomes playable.

(Time chart and animation of counting process completion)
Next, a time chart for the completion of the counting process and an animation for the completion of the counting process will be described with reference to FIGS. 95 and 96.

(Counting process completed)
The counting process completion means that the counting of the gaming value has been completed. The start (occurrence) conditions for the counting process completion and the end (cancellation) conditions for the counting process completion will be described below.

(Counting process completion start (occurrence) conditions)
The conditions for starting (occurring) the completion of the counting process are either that the count exceeds "50" and the game value owned by the player becomes "0", or that the count exceeds "50" and the counting process ends due to the passage of time.

(Counting process completion termination (cancellation) conditions)
The condition for ending (terminating) the counting process is that a predetermined time (two seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed since the counting process was completed.

As shown in Figure 95, the award number display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is met until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 95, the award number display unit 30 does not display information in response to the completion of the counting process. Note that in Figure 96, the award number of game value is displayed on the award number display unit 30, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display in response to the completion of the counting process.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 95, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the counting process completion are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the counting process completion are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 96, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display information in response to the activation of the counting process completion.

Also, as shown in Figure 95, from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is satisfied, the image displayed on the image display device 7 does not change. In other words, as shown in Figure 96, the image that was displayed on the image display device 7 before the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process was satisfied will continue to be displayed. Note that in Figure 96, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in Figure 95, from the time the start (occurrence) condition for counting process completion is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for counting process completion is satisfied, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will not emit light due to the completion of the counting process. In other words, the light emission modes of the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will remain the same as they were before the start (occurrence) condition for counting process completion was satisfied. Note that in Figure 96, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 emit light in the light emission pattern for the normal state.

Also, as shown in Figure 95, when the start (occurrence) condition for the completion of the counting process is met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the completion of the counting process. Specifically, the sound "Counting process has been completed" is output from the speaker 62 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 is muted until the end (cancellation) condition for the completion of the counting process is met.

Also, as shown in Figure 95, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process completion is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process completion is satisfied. In other words, the completion of the counting process does not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation during counting process)
Next, a time chart during the counting process and animation during the counting process will be described with reference to FIGS.

(Counting in progress)
During the counting process, the game value owned by the player is being counted. The start (occurrence) conditions of the counting process and the end (cancellation) conditions of the counting process will be explained below.

(Start (occurrence) conditions during counting process)
The condition for starting (occurring) the counting process is that the operation of the counting button 19 is accepted and the counting switch 19sw is turned ON.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) during counting process)
The counting process is terminated (cancelled) when a predetermined time (0.5 seconds in this embodiment) has elapsed or when a counting completion command has been received.

As shown in Figure 97, the award number display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (generation) condition for the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process is satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 97, the award number display unit 30 does not display anything in response to the counting process being performed. Note that in Figure 98, the award number display unit 30 displays the game value award value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display in response to the counting process being performed.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 97, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the counting process are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the counting process are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in Figure 98, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display information corresponding to the operation during the counting process.

Also, as shown in Figure 97, the image displayed on the image display device 7 does not change in any particular way from the time the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition during the counting process is satisfied. In other words, as shown in Figure 98, the image that was displayed on the image display device 7 before the start (occurrence) condition during the counting process was satisfied will continue to be displayed as is. Note that in Figure 98, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in Figure 97, from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process is satisfied, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will not emit light due to the counting process. In other words, the light emission modes of the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will remain the same as they were before the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process was satisfied. Note that in Figure 98, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 emit light in the light emission pattern for the normal state.

Also, as shown in Figure 97, when the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process is met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify that the counting process is in progress. Specifically, the sound "Counting process in progress" is output from the speaker 62 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 becomes silent until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process is met.

Also, as shown in Figure 97, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) condition for the counting process is satisfied until the end (cancellation) condition for the counting process is satisfied. In other words, the counting process does not cause a freeze stop. However, the counting process may also cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of game value warning)
Next, the time chart of the game value number warning and the animation of the game value number warning will be explained using Figures 99 to 100.

(Game Value Warning)
A gaming value warning occurs when the gaming value owned by the player is equal to or greater than 15,000 and less than 16,369. The following describes the conditions for starting (occurring) the gaming value warning and the conditions for ending (cancelling) the gaming value warning.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) the gaming value warning)
The condition for starting (occurring) the game value number warning is that the value in the game value storage area 203AB is equal to or greater than "15,000" and less than "16,369."

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the gaming value warning)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning is either that the value of the game value memory area 203AB becomes less than "15,000" or that the value of the game value memory area 203AB becomes "16,369" or greater.

As shown in Figure 99, the award number display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the conditions for starting (generating) the game value number warning are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning are met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 100, the award number display unit 30 does not display anything in response to the game value number warning. Note that in Figure 100, the award number display unit 30 displays the game value award value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display in response to the game value number warning.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 99, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the conditions for starting (activating) the game value number warning are satisfied until the conditions for terminating (cancelling) the game value number warning are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 100, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the activation of the game value number warning.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 99, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number warning are met, an image notifying the user that a game value number warning has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7. Specifically, as shown in Figure 100, a text image saying "Please count." is displayed on the image display device 7. Then, when the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning are met, the text image saying "Please count." displayed on the image display device 7 is hidden. Note that in Figure 100, the image displayed in the AT state is displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in Figure 99, from the time the conditions for starting (generating) the game value number warning are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning are satisfied, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will not emit light due to the game value number warning. In other words, the light emission patterns of the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will remain the same as they were before the conditions for starting (generating) the game value number warning were satisfied. Note that in Figure 100, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 emit light in the light emission pattern for the AT state.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 99, from the time the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number warning are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning are met, the speaker 62 does not output any sound due to the game value number warning. In other words, the speaker 62 returns to the output mode before the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number warning are met. Note that in Figure 100, background music for the AT state is output from the speaker 62.

Also, as shown in Figure 99, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value number warning are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value number warning are met. In other words, the game value number warning will not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of complete advance notification)
Next, a time chart for complete advance notification and animation for complete advance notification will be described with reference to Figures 101 and 102.

(Complete advance notice)
The complete advance notification is issued when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches a predetermined value. The conditions for starting (generating) the complete advance notification and the conditions for ending (terminating) the complete advance notification will be described below.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) complete advance notification)
The condition for starting (generating) the complete advance notification is that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 becomes "18,500" or more.

(Conditions for termination (cancellation) of complete advance notification)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the complete advance notification is that the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is less than "18,450" or that the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT is "19,000" or greater.

As shown in Figure 101, the number of awards display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance notification are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 102, the number of awards display unit 30 does not display anything in response to the complete advance notification.

Also, as shown in Figure 101, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met. Note that in Figure 102, instruction information is displayed on the instruction monitor display unit 28, but this is because the system is in the AT state, and is not a display corresponding to the complete advance notification.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 101, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance notification are met, the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT becomes equal to or greater than "18,500," and a complete advance notification image is displayed on the image display device 7 to notify that the complete function is about to be activated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 102, a text image is displayed on the image display device 7 stating, "The complete function will be activated soon. 18, XXX (current value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT) / 19,000 (value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT when the complete function is activated)." Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met, the text image displayed on the image display device 7 stating, "The complete function will be activated soon. 18, XXX / 19,000" is no longer displayed.

Also, as shown in FIG. 101, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance warning are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will illuminate in the caution pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance warning are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been illuminating in the caution pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in Figure 101, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance notification are met, an audio message is output from the speaker 62 notifying that the complete function is about to be activated. Specifically, the audio message "The complete function will be activated soon" is output from the speaker 62 one shot at a time. Then, the audio output from the speaker 62 is muted until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met.

Also, as shown in Figure 101, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance notification are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete advance notification are met. In other words, the complete advance notification does not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of complete standby notification)
Next, a time chart for complete standby notification and animation for complete standby notification will be described with reference to Figures 103 and 104.

(Complete standby notification)
The complete waiting notification is a notification that is made when the complete function is activated at the end of the "bonus." The following describes the start (occurrence) conditions of the complete waiting notification and the end (cancellation) conditions of the complete waiting notification.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) complete standby notification)
The condition for starting (occurring) the complete standby notification is that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is equal to or greater than a predetermined value when a "bonus" is won, or that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is equal to or greater than a predetermined value when the bonus is activated.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) the complete standby notification)
The condition for ending (cancelling) the complete waiting notification is that the bonus activation state ends.

As shown in Figure 103, the award number display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete waiting notification are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete waiting notification are met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 104, the award number display unit 30 does not display anything in response to the complete waiting notification. Note that in Figure 104, the award number display unit 30 displays the amount of game value awarded, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display in response to the complete waiting notification.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 103, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is not controlled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the complete standby notification are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete standby notification are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 104, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display anything in response to the complete standby notification.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 103, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete waiting notification are met, the image display device 7 displays a complete waiting notification image notifying that the complete function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends. Specifically, as shown in Figure 104, the image display device 7 displays a text image saying "The complete function will be activated soon. Waiting." Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete waiting notification are met, the text image displayed on the image display device 7 saying "The complete function will be activated soon. Waiting" disappears.

Also, as shown in FIG. 103, when the start (generation) conditions for the complete standby notification are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will light up in the caution pattern. Then, when the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete standby notification are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24, which had been lighting up in the caution pattern, will turn off.

Also, as shown in Figure 103, when the conditions for starting (generating) the complete standby notification are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 notifying the user that the complete function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends. Specifically, the sound "Complete function is on standby" is output from the speaker 62 "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 becomes silent until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the complete standby notification are met.

Also, as shown in Figure 103, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete standby notification are met until the end (cancellation) conditions for the complete standby notification are met. In other words, the complete standby notification will not cause a freeze stop.

(Time chart and animation of game value settlement)
Next, using Figures 105 and 106, we will explain the time chart for game value number settlement and the animation for game value number settlement.

(Gaming value settlement)
The game value settlement is settling the bet game value. The following describes the start (occurrence) conditions of the game value settlement and the end (cancellation) conditions of the game value settlement.

(Conditions for starting (occurring) gaming value settlement)
The condition for starting (occurring) the game value settlement is that the settlement switch 13sw is turned ON.

(Conditions for ending (cancelling) gaming value settlement)
The condition for ending (terminating) the game value settlement is that a predetermined time (in this embodiment, "2" seconds) has elapsed.

As shown in Figure 105, the awarded number display unit 30 is uncontrolled from the time the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement are met. Specifically, as shown in Figure 106, the awarded number display unit 30 does not display information corresponding to the game value settlement. Note that in Figure 106, the awarded number display unit 30 displays the awarded game value, but this is displayed because a win has been achieved, and is not a display corresponding to the game value settlement.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 105, the instruction monitor display unit 28 is uncontrolled from the time the start (activation) conditions for the game value settlement are satisfied until the end (cancellation) conditions for the game value settlement are satisfied. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 106, the instruction monitor display unit 28 does not display information corresponding to the game value settlement.

Furthermore, as shown in Figure 105, from the time when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are satisfied until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement are satisfied, the image displayed on the image display device 7 does not change in any particular way. In other words, as shown in Figure 106, the image that was displayed on the image display device 7 before the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are satisfied will continue to be displayed as is. Note that in Figure 106, the image that is displayed in the normal state is displayed on the image display device 7.

Also, as shown in Figure 105, from the time the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement are met, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will not emit light as a result of the game value settlement. In other words, the light emission patterns of the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 will remain the same as they were before the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement were met. Note that in Figure 106, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 emit light in the light emission pattern for the normal state.

Also, as shown in FIG. 105, when the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are met, a sound is output from the speaker 62 to notify the player of the game value settlement. Specifically, a "settlement sound" is output from the speaker 62 for "1" shot. Then, the sound output from the speaker 62 becomes silent until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement are met. Note that the volume of the "settlement sound" is always at maximum, but it may also be adjusted according to the volume adjustment (soft volume) that can be operated by the player or the volume adjustment (hard volume) that can be operated by the gaming store staff.

Also, as shown in Figure 105, the main state is uncontrolled from the time the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value settlement are met until the conditions for ending (cancelling) the game value settlement are met. In other words, the game will not freeze or stop due to the game value settlement.

(Animation after the complete function is activated)
Next, the animation that appears after the complete function is activated will be described with reference to FIG.

First, as shown in Figure 107 (A), when the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function are met, the award count display unit 30 displays "E0," indicating that the complete function is active. Furthermore, the image display device 7 displays a text image stating "Complete function active. The maximum award limit has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended." The control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 illuminate in a caution pattern, and the voice "Complete function active. Today's play has ended" is output three times from the speaker 62.

At this time, the main state is frozen and stopped, so it is not possible to bet game value by operating the BET button 11 or MAXBET button 12, but operation of the effect button 16 and operation of the cross key 17 are still valid.

Next, as shown in Figure 107 (B), when the effect button 16 is operated, a menu image is displayed along with an image notifying that the complete function is activated. Specifically, a text image of "MENU," a text image of "Volume Adjustment," a text image of "Brightness Adjustment," a text image of "Pachilog," a text image of "End," and a cursor image CUR are displayed. In addition, when the menu image is displayed on the image display device 7, a menu sound is output from the speaker 62.

Here, when the left or right button on the directional pad 17 is operated, the cursor image CUR is displayed and moves, and when the effect button 16 is operated, the process corresponding to the item indicated by the cursor image CUR is performed.

Specifically, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "volume adjustment," the volume of the sound output from the speaker 62 can be adjusted. Furthermore, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR indicates "brightness adjustment," the brightness of the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 can be adjusted.

Furthermore, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR is pointing to "Pachi Log," a two-dimensional code containing information for managing game history in conjunction with a mobile device (e.g., a smartphone) can be displayed. Here, the two-dimensional code contains history information such as the number of games played and the value of the game value acquired, as well as mission achievement information such as the determination of a specific winning combination or the execution of a specific effect. Furthermore, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR is pointing to "End," the menu image will not be displayed.

Next, as shown in Figure 107 (C), when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR is indicating "Volume Adjustment," an image indicating the current volume (in Figure 107 (C) a volume of "10" is shown as an example) is displayed on the image display device 7. At this time, when the left or right button on the directional pad 17 is operated, a volume adjustment sound is output from the speaker 62 and the volume of the audio output from the speaker 62 is adjusted, and when the effect button 16 is operated, the volume is updated. In other words, it is possible to adjust the volume of the audio output from the speaker 62 even after the game has been frozen and stopped by the activation of the complete function.

Although not shown, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR is indicating "brightness adjustment," an image showing the current brightness is displayed on the image display device 7. At this time, if the up or down button on the directional pad 17 is operated, a brightness adjustment sound is output from the speaker 62 and the brightness of the logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 is adjusted, and when the effect button 16 is operated, the brightness is updated. In other words, the brightness of the logo LED 21, control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 can be adjusted even after the freeze stop caused by the activation of the complete function.

Furthermore, when the effect button 16 is operated while the cursor image CUR is pointing to "Pachilog," a two-dimensional code is displayed on the image display device 7. In other words, it is possible to display a two-dimensional code on the image display device 7 even after the game has frozen and stopped due to the activation of the complete function. In this way, the activation of the complete function can be used as mission completion information.

In this way, from the time the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function are met until the conditions for ending (terminating) the complete function are met, the main state will be frozen, but operation of the effect button 16 and the directional pad 17 will be valid, and operations related to "volume adjustment," "brightness adjustment," and "pachilog" will be possible.

(Animation after clearing the game value)
Next, using Figure 108, we will explain the animation that occurs after the game value is cleared.

First, as shown in Figure 108 (A), when the power is OFF and the front door 3 is opened and the power button 38 is operated while the game value clear button 37 is operated, the conditions for starting (occurring) the game value clear and the conditions for starting (occurring) the door open error are met. In this case, a notification regarding the game value clear is given priority.

As a result, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a warning pattern, a "warning siren" and a voice message saying "The number of play values has been cleared" are output from the speaker 62 "1" shot, and the display on the play value display device 20 shows "0." Then, when "5" seconds have passed since the play value was cleared and the conditions for ending (cancelling) the play value clearing are met, the notification regarding the play value clearing ends.

Next, as shown in Figure 108 (B), if the front door 3 is open when the termination (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are met, a notification regarding the door open error will be issued because the termination (cancellation) conditions for the door open error have not been met.

Specifically, an image informing the user that a door opening error has occurred is displayed on the image display device 7, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and a voice message stating "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 62.

In this way, if the start (occurrence) conditions for clearing the game value and the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error are met simultaneously, a notification that the game value has been cleared will be made. If the end (cancellation) conditions for clearing the game value are met but the end (cancellation) conditions for the door open error are not met, a notification corresponding to the door open error will be made.

(Animation after advance announcement of completion)
Next, the animation after the advance notification of completion will be described with reference to FIG.

First, in explaining Figure 109, we will assume that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT has reached "18,500," thereby satisfying the conditions for starting (generating) the complete advance notification, and that an image of the complete advance notification notifying that the complete function is about to be activated is displayed on the image display device 7.

As shown in Figure 109 (A), when the start (occurrence) conditions for a complete advance warning are met and the start (occurrence) conditions for a door open error are also met, an image notifying the user of a door open error is displayed on the image display device 7, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and the voice message "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 62. At this time, the complete advance warning image remains displayed on the image display device 7.

In this way, when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete advance notification are met, the complete advance notification image remains displayed on the image display device 7 even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are met. This makes it possible to make the user aware that the complete function is about to be activated, even if the start (occurrence) conditions for other events are met.

As shown in Figure 109 (B), when the conditions for starting (occurring) the complete advance notification are met, and the conditions for displaying the demo image are also met (for example, a predetermined time (e.g., 30 seconds) has elapsed since the game ended and the game became non-playable), the demo image will be displayed on the image display device 7. At this time, the complete advance notification image will remain displayed on the image display device 7.

In this way, when the conditions for initiating (generating) the complete advance notification are met, the complete advance notification image remains displayed on the image display device 7, even if the conditions for displaying the demo image are met. This makes it possible to recognize that the complete function is about to be activated, even when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 7 and the player is not playing.

(Animation after completion notification)
Next, the animation that appears after the complete waiting notification will be explained using Figure 110.

First, in explaining Figure 110, we will assume that when a "bonus" is won, the conditions for starting (generating) the complete waiting notification are met and the complete waiting notification image is displayed on the image display device 7.

As shown in Figure 110 (A), when the start (occurrence) conditions for the complete standby notification are met and the start (occurrence) conditions for the door open error are also met, an image notifying the user of a door open error is displayed on the image display device 7, the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and the voice message "The door is open" is repeatedly output from the speaker 62. At this time, the complete standby notification image remains displayed on the image display device 7.

In this way, when the conditions for initiating (occurring) the complete standby notification are met, the image for the complete standby notification remains displayed on the image display device 7, even if the conditions for initiating (occurring) the door opening error are met. This makes it possible to recognize that the complete function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends, even if the conditions for initiating (occurring) the door opening error are met.

As shown in Figure 110 (B), when the conditions for starting (generating) the complete standby notification are met, if the conditions for displaying the demo image are also met, the demo image will be displayed on the image display device 7. At this time, the image for the complete standby notification will remain displayed on the image display device 7.

In this way, when the conditions for starting (generating) the complete wait notification are met, the complete wait notification image remains displayed on the image display device 7, even if the conditions for displaying the demo image are met. By doing this, even during non-play periods when the demo image is displayed on the image display device 7, it is possible to notify the player that the complete function will be activated when the bonus activation state ends.

In addition, in the bonus activation state or AT state, the demo screen may not be displayed on the image display device 7 even if a predetermined time has passed since the machine became non-playing. At this time, if a complete advance notification image (a text image reading "Complete function will be activated soon. 18,XXX/19,000") or a complete standby notification image (a text image reading "Complete function will be activated soon. Waiting") is displayed on the image display device 7, the image displayed when the gaming machine 1 remains in the bonus activation state or the AT state until power is turned off will always be displayed together with the complete advance notification image or the complete standby notification image.

(Animation from the pre-complete notification to the activation of the complete function)
Next, with reference to Figure 111, the animation from the advance notification of completion to the activation of the complete function will be explained.

When the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches or exceeds 18,500 after power is supplied to the gaming machine 1, the conditions for initiating (generating) the complete advance notification are met. When this occurs, a complete advance notification image is displayed on the image display device 7, notifying the user that the complete function is about to be activated. The control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and the speaker 62 outputs a voice message stating, "The complete function will be activated soon."

After that, as the game continues and the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is updated, as shown in Figure 111 (A), the complete advance notification image displayed on the image display device 7 is updated. Specifically, the text image "The complete function will be activated soon" displayed on the image display device 7 remains the same, but is updated to read "18,995 (current value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT) / 19,000."

Now, let's say the current ball output state is in AT mode, the start lever 14 is operated, and the "middle left right push order plum" is determined as the winning combination. Then, the instruction monitor display unit 28 displays instruction information corresponding to "middle left right push order plum," and all of the reels 31 spin. At this time, as shown in FIG. 111(A), the effect display area 7a of the image display device 7 displays an image corresponding to the current ball output state (in FIG. 111(A), an image corresponding to the AT mode), and the push order display area 7b displays an image announcing the operation order of the stop buttons 15. Additionally, background music for the AT mode is output from the speaker 62.

Here, as shown in Figure 111 (A), the complete advance notification image is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the press order display area 7b. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the complete advance notification image from interfering with the visibility of the notified operation order of the stop buttons 15 when performing the stop operation of the stop buttons 15.

Similarly, as shown in Figure 111 (A), the complete advance notification image is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reels 31. This prevents the complete advance notification image from interfering with the timing of the stop operation when pressing the stop button 15.

Next, as shown in Figure 111 (B), when the stop buttons 15 are operated in the operation sequence of the stop buttons 15 displayed in the push order display area 7b of the image display device 7, a "Plum" is won and a game value of "13" is awarded, so the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is updated. This causes the complete advance notification image displayed on the image display device 7 to be updated. Specifically, the numerator of the text image "18,995 (value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT before the update) / 19,000" counts up, and the updated text image is "19,008 (value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT after the update) / 19,000."

In this embodiment, even if the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT exceeds "19,000," the specified value at which the complete function is activated, the complete advance notification image displayed on the image display device 7 is updated and displayed.

In addition, when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches a specified value, the updating of the complete advance notification image displayed on the image display device 7 may be terminated. In this case, the numerator of the text image "18,995 (value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT before updating) / 19,000" will count up, and the updated text image will be displayed as "19,000 (value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT during updating) / 19,000," and the updating of the image will be terminated.

In addition, instead of the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT during the update, a specific text image may be displayed instead. For example, the text image "18,995 (value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT before the update) / 19,000" may be displayed as "MAX," and the update display may end.

Next, as shown in Figure 111 (C), when the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "19,000," the complete function is activated. Specifically, the award number display unit 30 displays "E0," indicating that the complete function has been activated, and the image display device 7 displays a text image stating "Complete function in operation. The maximum award limit has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended." The control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and the voice "Complete function in operation. Today's play has ended" is output three times from the speaker 62.

(Animation from the complete standby notification to the complete function activation)
Next, using Figure 112, we will explain the animation from the complete standby notification to the activation of the complete function.

First, as shown in Figure 112 (A), when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "19,000" in the bonus activation state, an image notifying the user of a complete standby state is displayed on the image display device 7. As shown in Figure 112 (A), images corresponding to the bonus activation state are displayed in the effect display area 7a of the image display device 7. Also, background music for the bonus activation state is output from the speaker 62.

Here, as shown in Figure 112 (A), the complete wait notification image is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the press order display area 7b. By doing this, when performing a stop operation on the stop buttons 15, it is possible to prevent the complete wait notification image from interfering with the visibility of the notified operation order of the stop buttons 15.

Similarly, as shown in Figure 112 (A), the complete waiting notification image is displayed in a position that does not overlap with the reels 31. This prevents the complete waiting notification image from interfering with the timing of the stop operation when pressing the stop button 15.

Next, as shown in Figure 112 (B), when the bonus activation state ends, an image notifying the user that the bonus activation state has ended is displayed on the image display device 7, and the background music played when the bonus activation state ends is output from the speaker 62.

Next, as shown in Figure 112 (C), when the bonus activation state ends, the complete function is activated, and the fact that the complete function has been activated is notified. Specifically, the number of bonuses displayed 30 displays "E0," indicating that the complete function has been activated, and the image display device 7 displays a text image stating "Complete function in operation. The maximum number of bonuses that can be awarded has been reached and play has stopped. Today's play has ended." The control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 light up in a caution pattern, and the voice "Complete function in operation. Today's play has ended" is output three times from the speaker 62.

In addition, when the bonus activation state ends, an ending freeze may be executed, which prevents processing by the main control board 100 from proceeding for a predetermined period of time. In this case, the complete function may be activated when the ending freeze is executed, or the complete function may be activated after the ending freeze is executed.

(List of functions and implementation areas of gaming machine 1)
Next, using Figure 113, we will explain the list of functions and implementation area of the gaming machine 1.

The "◎" shown in Figure 113 indicates an "implementation area" where a function is implemented, a "○" indicates an "implementable area" where a function can be implemented, and an "×" indicates an "impossible area" where a function cannot be implemented.

In Figure 113, "within the area in use" of the main CPU 101 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using programs stored in the main ROM area in use 102A and the storage area in the main RAM area in use 103A. Furthermore, "outside the area in use" of the main CPU 101 means that the main CPU 101 performs control using programs stored in the outside main ROM area in use 102B and the storage area in the outside main RAM area in use 103B.

Similarly, "within the use area" of the game value CPU 201 means that the game value CPU 201 performs control using programs stored in the game value ROM use area 202A and the memory area in the game value RAM use area 203A. Furthermore, "outside the use area" of the game value CPU 201 means that the game value CPU 201 performs control using programs stored outside the game value ROM use area 202B and the memory area outside the game value RAM use area 203B.

(No. 1 Function to control game execution)
The "function for controlling game execution" is marked with "◎" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function for controlling game execution" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function for controlling game execution" corresponds to, for example, the processing executed by the main loop processing of step S1000.

(No. 2 Control of gaming state)
For "control of game state," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×."

Here, "control of the game state" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "control of the game state" corresponds to, for example, the game state transition process of step S14000.

(No. 3 Gaming Value BET/Settlement)
For "BET/Settlement of Game Value", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, inside the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "betting and settlement of gaming value" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "betting and settlement of gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value management process of step S6000.

(No. 4 Operation of reel 31)
For "operation of reel 31", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "operation of reel 31" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of reel 31" corresponds to, for example, the reel rotation start preparation process of step S9000, the reel stop pre-processing of step S1005, the reel rotation start process of step S1006, and the reel drive control process of step S15004.

(No. 5 Generation of random numbers for determining winning roles)
For "Generation of random numbers for determining winning combinations," the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎." In addition, the areas outside the area used by the main CPU 101, the area used by the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the area used by the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×."

Here, "generation of random numbers for determining winning roles" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "generation of random numbers for determining winning roles" corresponds to, for example, the process of generating random numbers by the main random number generator 104.

(No. 6 Operation of the condition device)
The "operation of the condition device" is marked with "◎" within the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, inside the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×".

Here, the "operation of the condition device" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "operation of the condition device" corresponds to, for example, the winning combination determination process in step S1004.

(No. 7 Operation of stop button 15)
For "operation of the stop button 15", the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, inside the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "operation of the stop button 15" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of the stop button 15" corresponds to, for example, the reel spinning processing in step S10000 and the input port management processing in step S15002.

(No. 8 Judging the combination of displayed symbols)
In the "determination of the combination of displayed symbols," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×."

Here, "determination of the combination of displayed symbols" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "determination of the combination of displayed symbols" corresponds to, for example, the display determination process of step S11000.

(No. 9 Awarding of gaming value upon winning)
For "awarding of game value due to winning," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, inside the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×."

Here, the "awarding of game value upon winning" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "awarding of game value upon winning" corresponds, for example, to the game value awarding process of step S12000.

(No. 10 Replay, gambling, operation of gambling continuous operation device)
For "replay, accessory, operation of accessory continuous operation device", "◎" is displayed within the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, "x" is displayed outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, "operation of replay, reels, and reel continuous operation devices" is performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "operation of replay, reels, and reel continuous operation devices" corresponds to, for example, the process of turning on the replay operation flag in step S11003, the process when BB is activated in step S14002, and the processes in steps S14010 to S14011.

(No. 11 Other control related to game execution)
For "other control related to the execution of games," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◎." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, inside the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "control related to the execution of other games" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "control related to the execution of other games" corresponds to, for example, the instruction monitor display process of step S8005 and the instruction status management process of step S14012.

(No. 12 Function to control the gaming value display device 20)
The "function of controlling the gaming value display device 20" is marked with "◎" within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201, and marked with "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. In addition, areas outside the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, the "function for controlling the gaming value display device 20" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "function for controlling the gaming value display device 20" corresponds to, for example, the gaming value number display processing of step S25016.

(No. 13 Electromagnetic recording of gaming value)
For "electromagnetically record game value," the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "◎" and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "electromagnetically recording the gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "electromagnetically recording the gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the BET gaming value subtraction process of step S22136, the settled gaming value addition process of step S22202, the granted gaming value addition process of step S22221, the counted gaming value subtraction process of step S23115, and the loaned gaming value addition process of step S23214.

(No. 14 Shows the number of play values)
In "Display game value number", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X".

Here, "displaying the number of play values" is controlled within the usage area of the play value CPU 201. Note that "displaying the number of play values" corresponds to, for example, the play value number display processing of step S25016.

(No. 15 Addition of loaned gaming value)
The "addition of loaned game value" is indicated by "◎" within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are indicated by "×".

Here, the "addition of loaned game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "addition of loaned game value" corresponds to, for example, the loaned game value number addition process of step S23214.

(No. 16 Subtraction of Calculated Gaming Value)
The "deduction of the calculated game value" is indicated by "◎" within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are indicated by "×".

Here, the "subtraction of the counted game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "subtraction of the counted game value" corresponds to, for example, the counted game value number subtraction process of step S23115.

(No. 17 Subtraction of Bet Game Value)
Regarding "Subtraction of bet game value", the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, the "subtraction of the betted game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "subtraction of the betted game value" corresponds to, for example, the bet game value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(No. 18 Addition of settled gaming value)
The "addition of settled game value" is marked with "◎" within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, the "addition of settled gaming value" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "addition of settled gaming value" corresponds to, for example, the settled gaming value number addition process of step S22202.

(No. 19 Addition of granted gaming value)
The "addition of the granted game value" is indicated by "◎" within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and by "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are indicated by "×".

Here, the "addition of the granted game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "addition of the granted game value" corresponds to, for example, the granted game value number addition process of step S22221.

(No. 20 Initialization of the gaming value by the gaming value clear button 37)
In the "initialization of the game value by the game value clear button 37," the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "initialization of the game value using the game value clear button 37" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that "initialization of the game value using the game value clear button 37" corresponds to, for example, the game value clear processing of step S20006.

(No. 21 Function to control communication with the rental device 400)
The "function of controlling communication with the lending device 400" is marked with a "◎" within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201, and a "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. In addition, outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201, it is marked with an "X".

Here, the "function for controlling communication with the rental device 400" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "function for controlling communication with the rental device 400" corresponds to, for example, the rental receipt result response processing in step S23200.

(No. 22 VL power supply monitoring)
For "VL power supply monitoring," the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "VL power supply monitoring" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "VL power supply monitoring" corresponds to, for example, the VL unconnection detection process of step S25123.

(No. 23 Communication control, communication timer management)
For "communication control, communication timer management," the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "communication control and communication timer management" are controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "communication control and communication timer management" corresponds to, for example, the SC board message transmission process of step S23230.

(No. 24 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message generation and transmission)
In the "Generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message," the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine performance information) message" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information notification transmission process of step S23014.

(No. 25 Gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message generation and transmission)
In the "Generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message," the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (gaming machine installation information) message" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification transmission process of step S23010.

(No. 26 Gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message generation and transmission)
For "gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message generation and transmission," the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎," and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "generation and transmission of gaming machine information notification (hall control fraud monitoring information) message" corresponds to, for example, the hall control fraud monitoring information notification process of step S23028.

(No. 27 Counting notification message generation and transmission)
For "generation and transmission of counting notification message", the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "counting notification message generation and transmission" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "counting notification message generation and transmission" corresponds to, for example, the SC board message transmission process of step S23112.

(No. 28 Loan notification received)
For "Rental notification reception", the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎", and the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "receiving a loan notification" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "receiving a loan notification" corresponds to, for example, receiving a loan notification via the SC board message reception process in step S23001.

(No. 29 Generating and sending a response message indicating receipt of loan)
For "Generate and send loan receipt result response message", the area used by the gaming value CPU 201 is marked with "◎", and the area used by the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯". In addition, the areas outside the area used by the main CPU 101 and outside the area used by the gaming value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "generating and sending a loan receipt result response message" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "generating and sending a loan receipt result response message" corresponds to, for example, the SC board message sending process of step S23230.

(No. 30 Communication control between the main CPU 101 and the gaming value CPU 201)
In the "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 201," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "◎." In addition, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "×."

Here, "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 201" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that "communication control between the main CPU 101 and the game value CPU 201" corresponds to, for example, the periodic command transmission process of step S15009.

(No. 31 Aggregation of gaming machine performance information)
In the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "◯." In addition, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X."

Here, the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that the "aggregation of gaming machine performance information" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call processing in step S1009.

(No. 32 Total BETs)
The "total number of bets" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "x" is marked within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "total number of bets" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "total number of bets" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the total number of bets by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call processing in step S1009.

(No. 33 Total number of awards)
The "total number of awards" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "total number of awards" is controlled outside the main CPU 101's operating area. The "total number of awards" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the total number of awards by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call processing in step S1009.

(No. 34 MY)
In "MY", the areas within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "◯". Also, the areas within the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, "MY" is controlled outside the main CPU 101's operating area. Note that "MY" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the maximum MY by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

(No. 35 Total number of bonus items awarded)
The "total number of granted devices" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "total number of bonus items awarded" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "total number of bonus items awarded" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the total number of bonus items awarded by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process of step S1009.

(No. 36 Number of consecutive bonuses awarded)
The "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "number of consecutive bonus items awarded" corresponds to the process of updating the number of consecutive bonus items awarded by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

Note that "Total number of bets" for "No. 32", "Total number of awards" for "No. 33", "MY" for "No. 34", "Total number of bonus items awarded" for "No. 35", and "Number of consecutive bonus items awarded" for "No. 36" will be erased if the power to the gaming machine 1 is turned off.

Here, if the gaming machine 1 is powered off immediately before notifying the rental device 400 of any of the "Total Number of Bets" for "No. 32" through the "Number of Consecutive Gadgets Awarded" for "No. 36," messages that have not been notified to the rental device 400 will not be erased even if the gaming machine 1 is powered off. For example, the value of the total number of BETs for "No. 32" will be erased when the gaming machine 1 is powered off, but it is possible that the message containing information on the "Total Number of BETs" for "No. 32" will not be erased.

(No. 37 Role Ratio)
The "benefit ratio" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "x" is marked within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "role ratio" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "role ratio" corresponds to the process of updating the role ratio using the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

(No. 38 Continuous feature ratio)
The "continuous feature ratio" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "x" is marked within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "continuous feature ratio" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "continuous feature ratio" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the continuous feature ratio by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

(No. 39 Favorable Zone Ratio)
The "advantageous zone ratio" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "advantageous zone ratio" is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Note that in this embodiment, the "advantageous zone ratio" is not calculated, but if the "advantageous zone ratio" is to be calculated, it is desirable to do so outside the area used by the main CPU 101.

(No. 40 Ratio of instructions included)
The "instruction-included feature ratio" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "x" is marked within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "command-indicated feature ratio" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "command-indicated feature ratio" corresponds to the process of updating the command-indicated feature ratio by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

(No. 41 Ratio of features, etc.)
The "status ratio of the gambling devices, etc." is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the status within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X".

Here, the "reel device status ratio" is controlled outside the main CPU 101's operating area. The "reel device status ratio" corresponds to the process of updating the reel device status ratio using the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call process in step S1009.

The accumulated results of the "No. 37" "Gem Ratio," "No. 38" "Continuous Gem Ratio," "No. 39" "Advantageous Zone Ratio," "No. 40" "Gem Ratio with Instruction," and "No. 41" "Gem Status Ratio" are always notified via a gaming machine information notification message. Note that, in addition to the "Gem Ratio" (No. 37) through "No. 41" "Gem Status Ratio" for display on the ratio display unit 36, the "Gem Ratio" (No. 37) through "No. 41" "Gem Status Ratio" for the period from when power is supplied to the gaming machine 1 until the power is cut off may be calculated and notified to the rental device 400.

(No. 42 Number of games played)
The "number of games" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the "number of games" is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "number of plays" is controlled outside the main CPU 101's operating area. The "number of plays" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the number of plays by the gaming machine performance information processing called by the gaming machine performance information processing call processing in step S1009.

(No. 43 Generation of gaming machine installation information)
For "Generation of gaming machine installation information," within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are all marked "O."

Here, "generation of gaming machine installation information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that "generation of gaming machine installation information" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information transmission process of step S17 and the gaming machine installation information notification transmission process of step S23010.

(No. 44 Main control chip ID number of main control board 100)
The "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip ID number of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information transmission process of step S17.

(No. 45 Main control chip manufacturer code of main control board 100)
The "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" is controlled both within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and outside the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip manufacturer code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information transmission process of step S17.

(No. 46 Main control chip product code of main control board 100)
The "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "main control chip product code of the main control board 100" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information transmission process of step S17.

(No. 47 Game value control chip ID number of game value control board 200)
The "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 200" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101.

Here, the "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 200" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "game value control chip ID number of the game value control board 200" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification transmission process of step S23010.

(No. 48 Game value control chip manufacturer code of game value control board 200)
The "game value control chip manufacturer code of the game value control board 200" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101.

Here, the "game value control chip manufacturer code of the game value control board 200" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "game value control chip manufacturer code of the game value control board 200" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification transmission process of step S23010.

(No. 49 Game value control chip product code of game value control board 200)
The "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 200" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the game value CPU 201 and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and outside the use area of the main CPU 101.

Here, the "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 200" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that the "game value control chip product code of the game value control board 200" corresponds to, for example, the gaming machine installation information notification transmission process of step S23010.

(No. 50 Hall Computer/Fraud Monitoring Information Generation)
For "Generation of hall computer/fraud monitoring information," the values within the main CPU 101's usage area, outside the main CPU 101's usage area, within the game value CPU 201's usage area, and outside the game value CPU 201's usage area are all marked "O."

Here, "generation of hall computer fraud monitoring information" is controlled within the main CPU 101's usage area, outside the main CPU 101's usage area, within the gaming value CPU 201's usage area, and outside the gaming value CPU 201's usage area. Note that "generation of hall computer fraud monitoring information" corresponds, for example, to the hall computer fraud monitoring information notification transmission process of step S23028.

(No. 51 Game Value Number)
The "number of game values" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. In addition, the number of game values outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X".

Here, the "play value number" is controlled within the usage area of the play value CPU 201. Note that the "play value number" corresponds to, for example, the process of transmitting the play value number as hole control/fraud monitoring information.

(No. 52 BET number)
The "number of bets" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. In addition, the "number of bets" is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "number of bets" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "number of bets" corresponds to, for example, the process of storing the number of bets in the received message in the hole control/fraud monitoring information bet number storage area 203ADa by the main control board message reception process in step S22001.

(No. 53 Number of Awards)
The "number of awards" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. In addition, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "number of awards" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "number of awards" corresponds to, for example, the process of storing the number of awards in the received message in the gaming value award number storage area 203ADb of the hole control/fraud monitoring information by the main control board message reception process in step S22001.

(No. 54 First main control state)
In the "first main control state," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, the "first main control state" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "first main control state" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not there has been a change in the main control state in step S23008.

(No. 55 Second main control state)
In the "second main control state," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101 is marked with "◯." In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X."

Here, the "second main control state" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "second main control state" corresponds to, for example, the process of determining whether or not there has been a change in the main control state in step S23008.

(No. 56 Gaming machine error state)
In the "gaming machine error state," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are all marked "◯."

Here, the "gaming machine error state" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "gaming machine error state" corresponds to, for example, the process of setting the gaming machine error state by the hole control/fraud monitoring information notification transmission process of step S23028.

(No. 57 First gaming machine fraud information)
The "first gaming machine fraud information" is "O" for all areas within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "first gaming machine fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "first gaming machine fraud information" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the value of the first gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADe by the guaranteed time setting process of step S22224.

(No. 58 Second gaming machine fraud information)
The "second gaming machine fraud information" is "O" for all areas within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "second gaming machine fraud information" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "second gaming machine fraud information" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the value of the second gaming machine fraud memory area 203ADf by the guaranteed time setting process of step S22224.

(No. 59 Specified Number (IN))
The "specified number (IN)" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "specified number (IN)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "specified number (IN)" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the value of the first count number storage area 203ADg.

(No. 60 Specified Number (OUT))
The specified number (OUT) is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "specified number (OUT)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "specified number (OUT)" corresponds to, for example, the process of updating the value of the second count number storage area 203ADh.

(No. 61 Function to control setting change device)
The "function of controlling the setting change device" is marked with "◯" within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function for controlling the setting change device" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "function for controlling the setting change device" corresponds to, for example, the setting value change process of step S100.

(No. 62 Function to transmit information related to performance to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting information related to effects to peripheral boards" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function of sending information related to performance to peripheral boards" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function of sending information related to performance to peripheral boards" corresponds, for example, to the batch command transmission process of step S8007.

(No. 63 Function to transmit gaming machine information to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting gaming machine information to peripheral boards" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. In addition, it is marked with "X" outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function of transmitting gaming machine information to peripheral boards" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. The "function of transmitting gaming machine information to peripheral boards" corresponds, for example, to the command batch transmission process of step S21.

(No. 64 Fraud Monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66))
In "Fraud monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "◯." In addition, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X."

Here, "Fraud Monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. Note that "Fraud Monitoring (excluding No. 65 and No. 66)" corresponds to the process of detecting, for example, fraudulent winning combinations or fraudulent boards that rewrite the ball output status.

(No. 65 Monitoring for fraudulent activity related to the awarding of gaming value)
For "Fraudulent monitoring related to the granting of game value," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are all marked "O."

Here, it is desirable that "monitoring for fraudulent activity related to the awarding of game value" be performed within the operating area of the main CPU 101, for example, fraudulent activity such as changing the value of the game value awarded upon winning (for example, fraudulent activity of changing the number of game values awarded to "15" when "Plum" wins).

On the other hand, it is desirable to monitor for fraudulent behavior, such as fraudulent addition of values to the game value memory area 203AB displayed on the game value display device 20, within the area used by the game value CPU 201.

(No. 66 Monitoring fraudulent activity related to the lending of gaming value)
For "Fraud monitoring related to the lending of gaming value," the area within the use area of the main CPU 101, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101, the area within the use area of the gaming value CPU 201, and the area outside the use area of the gaming value CPU 201 are all marked "O."

Here, "monitoring for fraudulent activity related to the lending of game value" is controlled within the usage area of the game value CPU 201. For example, it is desirable to monitor for fraudulent activity that hinders the normal lending of game value through the use of fraudulent boards or fraudulent lending within the usage area of the game value CPU 201.

Specifically, it is desirable to monitor for fraudulent activity such as lending game value without receiving a lending notification from the lending device 400 within the usage area of the game value CPU 201.

(No. 67 Error processing (game stop))
The "error process (game stop)" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the area outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X".

Here, "error processing (game stop)" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that "error processing (game stop)" corresponds to, for example, the processing performed in step S7 when a setting change device malfunctions.

(No. 68 Error processing (notification only))
For "Error processing (notification only)", the area within the main CPU 101's use area, the area outside the main CPU 101's use area, the area within the game value CPU 201's use area, and the area outside the game value CPU 201's use area are all marked "O".

Here, "error processing (notification only)" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101 and the usage area of the game value CPU 201. Note that "error processing (notification only)" corresponds to, for example, a game value warning, a complete advance notification, or a complete standby notification.

(No. 69 Function to control the display of the ratio display unit 36)
The "function for controlling the display of the ratio display unit 36" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201. Also, the function for controlling the display of the ratio display unit 36 is marked with "X" within the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function for controlling the display of the ratio display unit 36" is controlled within the usage area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "function for controlling the display of the ratio display unit 36" corresponds to, for example, the ratio monitor control process of S15012.

(No. 70 Function to generate signals necessary for gaming machine testing)
The "function of generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" is marked "O" for all areas within the usage area of the main CPU 101, outside the usage area of the main CPU 101, within the usage area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the usage area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function for generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" is controlled outside the operating area of the main CPU 101. The "function for generating signals necessary for testing the gaming machine" corresponds to, for example, the process of outputting test signals external to the gaming machine 1.

(No. 71 MY value aggregation of complete function)
In the "total of MY values of the complete function," the areas within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "◯." In addition, the area within the use area of the game value CPU 201 is marked with "X."

Here, the "aggregation of MY values for the complete function" is controlled outside the area used by the main CPU 101. The "aggregation of MY values for the complete function" corresponds, for example, to the MY difference calculation process in step S13000.

(No. 72 Complete function activation process (game stop))
The "Complete function activation process (game stop)" is marked with "◯" within the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201. In addition, the areas outside the use area of the main CPU 101 and the use area of the game value CPU 201 are marked with "X".

Here, the "complete function activation process (game stop)" is controlled within the operating area of the main CPU 101. Note that the "complete function activation process (game stop)" corresponds to, for example, the process of repeatedly executing the processes of steps S4213 and S4214.

(No. 73 Function to send information related to the complete function to peripheral boards)
The "function of transmitting information related to the complete function to the peripheral board" is marked "O" in all areas within the use area of the main CPU 101, outside the use area of the main CPU 101, within the use area of the game value CPU 201, and outside the use area of the game value CPU 201.

Here, the "function of transmitting information related to the complete function to the peripheral board" is controlled within the usage area of the gaming value CPU 201. Note that the "function of transmitting information related to the complete function to the peripheral board" corresponds to, for example, the process of transmitting information to the sub-control board 300 that the complete function has been activated.

(Timing of each process in one game)
Next, using Figure 114, we will explain the timing of performing various processes during one game on the gaming machine 1.

The first timing T1 is the timing when the BET button 11 is operated and the BET switch 11sw is turned ON.

Here, when the BET button 11 is operated, the BET switch 11sw is turned ON (step S6017 = YES). Then, when the BET button 11 is operated, the value in the main BET number storage area 103Ae is "1", not "3" (step S6020 = NO), so "1" is set as the value of the requested BET number (step S6021).

Then, information regarding the number of BET requests is sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200 through the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

The gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, and since the BET request value is "1" (step S22130 = YES), the value of the BET request gaming value number is set to "1" (step S22131).

Then, since the value of the received BET game value number is not "4" or greater (step S22135 = NO), the value of the BET game value number is subtracted from the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136).

The second timing T2 is the timing when the settlement button 13 is operated and the settlement switch 13sw is turned ON.

Here, when the settlement button 13 is operated, the settlement switch 13sw is turned ON (step S6002 = YES). Then, when the settlement button 13 is operated, the value in the main bet number memory area 103Ae is "1" (step S6005 = YES), so "1" is set as the settlement request gaming value number (step S6007).

Then, information regarding the requested settlement gaming value number is sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200 through the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

The game value control board 200 receives the hole control/fraud monitoring information, and since the settlement request game value number is "1", the value of the settlement request game value number is not "4" or greater (step S22201 = NO), so the settlement game value number addition process adds the value of the settlement request game value number to the value of the game value memory area 203AB (step S22202).

The third timing T3 is the timing when the MAXBET button 12 is operated and the MAXBET switch 12sw is turned ON.

Here, when the MAXBET button 12 is operated, the MAXBET switch 12sw is turned ON (step S6018 = YES). Then, when the MAXBET button 12 is operated, the value in the main BET number storage area 103Ae is not "3" (step S6020 = NO), so "3" is set as the value of the requested BET number (step S6021).

Then, information regarding the number of BET requests is sent from the main control board 100 to the gaming value control board 200 through the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

The gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, and since the value of the BET request is not "1" (step S22130 = NO), the value of the BET request gaming value number is set to "3" (step S22132).

Then, since the value of the received BET game value number is not "4" or greater (step S22135 = NO), the value of the BET game value number is subtracted from the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136).

The fourth timing T4 is the timing when the start lever 14 is operated and the start switch 14sw is turned ON.

When the start lever 14 is operated and the start switch 14sw is turned ON (step S1003 = YES), the reel rotation start process is executed (step S1006), and the left reel 31L, center reel 31C, and right reel 31R begin to rotate.

The fifth timing T5 is the timing when the left stop button 15L is operated and the left stop switch 15Lsw is turned ON.

When the left stop button 15L is operated and the left stop switch 15Lsw is turned ON (step S10001 = YES), the stop control reel setting process sets the left reel 31L as the target reel for stop control (step S10002), and the press reference position acquisition process (step S10003), sliding frame number acquisition process (step S10004), and reel stop process (step S10005) are executed, causing the left reel 31L to stop spinning.

The sixth timing T6 is when the intermediate stop button 15C is operated and the intermediate stop switch 15Csw is turned ON.

When the middle stop button 15C is operated and the middle stop switch 15Csw is turned ON (step S10001 = YES), the stop control reel setting process sets the middle reel 31C as the target reel for stop control (step S10002), and the press reference position acquisition process (step S10003), sliding frame number acquisition process (step S10004), and reel stop process (step S10005) are executed, causing the middle reel 31C to stop spinning.

The seventh timing T7 is the timing when the right stop button 15R is operated and the right stop switch 15Rsw is turned ON.

When the right stop button 15R is operated and the right stop switch 15Rsw is turned ON (step S10001 = YES), the stop control reel setting process sets the right reel 31R as the target reel for stop control (step S10002), and the press reference position acquisition process (step S10003), sliding frame number acquisition process (step S10004), and reel stop process (step S10005) are executed, causing the right reel 31R to stop spinning.

Then, when all reels 31 come to a stop (step S1007), the game value awarded upon winning is set as the value of the remaining number of awards (step S11004). As a result, the value of the remaining number of awards becomes "1" or greater (step S12008 = YES), and the remaining number of awards is set as the game value requested to be awarded (step S12011).

Then, information regarding the requested game value to be awarded is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the game value control board 200 through the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12012).

The game value control board 200 receives the hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, and since the value of the requested game value to be awarded is not "0" (step S22213 = NO) and the value of the requested game value to be awarded is not "16" or greater (step S22215 = NO), the game value number addition process adds the value of the requested game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB (step S22221).

The eighth timing T8 is the timing when the counting button 19 is operated and the counting switch 19sw is turned ON.

When the counting switch 19sw is turned ON (step S25106 = NO), the counting switch OFF edge detection time is set (step S25107). Then, when the ON detection of the counting switch 19sw continues for 500 ms or more (step S25104 = YES), the counting execution flag becomes "long press" (step S25105).

On the other hand, if the value of the counting switch press time timer is not "250" or greater after the counting switch 19sw is turned ON (step S25110 = NO), the counting execution flag becomes "short press" (step S25112).

If the count execution flag is "2" (step S23154 = YES), "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the long press (step S23158). On the other hand, if the count execution flag is "1" (step S23154 = NO), "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the short press (step S23156).

And, whether it's a long press or a short press, the count subtraction value is not "0" (step S23113 = NO), so the count game value number subtraction process of step S23115 subtracts the count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

The ninth timing T9 is the timing when the lending button 76 is operated and the lending switch 76sw is turned ON.

When the rental button 76 is operated and the rental switch 76sw is turned ON, the SC board message reception process is executed in step S23001. This results in the reception of a message from the rental device 400.

If the value of the gaming machine information notification transmission period timer is not "0" (step S23003 = NO) and there is no count transmission request (step S23021 = NO), a process is performed to determine whether the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is "0" (step S23026).

If it is determined that the value of the loan notification reception valid timer is not "0" (step S23026 = NO), the loan reception result response process of step S23200 will be executed.

In the loan receipt result response process of step S23200, the loaned game value number addition process of step S23214 is executed, thereby adding the value of the loaned game value number to the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

(Simple flowchart of various processes for adding and subtracting game value)
Next, using Figure 115, a simple flowchart of various processes for adding and subtracting game values will be explained.

(Simple flowchart regarding betting)
First, a simple flowchart regarding betting will be explained using FIG. 115(A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of requested bets (step S6021), and information regarding the number of requested bets is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

Then, when the gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of BET requests is subtracted from the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB by the BET gaming value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(Simple flow chart for settlement)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding settlement will be explained using Figure 115 (B).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of game values requested for settlement (step S6007), and information regarding the number of game values requested for settlement is sent to the game value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the game value control board 200 adds the requested settlement game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB through the settlement game value number addition process in step S22202.

(Simple flowchart for granting gaming value)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding the awarding of gaming value will be explained using Figure 115 (C).

First, the main control board 100 sets the remaining number of awards (step S12004), and information regarding the remaining number of awards is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12007).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of awarded game values is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the awarded game value number addition process of step S22221.

(Simple flow chart for counting)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding counting will be described with reference to FIG. 115(D).

First, the game value control board 200 sets the counting execution flag to long press or short press by processing step S25105 or step S25112.

If the count execution flag is "1", "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the short press (step S23156). On the other hand, if the count execution flag is "2", "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the long press (step S23158).

Then, the counted game value subtraction process in step S23115 subtracts the set count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

(Simple flowchart for lending)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding lending will be explained using Figure 115 (E).

First, the gaming value control board 200 determines that the SC board 71 has completed receiving the message (step S23201 = YES), and if the received message is a loan notification (step S23202 = YES), and the value of the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23209 = NO), the loaned gaming value number addition process of step S23214 is executed.

Here, the loaned game value number addition process involves adding the value of the loaned game value number to the value in the game value storage area 203AB.

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, processing related to settlement is performed after processing related to bets. Furthermore, processing related to the granting of gaming value is performed after processing related to settlement. Furthermore, processing related to the granting of gaming value is performed after processing related to counting or processing related to lending.

In particular, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, a BET gaming value subtraction process (step S22136) is followed by a settled gaming value addition process (step S22202). Furthermore, a granted gaming value addition process (step S22221) is executed after the settled gaming value addition process (step S22202). Furthermore, after the granted gaming value addition process (step S22221), a counted gaming value subtraction process (step S23115) or a loaned gaming value addition process (step S23214) is executed.

(Simple flowchart of bet processing and settlement processing)
Next, a simplified flowchart of the processing related to bets and the processing related to settlement will be described with reference to FIG.

(Simple flowchart regarding betting)
First, a simple flowchart regarding betting will be explained using FIG. 116(A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of requested bets (step S6021), and information regarding the number of requested bets is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

Then, when the gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of BET requests is subtracted from the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB by the BET gaming value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(Simple flow chart for settlement)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding settlement will be explained using Figure 116 (B).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of game values requested for settlement (step S6007), and information regarding the number of game values requested for settlement is sent to the game value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the game value control board 200 adds the requested settlement game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB through the settlement game value number addition process in step S22202.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the settlement process after the BET process. In particular, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the BET game value subtraction process (step S22136) followed by the settled game value addition process (step S22202).

(Simple flowchart of processing related to bets and processing related to the awarding of gaming value)
Next, a simple flowchart of processing related to bets and processing related to the awarding of game value will be described with reference to FIG.

(Simple flowchart regarding betting)
First, a simple flowchart regarding betting will be explained using FIG. 117(A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of requested bets (step S6021), and information regarding the number of requested bets is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

Then, when the gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of BET requests is subtracted from the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB by the BET gaming value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(Simple flowchart for granting gaming value)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding the awarding of gaming value will be explained using Figure 117 (B).

First, the main control board 100 sets the remaining number of awards (step S12004), and information regarding the remaining number of awards is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12007).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of awarded game values is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the awarded game value number addition process of step S22221.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute processing related to the granting of game value after processing related to BET. In particular, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute processing to add the number of granted game value (step S22221) after processing to subtract the number of BET game value (step S22136).

(Simple flowchart of processing related to bets and counting)
Next, a simple flowchart of the processing related to bets and the processing related to counting will be described with reference to FIG.

(Simple flowchart regarding betting)
First, a simple flowchart regarding betting will be explained using FIG. 118(A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of requested bets (step S6021), and information regarding the number of requested bets is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

Then, when the gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of BET requests is subtracted from the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB by the BET gaming value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(Simple flow chart for counting)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding counting will be described with reference to FIG. 118(B).

First, the game value control board 200 sets the counting execution flag to long press or short press by processing step S25105 or step S25112.

If the count execution flag is "1", "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the short press (step S23156). On the other hand, if the count execution flag is "2", "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the long press (step S23158).

Then, the counted game value subtraction process in step S23115 subtracts the set count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute counting-related processing after BET-related processing. In particular, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute counted gaming value number subtraction processing (step S23115) after BET gaming value number subtraction processing (step S22136).

(Simple flowchart of bet-related processing and loan-related processing)
Next, a simple flowchart of the bet-related processing and the lending-related processing will be described with reference to FIG.

(Simple flowchart regarding betting)
First, a simple flowchart regarding betting will be explained using FIG. 119(A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of requested bets (step S6021), and information regarding the number of requested bets is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6024).

Then, when the gaming value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of BET requests is subtracted from the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB by the BET gaming value number subtraction process of step S22136.

(Simple flowchart for lending)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding lending will be explained using Figure 119 (B).

First, the gaming value control board 200 determines that the SC board 71 has completed receiving the message (step S23201 = YES), and if the received message is a loan notification (step S23202 = YES), and the value of the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23209 = NO), the loaned gaming value number addition process of step S23214 is executed.

Here, the loaned game value number addition process involves adding the value of the loaned game value number to the value in the game value storage area 203AB.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute lending-related processing after BET-related processing. In particular, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute lending-related processing (step S23214) after BET playing value number subtraction processing (step S22136).

(Simple flowchart of settlement process and game value allocation process)
Next, using Figure 120, a simple flowchart of the process related to settlement and the process related to the granting of game value will be explained.

(Simple flow chart for settlement)
First, a simple flowchart regarding settlement will be explained using Figure 120 (A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of game values requested for settlement (step S6007), and information regarding the number of game values requested for settlement is sent to the game value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the game value control board 200 adds the requested settlement game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB through the settlement game value number addition process in step S22202.

(Simple flowchart for granting gaming value)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding the awarding of gaming value will be explained using Figure 120 (B).

First, the main control board 100 sets the remaining number of awards (step S12004), and information regarding the remaining number of awards is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12007).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of awarded game values is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the awarded game value number addition process of step S22221.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the processing related to the granting of gaming value after the processing related to settlement. In particular, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the processing for adding the number of granted gaming values (step S22221) after the processing for adding the number of settled gaming values (step S22202).

(Simple flowchart of settlement and counting processes)
Next, a simplified flowchart of the settlement process and the counting process will be explained using FIG.

(Simple flow chart for settlement)
First, a simple flowchart regarding settlement will be explained using Figure 121 (A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of game values requested for settlement (step S6007), and information regarding the number of game values requested for settlement is sent to the game value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the game value control board 200 adds the requested settlement game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB through the settlement game value number addition process in step S22202.

(Simple flow chart for counting)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding counting will be described with reference to FIG. 121(B).

First, the game value control board 200 sets the counting execution flag to long press or short press by processing step S25105 or step S25112.

If the count execution flag is "1", "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the short press (step S23156). On the other hand, if the count execution flag is "2", "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the long press (step S23158).

Then, the counted game value subtraction process in step S23115 subtracts the set count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the counting process after the settlement process. In particular, the gaming machine 1 in this embodiment is configured to execute the settled gaming value number addition process (step S22202) after the counted gaming value number subtraction process (step S23115).

(Simple flowchart of settlement and lending processes)
Next, a simplified flowchart of the settlement process and the lending process will be described with reference to FIG.

(Simple flow chart for settlement)
First, a simple flowchart regarding settlement will be explained using Figure 122 (A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the number of game values requested for settlement (step S6007), and information regarding the number of game values requested for settlement is sent to the game value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S6010).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hall control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the game value control board 200 adds the requested settlement game value to the value in the game value memory area 203AB through the settlement game value number addition process in step S22202.

(Simple flowchart for lending)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding lending will be explained using FIG. 122(B).

First, the gaming value control board 200 determines that the SC board 71 has completed receiving the message (step S23201 = YES), and if the received message is a loan notification (step S23202 = YES), and the value of the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23209 = NO), the loaned gaming value number addition process of step S23214 is executed.

Here, the loaned game value number addition process involves adding the value of the loaned game value number to the value in the game value storage area 203AB.

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, the lending process is executed after the settlement process. In particular, the lending game value number addition process (step S23214) is executed after the settlement game value number addition process (step S22202).

(Simple flowchart of processing related to the granting of gaming value and processing related to counting)
Next, using Figure 123, a simple flowchart of the processing related to the awarding of game value and the processing related to counting will be explained.

(Simple flowchart for granting gaming value)
First, a simple flowchart regarding the awarding of gaming value will be explained using Figure 123 (A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the remaining number of awards (step S12004), and information regarding the remaining number of awards is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12007).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of awarded game values is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the awarded game value number addition process of step S22221.

(Simple flow chart for counting)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding counting will be described with reference to FIG. 123(B).

First, the game value control board 200 sets the counting execution flag to long press or short press by processing step S25105 or step S25112.

If the count execution flag is "1", "1" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the short press (step S23156). On the other hand, if the count execution flag is "2", "50" is set as the count subtraction value corresponding to the long press (step S23158).

Then, the counted game value subtraction process in step S23115 subtracts the set count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute counting processing after processing related to the granting of gaming values. In particular, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute the counted gaming value number subtraction processing (step S23115) after the granted gaming value number addition processing (step S22221).

(Simple flowchart of processing related to the granting of gaming value and processing related to lending)
Next, using Figure 124, a simple flowchart of the processing related to the granting of gaming value and the processing related to lending will be explained.

(Simple flowchart for granting gaming value)
First, a simple flowchart regarding the awarding of gaming value will be explained using Figure 124 (A).

First, the main control board 100 sets the remaining number of awards (step S12004), and information regarding the remaining number of awards is sent to the gaming value control board 200 by the hall control/fraud monitoring information transmission process (step S12007).

Then, when the game value control board 200 receives hole control/fraud monitoring information from the main control board 100, the number of awarded game values is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB by the awarded game value number addition process of step S22221.

(Simple flowchart for lending)
Next, a simple flowchart regarding lending will be explained using FIG. 124(B).

First, the gaming value control board 200 determines that the SC board 71 has completed receiving the message (step S23201 = YES), and if the received message is a loan notification (step S23202 = YES), and the value of the loaned gaming value number is not "0" (step S23209 = NO), the loaned gaming value number addition process of step S23214 is executed.

Here, the loaned game value number addition process involves adding the value of the loaned game value number to the value in the game value storage area 203AB.

In this way, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute the lending process after the process related to the granting of gaming value. In particular, the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment is configured to execute the lending gaming value number addition process (step S23214) after the granted gaming value number addition process (step S22221).

(Simplified flowchart of SC board communication processing)
Next, a simplified flowchart of the SC board communication processing will be described with reference to FIG.

First, if the value of the count notification transmission period timer is "0" (step S23020 = YES) and there is a count transmission request (step S23021 = YES), the counted game value number subtraction process will be executed (step S23115).

Then, the counted game value subtraction process in step S23115 subtracts the set count subtraction value from the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

On the other hand, if the value of the count notification transmission period timer is not "0" (step S23020 = NO) or if there is no count transmission request (step S23021 = NO), the loaned gaming value number addition process will be executed (step S23214).

Then, in the lending game value number addition process of step S23214, the value of the lending game value number is added to the value in the game value memory area 203AB.

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, when processing related to counting is being executed, the execution of processing related to lending is restricted. Similarly, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, when processing related to lending is being executed, the execution of processing related to counting is restricted.

For this reason, if the value of the counting notification transmission period timer is "0" (step S23020 = YES), the counting game value subtraction process of step S23115 may be executed, and the execution of the lending game value addition process of step S23214 is restricted.

Furthermore, if the value of the count notification transmission period timer is not "0" (step S23020 = NO), the lending game value number addition process of step S23214 may be executed, and the execution of the counting game value number subtraction process of step S23115 is restricted.

Similarly, if a counting transmission request is made (step S23021 = YES), the counting game value subtraction process of step S23115 may be executed, and the execution of the lending game value addition process of step S23214 is restricted.

Furthermore, if there is no counting transmission request (step S23021 = NO), the lending game value number addition process of step S23214 may be executed, and the execution of the counting game value number subtraction process of step S23115 is restricted.

(Animation when bet operation and counting operation overlap)
Next, with reference to FIG. 126, an animation when a bet operation and a counting operation overlap will be described.

As shown in Figure 126 (A), if the operation of the MAXBET button 12 and the operation of the counting button 19 overlap (are performed simultaneously), the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 126 (B).

As shown in Figure 126 (B-1), before the MAXBET button 12 and the counting button 19 are operated simultaneously, the gaming value display device 20 displays "100" as the gaming value owned by the player.

As shown in Figure 126 (B-2), the processing corresponding to the operation of the MAXBET button 12 is executed before the processing corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19, so the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "97".

Specifically, the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed before the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115). Then, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "97".

As shown in Figure 126 (B-3), after the process corresponding to the operation of the MAXBET button 12 is executed, the process corresponding to the short press of the counting button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "97" to "96".

Specifically, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "97" to "96".

As shown in Figure 126 (B-4), after the process corresponding to the operation of the MAXBET button 12 is executed, the process corresponding to the long press of the count button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "97" to "47".

Specifically, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "97" to "47".

Note that Figure 126 illustrates an example in which the MAXBET button 12 is operated, but the same applies when the BET button 11 and the count button 19 are operated simultaneously.

Specifically, at the timing shown in Figure 126 (B-1), before the BET button 11 and the count button 19 are operated simultaneously, the gaming value display device 20 displays "100" as the gaming value owned by the player.

Next, at the timing shown in Figure 126 (B-2), the processing corresponding to the operation of the BET button 11 is executed before the processing corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19, so the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "99".

Specifically, the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed before the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115). Then, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "99".

Next, at the timing shown in Figure 126 (B-3), after the processing corresponding to the operation of the BET button 11 is executed, the processing corresponding to the short press of the count button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "99" to "98".

Specifically, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "99" to "98".

At the timing shown in Figure 126 (B-4), after the processing corresponding to the operation of the BET button 11 is executed, the processing corresponding to the long press of the count button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "99" to "49".

Specifically, after the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "99" to "49".

(Animation when settlement and counting operations overlap)
Next, using Figure 127, we will explain the animation that occurs when the settlement operation and counting operation overlap.

As shown in Figure 127 (A), if the settlement button 13 and the counting button 19 are operated simultaneously (simultaneously), the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 127 (B).

As shown in Figure 127 (B-1), before the settlement button 13 and the counting button 19 are operated simultaneously, the gaming value display device 20 displays "100" as the gaming value owned by the player.

As shown in Figure 127 (B-2), the process corresponding to the operation of the settlement button 13 is executed before the process corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19, so the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "103".

Specifically, the settled playing value number addition process (step S22202) is executed before the counted playing value number subtraction process (step S23115). Then, after the settled playing value number addition process (step S22202) is executed, the playing value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the playing value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the playing value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "103".

As shown in Figure 127 (B-3), after the process corresponding to the operation of the settlement button 13 is executed, the process corresponding to the short press of the count button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "103" to "102."

Specifically, after the settled game value number addition process (step S22202) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "103" to "102".

As shown in Figure 127 (B-4), after the process corresponding to the operation of the settlement button 13 is executed, the process corresponding to the long press of the count button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "103" to "53".

Specifically, after the settled game value number addition process (step S22202) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "103" to "53".

(Animation when the awarding of game value and the counting operation overlap)
Next, using Figure 128, we will explain the animation that occurs when the awarding of game value and the counting operation overlap.

As shown in Figure 128 (A), if the timing at which a win is made and game value is awarded coincides with the operation of the counting button 19 (if they are performed simultaneously), the game value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 128 (B).

As shown in Figure 128 (B-1), at the time when a win is made and game value is awarded, and before the count button 19 is operated at the same time, the game value display device 20 displays "100" as the value of the game value owned by the player.

As shown in Figure 128 (B-2), the process of awarding game value when a win is achieved is executed before the process corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19, so the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "106".

Specifically, the granted game value number addition process (step S22221) is executed before the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115). Then, after the granted game value number addition process (step S22221) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "106".

As shown in Figure 128 (B-3), after a win is achieved and the process of awarding the game value is executed, the process corresponding to the short press of the counting button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "106" to "105."

Specifically, after the granted game value number addition process (step S22221) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "106" to "105".

As shown in Figure 128 (B-4), after a win is achieved and the process of awarding the game value is executed, the process corresponding to the long press of the counting button 19 is executed. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "106" to "56."

Specifically, after the granted game value number addition process (step S22221) is executed, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. Then, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed, the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "106" to "56".

(Animation showing when counting and lending operations overlap)
Next, using FIG. 129, an animation when a counting operation and a lending operation overlap will be described.

As shown in Figure 129 (A), if the operation of the counting button 19 and the operation of the lending button 76 overlap (are performed simultaneously), when the processing corresponding to the counting operation is executed, the processing corresponding to the lending operation is restricted.

As shown in Figure 129 (B-1), before the count button 19 and the lend button 76 are operated simultaneously, the gaming value display device 20 displays "100" as the gaming value owned by the player.

As shown in Figure 129 (B-2), when processing corresponding to a short press of the counting button 19 is being executed, processing corresponding to the operation of the lending button 76 is restricted. When processing corresponding to a short press of the counting button 19 is executed, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "99."

Specifically, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115), the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "99".

As shown in Figure 129 (B-3), when processing corresponding to a long press of the counting button 19 is being executed, processing corresponding to the operation of the lending button 76 is restricted. When processing corresponding to a long press of the counting button 19 is executed, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "50".

Specifically, after the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115), the game value number display process (step S25016) is executed by the game value interrupt process. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "50".

As shown in Figure 129 (B-4), when processing corresponding to the operation of the lending button 76 is being executed, processing corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 is restricted. Specifically, after Figure 129 (B-2), a lending game value number addition process (step S23214) is executed, and a game value interrupt process executes a game value number display process (step S25016). As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "99" to "149".

As shown in Figure 129 (B-5), when processing corresponding to the operation of the lending button 76 is being executed, processing corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 is restricted. Specifically, after Figure 129 (B-3), a lending game value number addition process (step S23214) is executed, and a game value interrupt process executes a game value number display process (step S25016). As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated from "50" to "100".

(Animation when a bet operation is performed during counting operation)
Next, with reference to FIG. 130, the animation that occurs when a bet operation is performed during a counting operation will be described.

As shown in Figure 130 (A), when the counting button 19 is operated, the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 130 (B).

First, as shown in Figure 130 (B-1), before the count button 19 is operated, "200" is displayed on the gaming value display device 20 as the gaming value owned by the player.

Next, as shown in Figure 130 (B-2), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "200" to "150."

Next, if the MAXBET button 12 is operated at the timing between Figure 130 (B-2) and Figure 130 (B-3), in other words, when the counting button 19 is operated, the processing related to the BET operation will be executed before the processing related to the counting. Therefore, the BET game value number subtraction processing (step S22136) will be executed before the counting game value number subtraction processing (step S23115).

When the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) is executed, the game value interrupt process executes the game value number display process (step S25016), and the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated as shown in FIG. 130 (B-3). Specifically, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is subtracted by a value corresponding to the number of BETs. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is subtracted from "150" to "147".

Next, as shown in Figure 130 (B-4), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "147" to "97."

Next, as shown in Figure 130 (B-5), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "97" to "47."

Next, as shown in Figure 130 (B-6), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "47" to "0."

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, when the counting button 19 is pressed and held and the gaming value display device 20 is displaying a subtraction, if the MAXBET button 12 is operated, the gaming value corresponding to the operation of the MAXBET button 12 will be displayed as a subtraction, and then the gaming value corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 will be displayed as a subtraction.

In other words, in this embodiment, the gaming machine 1 can accept operation of the MAXBET button 12 when the counting button 19 is operated, and can execute the BET game value number subtraction process (step S22136) even when the counting button 19 is operated.

Note that in Figure 130, it was explained that the MAXBET button 12 is operated when the counting button 19 is operated, but it is also possible to accept operation of the BET button 11 when the counting button 19 is operated. Even in this case, the BET gaming value number subtraction process (step S22136) can be executed.

(Animation when performing a settlement operation during counting operation)
Next, using Figure 131, we will explain the animation that occurs when a settlement operation is performed during a counting operation.

As shown in Figure 131 (A), when the counting button 19 is operated, the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 131 (B).

First, as shown in Figure 131 (B-1), before the count button 19 is operated, "200" is displayed on the gaming value display device 20 as the gaming value owned by the player.

Next, as shown in Figure 131 (B-2), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "200" to "150."

Next, when the timing between FIG. 131 (B-2) and FIG. 131 (B-3) occurs, in other words, when the settlement button 13 is operated while the counting button 19 is being operated, the settlement operation process is executed before the counting process. Therefore, the settlement game value number addition process (step S22202) is executed before the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115).

Then, when the settled gaming value number addition process (step S22202) is executed, the gaming value interrupt process executes the gaming value number display process (step S25016), and the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated as shown in FIG. 131 (B-3). Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is added with the value corresponding to the settled gaming value. As a result, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is added from "150" to "153".

Next, as shown in Figure 131 (B-4), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "153" to "103."

Next, as shown in Figure 131 (B-5), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "103" to "53."

Next, as shown in Figure 131 (B-6), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "53" to "3."

Next, as shown in Figure 131 (B-7), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "3" to "0."

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, when the counting button 19 is pressed and held and the gaming value display device 20 is displaying a subtraction, if the settlement button 13 is operated, an addition to the gaming value corresponding to the operation of the settlement button 13 will be displayed, and then a subtraction to the gaming value corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 will be displayed.

In other words, in this embodiment, the gaming machine 1 can accept operation of the settlement button 13 when the counting button 19 is operated, and the settled gaming value number addition process (step S22202) can be executed even when the counting button 19 is operated.

(Animation of when a loan operation is performed during counting operation)
Next, using Figure 132, we will explain the animation that occurs when a lending operation is performed during a counting operation.

As shown in Figure 132 (A), when the counting button 19 is operated, the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 132 (B).

First, as shown in Figure 132 (B-1), before the count button 19 is operated, "200" is displayed on the gaming value display device 20 as the gaming value owned by the player.

Next, as shown in Figure 132 (B-2), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "200" to "150."

Next, even if the lending button 76 is operated at the timing between Figure 132 (B-2) and Figure 132 (B-3), in other words, if a counting process is being executed while the counting button 19 is being operated, lending processes are restricted. Therefore, the counted game value number subtraction process (step S23115) is executed. As a result, as shown in Figure 132 (B-3), the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is subtracted from "150" to "100."

Next, as shown in Figure 132 (B-4), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "100" to "50."

Next, as shown in Figure 132 (B-5), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "50" to "0."

Next, as shown in Figure 132 (B-6), after the counting of the gaming value is completed, the lending process is executed. Specifically, when the lending button 76 is operated, the lending gaming value number addition process (step S23214) is executed, followed by the gaming value number display process (step S25016), and the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated and displayed. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is added from "0" to "50".

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, if the counting button 19 is pressed and held and the gaming value display device 20 is displaying a subtraction, and then the lending button 76 is operated, the gaming value corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 is displayed as a subtraction, and after the counting process is completed, the process corresponding to the operation of the lending button 76 is executed.

In other words, in this embodiment of the gaming machine 1, even if the lending button 76 is operated while the counting button 19 is being operated, lending-related processing is restricted, and lending-related processing is executed only after the counting-related processing has finished.

Note that Figure 132 describes an example in which the loan button 76 is operated while the counting button 19 is being operated. However, even if the counting button 19 is operated while the loan button 76 is being operated, counting-related processing is restricted, and counting-related processing is performed after the loan-related processing has finished.

(Animation that appears when a win occurs during the counting operation)
Next, using Figure 133, we will explain the animation that occurs when a win is achieved during the counting operation.

As shown in Figure 133 (A), when the counting button 19 is operated, the gaming value display device 20 will be updated and displayed in the order shown in Figure 133 (B).

First, as shown in Figure 133 (B-1), before the count button 19 is operated, "200" is displayed on the gaming value display device 20 as the gaming value owned by the player.

Next, as shown in Figure 133 (B-2), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "200" to "150."

Next, if a win occurs between Figure 133 (B-2) and Figure 133 (B-3), in other words, when the count button 19 is operated, the process related to the win will be executed before the process related to the count. Therefore, the process of adding the number of awarded game values (step S22221) will be executed before the process of subtracting the number of counted game values (step S23115).

When the awarded game value number addition process (step S22221) is executed, the game value interrupt process executes the game value number display process (step S25016), and the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is updated as shown in FIG. 133 (B-3). Specifically, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is added with a value corresponding to the game value awarded upon winning. As a result, the value displayed on the game value display device 20 is increased from "150" to "156".

Next, as shown in Figure 133 (B-4), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "156" to "106."

Next, as shown in Figure 133 (B-5), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "106" to "56."

Next, as shown in Figure 133 (B-6), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "56" to "6."

Next, as shown in Figure 133 (B-7), when the count button 19 is pressed and held, the gaming value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated. Specifically, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is subtracted from "6" to "0."

In this way, in the gaming machine 1 of this embodiment, when the counting button 19 is pressed and held and the game value display device 20 is displaying a subtraction, if a win is achieved, an addition display of the game value awarded upon winning will be displayed, and then a subtraction display of the game value corresponding to the operation of the counting button 19 will be displayed.

In other words, in this embodiment, the gaming machine 1 is capable of accepting operation of the stop button 15 when the count button 19 is operated, resulting in a winning combination. Furthermore, even when the count button 19 is operated, the awarded gaming value number addition process (step S22221) can be executed.

(Timing chart for counting)
Next, a timing chart relating to counting will be described with reference to FIG.

First, we will use Figure 134 (A) to explain the counting execution flag and the processing that corresponds to the counting execution flag. Note that Figure 134 (A) is a diagram showing the counting execution flag and the processing related to counting that is performed in accordance with the counting execution flag.

As shown in Figure 134 (A), the transmission period for counting notifications from the gaming value control board 200 to the rental device 400 is every 300 ms.

First, at timing T0, which is the first transmission cycle of the counting notification, the counting switch 19sw is OFF, so the counting process of the game value owned by the player is not executed.

After that, when the counting button 19 is operated, the counting switch 19sw turns ON. However, at this point, the first timing T1 has not yet arrived, and the next transmission cycle for the counting notification has not yet arrived, so the process related to counting the gaming value will not be executed.

When the counting button 19 is no longer operated, the counting switch 19sw turns OFF, and the game value control board 200 recognizes that the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "short press."

When the first timing T1, which is the transmission cycle for the next count notification, arrives, the count corresponding to the "short press" will be performed. This will result in the player's game value of "1" being counted.

After that, when the counting button 19 is operated, the counting switch 19sw turns ON. However, at this point, the second timing T2 has not yet arrived, and the next transmission cycle for the counting notification has not yet arrived, so the process related to counting the game value will not be executed.

Furthermore, when the counting button 19 is no longer operated, the counting switch 19sw turns OFF, and the game value control board 200 recognizes that the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "short press."

However, at this point, the second timing T2 has not yet arrived, and therefore the next transmission cycle for the counting notification has not yet arrived, so processing related to the counting of the gaming value will not be executed.

At the second timing T2, which is the transmission cycle for the next count notification, the counting corresponding to the "short press" will be performed. This will result in the counting of the player's game value of "1". After that, when the counting switch 19sw turns OFF, the operation mode of the counting button 19 will become "short press".

At the third timing T3, which is the transmission cycle for the next count notification, the count corresponding to the "short press" will be executed. This will result in the counting of the player's game value of "1". After that, when the counting switch 19sw is turned ON, the operation mode of the counting button 19 will become "short press".

However, at this point, the fourth timing T4 has not yet arrived, and the next transmission cycle for the counting notification has not yet arrived, so the processing related to the counting of the gaming value will not be executed.

When the next counting notification transmission cycle, the fourth timing T4, arrives, the operation time of the counting button 19 has exceeded the time corresponding to a "short press," but because the counting button 19 continues to be operated, it has not been determined whether it was a "short press" or a "long press." Therefore, the game value will not be counted at the fourth timing T4. If the counting notification transmission cycle occurs at a time when it has not yet been determined whether the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "short press" or a "long press," the counting process will not be performed. This prevents counting-related processes from being performed when the operation mode of the counting button 19 is uncertain, thereby preventing a situation in which a counting process that the player does not want to be performed is executed.

After that, when the counting button 19 is no longer operated, the counting switch 19sw turns OFF, which means that the counting button 19 has been continuously operated for more than 500 ms, and the operation mode of the counting button 19 becomes a long press.

At the fifth timing T5, which is the transmission cycle for the next counting notification, the counting corresponding to the "long press" will be performed. This will result in the counting of the game value of "50" owned by the player. After that, although the counting button 19 is operated for less than "500" ms, which is longer than the time corresponding to a "short press," because the counting button 19 is continuously operated, it is not determined whether it is a "short press" or a "long press." Therefore, the game value will not be counted at the sixth timing T6.

After that, the counting button 19 continues to be operated for 500 ms, causing the operation mode of the counting button 19 to change to a "long press." However, at this point, the seventh timing T7 has not yet arrived, and the next transmission cycle for the counting notification has not yet arrived, so the process related to the counting of the game value will not be executed.

When the seventh timing T7, which is the transmission cycle for the next count notification, arrives, the counting corresponding to the "long press" will be performed. This will result in the counting of the game value of "50" owned by the player. After that, when the count button 19 is no longer operated, the counting switch 19sw will turn OFF. However, since the next transmission cycle for the count notification (eighth timing T8) has not yet arrived, the counting process for the number of game balls owned by the player will not be performed at this point.

When the next counting notification transmission cycle, the eighth timing T8, arrives, the counting button 19 is not operated, but the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "long press" between the seventh timing T7 and the eighth timing T8. This causes the game value of "50" owned by the player to be counted. Here, if the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "long press," when the counting notification transmission cycle begins after the counting button 19 is no longer operated, the game value of "50" will be counted. This reduces the impact of the counting notification transmission cycle.

Next, we will explain the transition of the counting execution flag of the counting button 19, as shown in Figure 134 (B). Figure 134 (B) is a diagram showing the transition of the counting execution flag of the counting button 19.

First, at timing 0 T0, the count button 19 is not operated and the count switch 19sw is in the OFF state.

Next, the first timing T1 is the timing when the count button 19 is operated. Here, when the game value CPU 201 executes the switch detection process of step S25100, an edge has not been detected by the processing of step S25109 (step S25109 = NO), so the count execution flag remains "0". In other words, the count switch 19sw is OFF in the software.

Next, the second timing T2 is the time when the ON edge detection time of the counting switch 19sw (50 ms in this embodiment) has elapsed since the counting button 19 was operated. Here, at the second timing T2, the counting switch 19sw is also turned ON in the software. Then, the counting switch press time timer starts counting up to determine whether the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "long press."

Next, the third timing T3 is when the counting switch press time timer is incremented and 450 ms has elapsed since the counting switch 19sw was turned ON in the software, at which point the counting button 19 is no longer operated. At this point, timing of the OFF edge detection time of the counting switch 19sw begins, but the process of incrementing the counting switch press time timer continues until the OFF edge of the counting switch 19sw is detected.

The fourth timing T4 is when the value of the counting switch press time timer reaches 500 ms. This determines that the operation mode of the counting button 19 is a "long press." Note that the OFF edge detection time (50 ms) for the counting switch 19sw has elapsed since the counting button 19 was no longer operated, causing the counting switch 19sw to be turned OFF in software.

In this way, if the operation mode of the count button 19 is a short press and the count notification transmission period has arrived, the game value owned by the player will be counted by "1". On the other hand, if the operation mode of the count button 19 is a long press and the count notification transmission period has arrived, the game value owned by the player will be counted by "50". This allows the player to count the game value they desire by short pressing if they want the game value to be counted by "1", or by long pressing if they want the game value to be counted by "50".

If multiple 50 ms edges are detected within 300 ms, the process will be executed as a single detection. It is also possible to count the number of edges detected.

Second Embodiment
The second embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS.

In the above-described embodiment, as shown in Figures 3 and 7, the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200 are separate boards. The main control board 100 is equipped with a main CPU 101, a main ROM 102, and a main RAM 103, while the game value control board 200 is equipped with a game value CPU 201, a game value ROM 202, and a game value RAM 203. The memory area of the main control board 100 and the memory area of the game value control board 200 are provided separately.

In contrast, in the second embodiment, one CPU is installed per board, and the execution of the program by this one CPU is primarily performed in the use area of the main ROM 102 shown in Figures 135 and 136, with the use area of the game value ROM 202 and the ROM outside the use area being called from the program in the use area of the main ROM 102 and then executed. Furthermore, the program list at this time clearly states the call destination address.

In the second embodiment, a main control area and a game value control area are provided, and the main control area is defined as a use area and an area outside the use area. A single CPU controls the main control area, the game value control area, and the area outside the use area. This allows for calling, returning, referencing, and updating.

Here, "call" means that one program being executed by one CPU calls another program. Also, "return" means that one CPU ends execution of another program it has called and returns to the one program.

Also, "referencing" means referring to data stored in another memory area when executing a program. Note that even if "referencing" occurs, the value of the data stored in the other memory area will not be changed.

Also, "updating" refers to changing the value of data stored in other storage areas when a program is executed. Note that, unlike "referencing," "updating" can change the value of data stored in other storage areas.

Specifically, the single CPU controls the game by referencing the program in the usage area (control area) of the main ROM 102, and controls the game value by referencing the program in the usage area (control area) of the game value ROM 202. The single CPU also performs predetermined processing by referencing the ROM (control area) outside the usage area.

When a CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102 to perform processing, it may reference the use area (data area) of main ROM 102. Also, when a CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102 to perform processing, it may reference or update values in the use area of main RAM 103.

Furthermore, when one CPU performs processing by referencing a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102, it may call up the use area (control area) of game value ROM 202 to perform processing related to game value. Then, after one CPU calls up the use area (control area) of game value ROM 202 to perform processing related to game value, it will return to the program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102.

In addition, when one CPU performs processing by referencing a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102, it may call the use area (control area) of the ROM outside the use area to perform a predetermined process (for example, processing related to the ratio information to be displayed on the ratio display unit 36). Then, after the one CPU calls the use area (control area) of the ROM outside the use area to perform the process, it will return to the program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102.

Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102 to perform processing, it may reference values in the use area of game value RAM 203.Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of main ROM 102 to perform processing, it may reference values in RAM outside the use area.

When a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 to perform processing, it may reference the use area (data area) of the game value ROM 202. Also, when a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 to perform processing, it may reference or update values in the use area of the game value ROM 202.

Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 to perform processing, it may reference values in the use area of the main RAM 103.Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 to perform processing, it may reference values in RAM outside the use area.

Furthermore, when a CPU references a program in a ROM outside the area of use (control area) to perform processing, it may reference a ROM outside the area of use (data area).Furthermore, when a CPU references a program in a ROM outside the area of use (control area) to perform processing, it may reference or update values in the ROM outside the area of use.

Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the out-of-use ROM (control area) to perform processing, it may reference values in the out-of-use area of main RAM 103.Furthermore, when a single CPU references a program in the out-of-use ROM to perform processing, it may reference values in the out-of-use area of game value RAM 203.

Here, as shown in Figure 136, the memory areas in the second embodiment are defined as the used area of the main ROM 102, the used area of the game value ROM 202, the ROM outside the used area, the used area of the main RAM 103, the used area of the game value RAM 203, the RAM outside the used area, and the unused area.

(Used area of main ROM 102)
The main ROM 102 usage area is the area where the programs stored in the main ROM usage area 102A in the above-described embodiment are stored. Specifically, the main ROM 102 usage area includes a control area, the capacity of which is a predetermined value not exceeding 4.5 KB. The main ROM 102 usage area also includes a data area, the capacity of which is a predetermined value not exceeding 3 KB.

(Use area of game value ROM 202)
The use area of the game value ROM 202 is an area in which the programs stored in the game value ROM use area 202A in the above-described embodiment are stored. Specifically, the use area of the game value ROM 202 is defined as a control area and a data area, and the capacity of the control area and the capacity of the data area are set to a predetermined value not exceeding 2.5 KB.

In addition, there is an unused area between the "used area of the main ROM 102" and the "used area of the game value ROM 202."

(ROM outside the usage area)
The off-use area ROM is a storage area for storing the programs stored in the main ROM off-use area 102B in the above-described embodiment and the programs stored in the game value ROM off-use area 202B in the above-described embodiment. Specifically, the off-use area ROM is defined as having a control area and a data area. The capacity of the off-use area ROM is not defined.

In addition, an unused area is provided between the "used area of the game value ROM 202" and the "ROM outside the used area."

(Used area of main RAM 103)
The work area of the used area of main RAM 103 is the same as the work area of main RAM used area 103A in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the stack area of the used area of main RAM 103 is the same as the stack area of main RAM used area 103A in the above-mentioned embodiment. Here, the capacity of the used area of main RAM 103 is a predetermined value that does not exceed 512 B.

Note that an unused area is provided between the "outside-use ROM" and the "used area of main RAM 103."

(Used area of the gaming value RAM 203)
The working area of the usage area of the game value RAM 203 is the same as the working area of the game value RAM usage area 203A in the above-mentioned embodiment, and the stack area of the usage area of the game value RAM 203 is the same as the stack area of the game value RAM usage area 203A in the above-mentioned embodiment. Here, the capacity of the usage area of the game value RAM 203 is a predetermined value that does not exceed 512 B.

Note that no unused area is provided between the "used area of main RAM 103" and the "used area of game value RAM 203," but an unused area may be provided.

(RAM outside the used area)
The RAM outside the used area corresponds to the main RAM outside used area 103B and the game value RAM outside used area 203B in the above-mentioned embodiment. Specifically, the RAM outside the used area includes a work area and a stack area. The capacity of the RAM outside the used area is not specified.

Note that no unused area is provided between the "used area of the game value ROM 202" and the "ROM outside the used area," but an unused area may be provided.

In this way, the used area of the main ROM 102, the used area of the game value ROM 202, and the area of the ROM outside the used area are arranged in areas that are clearly distinguished by unused areas, as shown in Figure 136. Furthermore, the combined data capacity of the used area of the main ROM 102, the used area of the game value ROM 202, and the area of the ROM outside the used area is a predetermined value that does not exceed 1024 B.

In addition, the programs placed in the use area of the game value ROM 202 and the programs placed in the area of the ROM outside the use area are modularized by function, so that when a program placed in the use area of the game value ROM 202 or a program placed in the area of the ROM outside the use area is called, it is possible to protect all registers used in the use area of the main ROM 102.

In addition, it is not possible for a program placed in the use area of the game value ROM 202 to call subroutines in the use area of the main ROM 102 or subroutines in the ROM area outside the use area.

In addition, it is not possible to call subroutines in the use area of the main ROM 102 or the use area of the game value ROM 202 from a program located in an area of the ROM outside the use area.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135, access from the used area of the main ROM 102 or the non-used area ROM area to the RAM in each area (the used area of the main RAM 103 and the non-used area RAM) is only possible for reference, and updating is not possible.

Furthermore, the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 can access the use area of the game value RAM 203, but access to the use area (data area) of the game value ROM 202 is restricted. Similarly, the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 can access RAM outside the use area, but access to the use area (data area) of the ROM outside the use area is restricted.

Furthermore, the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 can access the use area of the main RAM 103, but access to the use area (data area) of the main ROM 102 is restricted. Similarly, the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 can access RAM outside the use area, but access to the use area (data area) of the ROM outside the use area is restricted.

Furthermore, the use area of main RAM 103 can be accessed from the outside use area ROM (control area), but access to the use area (data area) of main ROM 102 is restricted. Similarly, the use area of game value RAM 203 can be accessed from the outside use area ROM (control area), but access to the use area (data area) of game value ROM 202 is restricted.

Note that when one CPU is accessing the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202, the program in the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 does not proceed, so accessing ROM (control area) outside the use area is restricted.

In addition, when one CPU is calling up a ROM (control area) outside the use area, the program in the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 does not proceed, so calling up the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 is restricted.

As shown in Figure 135, calling from the use area (control area) of the game value ROM 202 to the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 is restricted. Similarly, calling from a ROM outside the use area (control area) to the use area (control area) of the main ROM 102 is restricted.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135, access from the usage area of the main ROM 102 or the usage area of the game value ROM 202 to the RAM in each other's area (the usage area of the main RAM 103, the usage area of the game value RAM 203) is only possible for reference, and updating is not possible.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 135, access from the used area of the game value ROM 202 or the area of the ROM outside the used area to the RAM in each area (the used area of the game value RAM 203 and the RAM outside the used area) is only possible for reference, and updating is not possible.

In addition, the use area of the game value ROM 202 or the area of the non-use fee ROM is not provided with general-purpose subroutines that are common to the use area of the main ROM 102. This makes it possible to reduce the amount of program usage in the use area of the main ROM 102.

Modules are always called in subroutine format, and after the subroutine is completed, the RET command is used to return to the state immediately after the call. Here, there is one module for each purpose.

(Other inventions in the second embodiment)
Other aspects of the invention in the second embodiment will be described below.

The first board in the second embodiment may be attached at the same position as the main control board 100 in the above embodiment, or at the same position as the game value control board 200. In other words, the first board may be located inside the cabinet 2, above the reels 31, or inside the cabinet 2, below the reels 31.

When one board is placed in the position of the main control board 100 in the above embodiment, the power button 38 is placed closer than the game value clear button 37. Note that when one board is placed in the position of the main control board 100 in the above embodiment, the game value clear button 37 may also be placed closer than the power button 38.

When one board is placed in the position of the game value control board 200 in the above embodiment, the game value clear button 37 is placed closer than the power button 38. Note that when one board is placed in the position of the game value control board 200 in the above embodiment, the power button 38 may also be placed closer than the game value clear button 37.

The distance from the main control board 100 to the game value clear button 37 in the above embodiment may be different from the distance from one board to the game value clear button 37 in the second embodiment. Similarly, the distance from the main control board 100 to the power button 38 in the above embodiment may be different from the distance from one board to the power button 38 in the second embodiment.

Furthermore, the distance from the game value control board 200 to the game value clear button 37 in the above embodiment may be different from the distance from one board to the game value clear button 37 in the second embodiment. Similarly, the distance from the game value control board 200 to the power button 38 in the above embodiment may be different from the distance from one board to the power button 38 in the second embodiment.

(Other inventions of gaming machine 1)
Other aspects of the gaming machine 1 described above will be described below.

The gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which the notification that the game value has been cleared is different from the time at which the notification regarding the setting being changed is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which the notification of the game value being cleared is different from the time at which the notification regarding the setting confirmation display is being made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which an "internal gaming machine communication abnormality error" is notified is different from the time at which a "play value clear" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "rental device communication no response error" is notified is different from the time at which a "play value cleared" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which the "rental device unconnected error" notification is made is different from the time at which the "play value cleared" notification is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that the time at which a "door open error" is notified is different from the time at which a "game value clear" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "Reset Start" notification is made is different from the time at which the "Play Value Clear" notification is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "complete function" is activated is different from the time at which the "play value clear" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "complete function" is activated is different from the time at which the "settings are being changed" notification is made.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "Complete Function" is activated is different from the time at which the "Setting Confirmation Display" is displayed.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which a "game value number overflow error" is notified is different from the time at which a "complete function" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the times at which notifications are given for a "door open error" and the activation of the "complete function" are different.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "complete function" is activated is different from the time at which the "play value clear" is notified.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the time at which the "complete function" is activated is different from the time at which the "game value settlement" is notified.

When the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000") during a specific game (e.g., AT state), the gaming machine 1 will issue a notification regarding the complete function in a first notification mode (e.g., the notification mode of Figure 112 (C)), and when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a specific value during a special game (e.g., bonus activation state), the gaming machine 1 will issue a notification in a second notification mode (e.g., the notification mode of Figure 112 (A)) and then in the first notification mode.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the timing at which the gaming value display device 20 starts updating the display differs between when the gaming value is added by lending gaming value or winning a prize and when the gaming value is cleared. Specifically, when the gaming value is cleared, the gaming value display device 20 can update the display without communication between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 200, so there is less of a time lag than when the gaming value is added by lending gaming value or winning a prize.

In addition, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the timing at which the game value display device 20 starts updating the display differs between when a game value is bet by operating the BET button 11 or the MAXBET button 12 and when the game value is cleared. Specifically, when the game value is cleared, the game value display device 20 can update the display without communicating between the main control board 100 and the game value control board 200, so there is less time lag than when a game value is bet by operating the BET button 11 or the MAXBET button 12.

Furthermore, some gaming machines 1 can simultaneously notify one event (e.g., a game value warning) and another event (e.g., a complete advance notification). This allows appropriate notifications to be made according to the progress of the game.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1's counting button 19 cannot be shared with other devices. This prevents incorrect counting of gaming value.

Furthermore, the communication method between the gaming machine 1 and the rental device 400 is asynchronous serial communication, with the character transmission time being between 0.16 ms and 3.9 ms. To explain the character communication conditions, each byte of data communicated comprises a start bit and a stop bit, and if the rental device 400 does not receive the next start bit within 0.9 ms of starting to receive the start bit, it will consider this to be a single telegram.

The gaming machine 1 also transmits information about an error that will cause play to stop (for example, a door open error) to the lending device 400. In this case, when the SC board 71 of the lending device 400 receives information about an error that will cause play to stop, it restricts the deposit of money and the lending of game value. By doing this, when an error that will cause play to stop occurs, the deposit of money and the lending of game value are restricted, making it possible to prevent unnecessary processing when money is deposited or the lending of game value.

In addition, when a winning combination is achieved and the complete function is activated, the complete function will not be activated until the game value awarded as a result of the winning combination has been fully awarded. This prevents players from becoming dissatisfied when the complete function is activated while game value is being awarded.

In addition, when the value of the Complete MY counter memory area 103AT is a predetermined value (for example, "18,999"), if a game value of "3" is bet and a predetermined winning combination (for example, "Plum in the order of pressing left, middle, right") is won and "Plum" is won, the value of the Complete MY counter memory area 103AT will become "18,999 (value of the Complete MY counter memory area 103AT before the update)" - "3 (value of the game value bet)" + "6 (value of the game value awarded as a result of winning)" = "19,002", and the complete function will be activated. On the other hand, if a game value of "3" is bet and a specific winning combination (for example, "plum by pressing center left and right in that order," "plum by pressing center right and left in that order," "plum by pressing right, left, and center in that order," or "plum by pressing right, center, and left in that order") is won, resulting in a "plum" winning, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be "18,999 (the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT before the update)" - "3 (the value of the game value bet)" + "13 (the value of the game value awarded upon winning)" = "19,009." In this way, when a player wins a specific winning combination, for example, the player can intentionally prevent the winning by operating the stop buttons 15 in a different order than the notified order of operating the stop buttons 15, thereby extending the operation of the complete function until the specific winning combination is won, thereby providing the player with a gameplay experience in which they can try to obtain as much game value as possible when the complete function is activated.

In addition, even when the complete function is activated, the gaming machine 1 continues to calculate the information to be displayed on the ratio display unit 36. Specifically, calculation of the information to be displayed on the ratio display unit 36 continues, but continuation of play is disabled. Note that calculation of the information to be displayed on the ratio display unit 36 may not be continued and continuation of play may be disabled, or calculation of the information to be displayed on the ratio display unit 36 may not be continued and continuation of play may be enabled.

Furthermore, when the complete function is activated, the gaming machine 1 is designed so that the demo screen is not displayed. This prevents the misunderstanding that the gaming machine 1 is playable.

The gaming machine 1 is also capable of detecting fraudulent activity even after a freeze stop has occurred due to the activation of the complete function, etc. For example, a sensor that detects radio waves can be provided, and processing to detect radio waves can be executed even after a freeze stop has occurred due to the activation of the complete function, etc. In this way, it becomes possible to detect fraudulent activity even after a freeze stop has occurred due to the activation of the complete function, etc.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 is configured so that communication between the main control board 100 and the gaming value control board 200 continues even after the complete function has been activated. This allows the main control board 100 to perform specific processing (for example, processing to display a setting confirmation message) and the gaming value control board 200 to perform specific processing (for example, processing to notify the rental device 400 of gaming machine information) even after the complete function has been activated.

Furthermore, in the gaming machine 1, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "19,000" during special play (e.g., bonus activation state), the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is not updated in subsequent play until the special play ends. For example, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is "18,999" during bonus activation state, if a "plum" is won and a play value of "13" is awarded, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will count up to "19,009" and then the complete function will be activated. Then, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will not be updated in subsequent play. This reduces the processing load after the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are met during bonus activation state.

The distance from the gaming value display device 20 to the third component (e.g., reel 31) is different from the distance from the gaming value clear button 37 to the third component (e.g., reel 31).

Furthermore, the pressing force required to detect operation of the game value clear button 37 is different from the pressing force required to detect operation of other buttons (e.g., BET button 11, MAX BET button 12, settlement button 13, stop button 15, count button 19, reset button 35). Specifically, the pressing force required to detect operation of the game value clear button 37 may be greater than the pressing force required to detect operation of other buttons, or vice versa.

Furthermore, the reset button 35 and the game value clear button 37 may be a common component. This reduces the number of components, thereby reducing the cost of the gaming machine 1.

Furthermore, after calculating the checksum using the checksum calculation process in step S20004, the game value clear process is performed in step S20006, and then the game value RAM usage area initialization process is performed in step S20050. As a result, the checksum is calculated before the value in the game value RAM usage area 203A is initialized, allowing the appropriate checksum value to be calculated.

Furthermore, after the process of determining whether the game value clear switch 37sw is ON (step S20002), the game value RAM usage area initialization process of step S20050 is executed. However, the game value RAM usage area 203A may be initialized before the checksum is calculated. In this case, the checksum is calculated based on the value of a memory area (for example, game value memory area 203AB) that is not initialized within the game value RAM usage area 203A. If the checksum value is abnormal, the value of the game value memory area 203AB is cleared. If other working areas are abnormal, the other working areas are cleared.

Furthermore, when the gaming machine 1 is powered on while the reset button 35 is being operated, the value in the gaming value memory area 203AB may be initialized, and the value in the gaming value clear signal guarantee timer memory area 203At may be initialized. Furthermore, the value of the setting change signal guarantee timer, which guarantees the output time of the setting change signal, and the value of the complete signal transmission timer, which measures the output time of the complete signal, may also be initialized.

The game value control board 200 may be provided with a reset button separate from the reset button 35, and when the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the separate reset button, the value in the game value memory area 203AB may be initialized, and the value in the game value clear signal guarantee timer memory area 203At may be initialized. The value of the setting change signal guarantee timer, which guarantees the output time of the setting change signal, and the value of the complete signal transmission timer, which measures the output time of the complete signal, may also be initialized.

In addition, information regarding clearing the play value is sent to the SC board 71 three seconds after the gaming machine 1 becomes playable (i.e., after VL = ON). When the island power supply for the gaming machine 1 is turned on, it takes longer for the rental device 400 to start up than it does for the gaming machine 1, so there is a time lag between the time it takes for the gaming machine 1 to start up and the time it takes for the rental device 400 to start up. This causes the gaming machine 1 to display a rental device unconnected error.

Note that there is a three-second waiting time before the setting change signal is sent to the gaming machine information center 520 via the rental device 400.

In addition, (1) the value of the gaming value storage area 203AB, (2) the value of the gaming value clear signal guarantee timer storage area 203At, (3) the value of the setting change signal guarantee timer described above, and (4) the value of the complete signal transmission timer described above are storage areas that are not cleared even when the gaming machine 1 is turned off and then on again. However, if the gaming machine 1 is turned off while the above (2) to (4) are being timed, the above values (2) to (4) may be cleared. In this case, the complete signal will not be output.

The gaming value display device 20 is also designed to display the value in real time. Specifically, for example, if the value in the gaming value storage area 203AB is "100," counting is performed by "long pressing," and then the lending button 76 is operated, the value displayed on the gaming value display device 20 is updated from "100" to "50," and then updated from "50" to "100." Note that if multiple processes that trigger an update are performed within a specified period, the calculated value may be displayed on the gaming value display device 20. In this case, the gaming value display device 20 will continue to display "100."

In addition, when the game value is counted, information about the count is sent to the sub-control board 300. This enables the sub-control board 300 to notify of errors related to the game value and to control the lighting/extinguishing of the MAXBET button LED 64.

(Modification of Gaming Machine 1)
Below, modified examples of the gaming machine 1 will be explained.

When the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (e.g., 18,500) during a specific game (e.g., in the AT state), the notification of the remaining time available for the specific game may be changed (e.g., displaying "Continue until the complete function is activated" on the image display device 7) depending on the remaining time available for the specific game (e.g., the game value awarded in the AT state is 500 or more). This can reduce player frustration, for example, when the activation of the complete function has been confirmed and the remaining time available for the specific game is long.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") during a specific game (e.g., in the AT state), the specific game may be continued until the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000"). By doing this, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value, the specific game will continue until the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches the specific value, thereby reducing player frustration caused by the game ending due to the activation of the complete function.

In addition, in this embodiment, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is referenced and a lottery for the instruction function is not conducted. However, if the result of the judgment between the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT and a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") in a specific game (e.g., in the AT state) is a specific result (the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is "18,500" or greater), the additional lottery may be discouraged (e.g., the probability of an additional lottery may be reduced, or an additional lottery may not be conducted). By doing this, it is possible to prevent the playable period for the specific game from being unnecessarily extended in games after the above judgment results in a specific result.

Here, if a player wins a bonus lottery during a period when bonus lottery draws are not favored, a bonus may be awarded to the player. For example, it may be possible to execute a setting value suggestion effect that suggests the setting value (for example, an effect that notifies that the setting is an even number, or an effect that notifies that the setting is an odd number), or a setting value notification effect that notifies that the setting value is (for example, an effect that notifies that the setting is "6"). This can reduce the player's dissatisfaction even if they win a bonus lottery during a period when bonus lottery draws are not favored.

Furthermore, if the value of the advantageous zone difference counter memory area 103AS is likely to be 2,401 or greater (for example, if the value of the advantageous zone difference counter memory area 103AS is 2,000 or greater), the additional lottery for specific games (for example, in the AT state) may be discouraged even before the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (for example, 18,500). By doing this, it is possible to prevent the playable period for specific games from being unnecessarily extended when a transition from a specific period to a non-specific period is imminent.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (for example, 18,500 or more), the lottery for transitioning to an advantageous state (for example, an added state, a pseudo bonus) may be disfavored. In this way, it is possible to prevent unnecessary transitions to an advantageous state.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (for example, 18,500 or more) during a specific game (for example, in the AT state), even if the player wins the additional lottery, the notification may not be given immediately, but may be given after the notified period (for example, the period displayed on the image display device 7) during which the specific game (for example, the AT state) is playable reaches "0." In this way, the notification of the period during which the specific game is playable can be given in an appropriate manner.

Furthermore, in a specific game (e.g., in the AT state), if the result of comparing the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT with a predetermined value (e.g., "18,500") results in a specific result (the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is "18,500" or greater), the notification of the additional bonus may be restricted. By doing this, even if the playable period in a specific game is unnecessarily extended, it becomes difficult for the player to recognize that they have won the additional bonus lottery, thereby reducing player dissatisfaction.

Furthermore, in a specific game (e.g., in the AT state), if the value of the game value owned by the player reaches a first value (e.g., the value in the game value memory area 203AB is "15,000"), an additional notification effect can be executed, but if the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a second value (e.g., "18,500"), the additional effect may not be executed. By doing this, even if the playable period in a specific game is unnecessarily extended, it will be impossible for the player to recognize that they have won the additional lottery, thereby reducing player dissatisfaction.

The gaming machine 1 may also be configured to use different notification modes for the "game value number warning" issued when the value of the game value storage area 203AB reaches "15,000" and the "game value number warning" issued when the value of the game value storage area 203AB falls below "15,000" and then reaches "15,000" again. For example, the size of the text image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 7 for the "second" "game value number warning" may be smaller than that for the "first" "game value number warning." This can reduce persistent notifications to the player.

Furthermore, the gaming machine 1 may be configured to continue issuing a "game value number warning" even if the value of the game value memory area 203AB becomes less than "15,000" after the value of the game value memory area 203AB becomes "15,000". This eliminates the need for control to switch between displaying and hiding the text image "Please count" displayed on the image display device 7, thereby reducing the processing load on the sub-control board 300.

If the remaining time available for staying in a specific game (e.g., AT state) meets a predetermined condition (e.g., the remaining awarded game value available for staying in the AT state ≧ "19,000", which is the activation condition for the complete function - complete MY counter memory area 103AT), the notification mode will change (e.g., changing the text image of "500 remaining" displayed on the image display device 7 to a text image of "Complete confirmed"). However, if the remaining time available for staying in a specific game does not meet the predetermined condition, the notification mode may not change. In this way, the change in the notification mode can make the player aware that they can stay in a specific game until the complete function is activated.

In this case, it is desirable not to change the notification mode after the notification mode for the remaining time available to stay in the specific game has changed. Specifically, after the notification mode for the remaining time available to stay in the specific game has changed, the notification mode will not change even if the specified conditions are met again. This prevents the player from misunderstanding that they can no longer stay in the specific game until the complete function is activated after the notification mode has changed.

In addition, a complete advance notification is issued when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches a predetermined value (for example, "18,500"), but it may also be issued before the complete advance notification. In this case, when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches "18,000", a complete advance notification can be issued in the first notification mode, and when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches "18,500", a complete advance notification can be issued in the second notification mode. This makes it easier for players to recognize the complete advance notification.

The settlement button 13 may also be shared with other devices (e.g., the BET button 11, the MAX BET button 12). In this case, the bet gaming value may be settled when the other device is continuously operated for a predetermined time (e.g., 1 second) or more. This eliminates the need for the settlement button 13, thereby reducing the number of parts in the gaming machine 1.

The gaming value display device 20 may also be capable of displaying error information for the gaming machine 1. In this case, the error information is displayed only when it is impossible to continue playing (including lending gaming value and counting gaming value), and the display of gaming value and error information are alternately displayed every predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds). In particular, it is desirable that the display of error information is not mistaken for the display of the gaming value owned by the player, or is difficult to mistaken for (for example, the display of error information is left with the most significant digits justified and the least significant digits blank).

Furthermore, when the value of the game value owned by the player is displayed on the game value display device 20, the value of the game value owned by the player may be displayed with priority over error information from the gaming machine 1. Then, the game value is counted by operating the counting button 19, and after this counting of the game value is completed, the game value display device 20 may notify information such as the operation of the complete function.

In addition, notifications of operation of the complete function, advance completion notifications, and complete standby notifications are made using the image display device 7, control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, side unit LED 24, and speaker 62. However, the gaming machine 1 may be equipped with a gimmick (presentation device) that is used to make notifications of operation of the complete function, advance completion notifications, and complete standby notifications.

The notification of the game value being cleared and the notification of a reset start may also be made by a gimmick (presentation device). Specifically, when the sub-CPU 301 receives a command containing information that the game value has been cleared from the game value control board 200, it will make the notification by operating the gimmick (presentation device), and when it receives a reset start command from the main control board 100, it will make the notification by operating the gimmick (presentation device). In this case, the operating mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying that the game value has been cleared and the operating mode of the gimmick (presentation device) when notifying that a reset start may be the same operating mode or different operating modes.

Furthermore, the condition for starting (activating) the complete function is that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is equal to or greater than "19,000," but this is not limited to this; for example, it may be that the difference in game value is "19,000."

The gaming value control board 200 may also be provided with a display capable of displaying specified events. For example, when the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function are met, this display will be used to notify the user that the complete function has been activated.

An image may also be displayed on the image display device 7 to notify the player that the complete function is installed. In this case, it is desirable that the image notifying the player that the complete function is installed be displayed at all times, and it is particularly desirable that it be displayed even on a demo screen. In this way, the player can be notified that the complete function is installed even when not playing.

Also, when the AT state is managed by the number of sets (for example, "1" set or "30" games) rather than the number of games, if the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are met, the AT state may continue until "1" set is played, and the complete function may be activated when "1" set is played. For example, if the number of games remaining in "1" set is "15" games when the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are met, the AT state may continue until "15" games have been played, and the complete function may be activated when "1" set has been played (when the remaining "15" games have been played). This prevents the player from feeling uncomfortable when the complete function is activated in the middle of "1" set.

The condition for ending (canceling) the complete function may also be the power being turned off. In this case, if the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches a specific value (e.g., "19,000") during a specific game (e.g., in AT mode) and the power is turned off before the specific game ends, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may be carried over. This prevents fraudulent attempts to clear the complete MY counter memory area 103AT and disable the complete function.

In addition, if there is a possibility that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will become a specific value (for example, "19,000"), the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may be backed up. In this case, if the sum of the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT and the value of the game value obtained by winning is equal to or greater than a specific value, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is backed up. This makes it possible to prevent the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT from being fraudulently cleared.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is controlled outside the use area of the game value control board 200, the game value control board 200 may perform processing to clear the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT when started up independently without instructions from the main control board 100.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is controlled outside the use area of the game value control board 200, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may be cleared by instruction from the main control board 100.

Furthermore, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is controlled outside the use area of the game value control board 200, information regarding the complete function may be sent from the game value control board 200 to the main control board 100. In this way, while the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT is controlled outside the use area of the game value control board 200, the main control board 100 can also recognize information regarding the operation of the complete function, making it possible for the main control board 100 to perform processing in response to the operation of the complete function (for example, freeze stop).

It may also be possible to set the start and end times at which the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT can be cleared. For example, by configuring the device to be able to import RTC date and time information, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start and end times at which the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT can be cleared. In this way, it is possible to store and retain the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT even if the gaming machine 1 is turned off during the gaming facility's business hours, for example.

It may also be possible to set the start and end times at which the complete function can be activated. For example, by configuring the system to be able to import date and time information from the RTC, it is possible to arbitrarily set the start and end times at which the complete function can be activated. In this way, it is possible, for example, to prevent the complete function from being activated outside the opening hours of the gaming facility.

The opening hours of gaming establishments vary from prefecture to prefecture. For this reason, it is desirable that the start time at which the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT can be cleared and the end time at which the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT can be cleared be set according to the opening hours of gaming establishments in each prefecture.

In addition, the date and time information of the RTC can be captured and monitored, and if recovery from a power outage of the gaming machine 1 that does not span multiple days is detected, the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may not be cleared. In this way, it is possible to prevent the complete MY counter memory area 103AT from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

In addition, the date and time information of the RTC may be captured and monitored, and if recovery from a power outage of the gaming machine 1 that does not span multiple days is detected, an announcement may be made that the complete MY counter memory area 103AT has been cleared. For example, a voice message saying "The MY counter has been cleared" may be output at maximum volume from the speaker 62. This can prevent the complete MY counter memory area 103AT from being cleared multiple times within the same day.

Furthermore, if the conditions for starting (activating) the complete function and the conditions for starting (occurring) a specified error overlap, they may be notified in parallel. For example, the image display device 7 may notify both the activation of the complete function and the specified error, and the speaker 62 may notify either one of them, or they may be notified in parallel (for example, by alternately outputting the activation of the complete function and the specified error).

Furthermore, the modules related to the complete function may be modularized so that all processing is done separately for each function, or they may be shared modules.

In addition, the complete advance notification is supposed to be made when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches "18,500." However, for example, when the value of the complete MY counter storage area 103AT reaches "18,000," a voice message saying "1,000 remaining" may be output from the speaker 62 for "1" shot, and thereafter "1" shot may be output from the speaker 62 at the timing of each predetermined threshold (for example, "100").

In this case, for example, when the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "18,100," the speaker 62 will output a voice message saying "900 remaining" for "1" shot. Then, when the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "18,500," the image display device 7 will continuously notify the user of the increase or decrease in the game value awarded until the complete function is activated.

It is also possible to continuously notify the increase or decrease in the game value awarded from when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "18,000" until the complete function is activated. In this case, when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT reaches "18,000", a text image saying "1,000 remaining" is displayed on the image display device 7, and when the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT falls below "18,000", the text image saying "1,000 remaining" that was displayed on the image display device 7 is no longer displayed.

When the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT again becomes "18,000", the image display device 7 will display the text image "1,000 remaining". Note that when the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT again becomes "18,000", the text image "1,000 remaining" may not be displayed. This prevents the same notification from being displayed repeatedly.

Furthermore, when a complete advance notification is issued, a process may be performed to turn on the notification completion flag. In this case, the main control board 100 or the game value control board 200 may monitor the number of times a predetermined time has passed since non-play (the number of times the demo screen has been displayed), and when this number reaches a predetermined number (for example, "3"), the notification completion flag may be turned off. In this way, when a player ends play due to a complete advance notification and the next player begins play, a decrease in operation of the gaming machine 1 caused by the complete advance notification can be prevented.

The notified flag may be turned OFF in response to the operation of the count button 19, or may be turned OFF when a predetermined time has passed since the game was stopped.

The gaming machine 1 may also be provided with a memory retention button that prevents the complete MY counter memory area 103AT from being cleared and retains the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT even when the gaming machine 1 is powered off. In this case, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on while operating the memory retention button, the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will not be cleared and the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be retained. On the other hand, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the memory retention button, the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be cleared. The memory retention button may be a dedicated button, or it may be shared with another button.

The gaming machine 1 may also be provided with a complete MY clear button that clears the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT when the gaming machine 1 is powered off. In this case, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on while the complete MY clear button is being operated, the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be cleared. On the other hand, if the gaming machine 1 is powered on without operating the complete MY button, the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will not be cleared, and the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be stored and maintained. The complete MY clear button may be a dedicated button, or may be shared with another button.

The machine may also be equipped with a slide panel that moves when the complete function is activated, thereby notifying the player that the function has been activated. It is desirable that this slide panel cannot be operated by players, but can be operated by gaming facility staff. For example, when the front door 3 is opened, the slide panel can move in conjunction with the opening to notify the player that the complete function has been activated.

Furthermore, if the power supply to the gaming machine 1 is turned off after the complete advance notification is made by the gaming machine 1, the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may not be cleared. This prevents fraudulent activity in which a gaming parlor employee or the like turns off the power supply to the gaming machine 1 and clears the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT after the complete advance notification is made.

Furthermore, after the gaming machine 1 issues a complete advance notification, if the gaming machine 1 is powered off, it may notify the user that the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT has been cleared. For example, a voice message stating "MY counter has been cleared" may be output from the speaker 62. In this case, it is desirable that the voice output from the speaker 62 be at maximum volume.

Furthermore, if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned OFF after the gaming machine 1 issues a complete advance notification, information indicating that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned OFF may be output to the gaming machine information center 520. In this case, if the power of the gaming machine 1 is turned ON after being turned OFF, information indicating that the power of the gaming machine 1 has been turned OFF will be output via the rental device 400.

Here, the gaming machine 1 may be turned off properly after the advance completion notification is issued (for example, the power is turned off after the amusement parlor's business hours) or it may be turned off improperly (for example, the power is turned off during the amusement parlor's business hours). Therefore, the gaming machine information center 520 needs to be able to determine which is the case. For this reason, the gaming machine information center 520 also needs to store information regarding the date and time when the gaming machine 1 was restored from power outage.

Furthermore, if the gaming machine 1 recovers from a power outage after detecting a predetermined difference in balls, the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may not be cleared.

Furthermore, if the gaming machine 1 is restored from a power outage while in a specific game mode (for example, in the AT state) or a special game mode (for example, in the bonus activation state), the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT may not be cleared. This can prevent the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT from being fraudulently cleared.

In addition, the history of when the gaming machine 1 has recovered from a power outage may be displayed on the image display device 7. This makes it possible to check whether the value in the complete MY counter memory area 103AT has been fraudulently cleared.

The lending device 400 may also have a locking function that prevents the return of a prepaid card when a player takes a break and a password is entered. Specifically, when the locking function is activated, it becomes impossible to count the game value owned by the player, lend the game value, or return the prepaid card while the game value is displayed on the game value display device 20.

The rental device 400 may also be able to set short breaks (e.g., toilet breaks) and long breaks (e.g., meal breaks), and may perform different processes for short and long breaks. For example, prepaid cards may not be returned during short breaks, but prepaid cards may be required during long breaks. This allows appropriate processing to be performed according to the break time.

Also, if an error occurs while a complete advance notification is being given, a notification will be made in order of priority, but it is also possible to make both a complete advance notification and an error notification.

Furthermore, when a complete advance notification is issued, the rental device 400 may be notified that a complete advance notification has been issued. In other words, the rental device 400 may be notified that the value in the game value storage area 203AB has reached or exceeded "18,500."

Furthermore, if it is certain that the value of the complete MY counter memory area 103AT will be "18,500" or more when a "bonus" is won in the bonus activation state, a complete advance notification may be given when a "bonus" is won.

In addition, if a freeze stop occurs due to the activation of the complete function, the ratio display unit 36 will continue to be lit, just as when other errors are detected. However, if a freeze stop occurs due to the activation of the complete function, the ratio display unit 36 may be turned off.

Furthermore, if the power is turned off while an error has occurred, the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT may not be cleared. In this way, if an error occurs that cannot be resolved unless the power is turned off, the error can be resolved without clearing the value in the complete MY counter storage area 103AT.

Furthermore, if the start (activation) conditions for the complete function are satisfied when an abnormality in the main RAM 103 is detected, the termination (cancellation) conditions for the complete function may be satisfied when the abnormality in the main RAM 103 is resolved. Specifically, by setting the termination (cancellation) conditions for the abnormality in the main RAM 103 to a change in the set value or a reset start, it is necessary to turn off the power to the gaming machine 1, which will inevitably satisfy the termination (cancellation) conditions for the complete function.

In addition, if an error occurs while a complete advance notification is being given, the complete advance notification will continue as a general rule. However, if an error occurs that makes it impossible to return to play (for example, an abnormality in the main RAM 103), the complete advance notification may not continue.

When the count button 19 is operated by a short press, the game value is counted by "1," and when the count button 19 is operated by a long press, the game value is counted by "50." However, all of the game value owned by the player may also be counted when the count button 19 is operated. Specifically, when the count switch 19sw detects operation of the count button 19, a count switch signal is output to the game value control board 200. Then, when the count switch signal is input, the game value control board 200 executes a process to count all of the values in the game value memory area 203AB. This allows all of the game value owned by the player to be counted by simply operating the count button 19 once.

Furthermore, when the counting button 19 receives a specific operation, all of the game value owned by the player may be counted. For example, when the counting button 19 is operated with a short press, the game value may be counted as "1", when the counting button 19 is operated with a long press, the game value may be counted as "50", and when the counting button 19 is operated with an extra long press, the entire game value may be counted. This makes it possible to perform counting-related processing according to the operation of the counting button 19, thereby improving the convenience of counting.

In addition, a total count button may be provided in addition to the count button 19, so that when the count button 19 is operated with a short press, the game value is counted to "1", when the count button 19 is operated with a long press, the game value is counted to "50", and when the total count button is operated, all game values are counted. This allows the player to operate the total count button when they want to count all of the game values they own, thereby improving convenience regarding counting.

In addition, an automatic lending mode may be implemented in which gaming value can be loaned without accepting operation of the loan button 76 when the gaming value owned by the player reaches a predetermined value less than "3" (i.e., any of "2," "1," or "0"). In this case, the setting conditions for the automatic lending mode can be set appropriately, such as when the MAXBET button 12 is operated when the gaming value owned by the player reaches a predetermined value less than "3" (i.e., any of "2," "1," or "0"), when the MAXBET button 12 is pressed and held (when operated continuously for a predetermined period of time or more), or when an automatic lending mode setting button is provided on the gaming machine 1 and/or the lending device 400 and this automatic lending mode setting button is operated. Of course, the conditions for canceling the automatic lending mode can also be set appropriately. For example, when the automatic lending mode is set, it can be set appropriately when the BET button 11 or MAXBET button 12 is pressed and held, when the automatic lending mode setting button is operated again, or when an automatic lending mode cancel button is provided on the gaming machine 1 and/or lending device 400 and this button is operated. This eliminates the need to operate the lending button each time, improving convenience for players.

Furthermore, this automatic lending mode can be set when the information regarding cash stored in the lending device 400 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 5,000 yen), or when the information regarding game value stored in the lending device 400 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 250), and the setting of the automatic lending mode can be restricted when the information regarding cash stored in the lending device 400 is less than a predetermined value (e.g., 5,000 yen), or when the information regarding game value stored in the lending device 400 is less than a predetermined value (e.g., 250). This makes it possible to set the automatic lending mode according to the situation.

It may also be possible to provide a notification means for notifying that the automatic lending mode has been set. In this case, examples of the notification means may include the image display device 7, the control panel LED 22, the control panel side LED 23, the side unit LED 24, the speaker 62, the LCD display 79, etc., or an automatic lending mode notification lamp that lights up when the automatic lending mode is set and goes out when the automatic lending mode is not set may also be used.

Furthermore, if the game value owned by the player falls below a predetermined value (for example, a value less than "3"), a notification may be made to encourage the player to lend their game value. In this case, the notification encouraging the player to lend their game value may be made by displaying a specific image on the image display device 7 and/or the LCD display 79, by causing the control panel LED 22, control panel side LED 23, and side unit LED 24 to tip over in a specific lighting pattern, or by outputting a specific sound from the speaker 62. This allows the player to recognize that the game value owned by the player has fallen below the predetermined value.

(First Invention)
The first invention comprises a game control means (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a game value control means (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to game value, a bet operation detection means (for example, a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a max bet button 12, a max bet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation of the game value, a settlement operation detection means (a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation of the game value, and a counting operation detection means (a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value, and the game value control means performs bet time processing (for example, processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is carried out when the bet operation is detected by the bet operation detection means, and a counting operation detection means (a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value. This gaming machine is capable of executing settlement processing (e.g., processing of steps S22202 to S22211) which is performed when the settlement operation is detected by the calculation operation detection means, game value granting processing (e.g., processing of steps S22214 to S22228) which is performed when the game value is granted, counting processing (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is performed when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and lending processing (e.g., processing of step S23200) which is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and is characterized in that it is capable of executing processing in the order of the BET processing followed by the settlement processing, the settlement processing followed by the game value granting processing, the game value granting processing followed by the counting processing, or the lending processing.

(Second Invention)
The second invention is a game control device (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control device (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing a process related to a game value, a bet operation detection device (for example, a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a max bet button 12, a max bet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation of the game value, and a settlement operation detection device (for example, a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation of the game value. ), wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing BET time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is carried out when the BET operation is detected by the BET operation detection means, and settlement time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22202 to S22211) which is carried out when the settlement operation is detected by the settlement operation detection means, and is capable of executing processing in the order of the BET time processing followed by the settlement time processing.

(Third Invention)
The third invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a bet operation detection means (e.g., a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a maxbet button 12, a maxbet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation on the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing bet time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is performed when the bet operation is detected by the bet operation detection means, and a gaming value grant time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22214 to S22228) which is performed when the gaming value is granted, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of bet time processing followed by the gaming value grant time processing.

(Fourth Invention)
The fourth invention is a game control device (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control device (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing a process related to a game value, a bet operation detection device (for example, a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a max bet button 12, a max bet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation of the game value, and a counting operation detection device (for example, a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value. ), wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing BET time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is carried out when the BET operation is detected by the BET operation detection means, and count time processing (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is carried out when the count operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and is capable of executing processing in the order of the BET time processing followed by the count time processing.

(Fifth Invention)
The fifth invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a bet operation detection means (e.g., a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a maxbet button 12, a maxbet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation on the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing bet time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is performed when the bet operation is detected by the bet operation detection means, and lending time processing (e.g., processing of step S23200) which is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of bet time processing followed by the lending time processing.

(Sixth Invention)
The sixth invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting the settlement operation of the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing settlement processing (e.g., processing of steps S22202 to S22211) which is performed when the settlement operation is detected by the settlement operation detection means, and gaming value granting processing (e.g., processing of steps S22214 to S22228) which is performed when the gaming value is granted, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of the settlement processing followed by the gaming value granting processing.

(Seventh Invention)
The seventh invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation of the gaming value, and a counting operation detection means (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a settlement time process (e.g., the processing of steps S22202 to S22211) which is performed when the settlement operation is detected by the settlement operation detection means, and a counting time process (e.g., the processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is performed when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of the settlement time process followed by the counting time process.

(Eighth Invention)
The eighth invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a settlement operation detection means (e.g., a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting the settlement operation of the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing settlement processing (e.g., processing of steps S22202 to S22211) which is performed when the settlement operation is detected by the settlement operation detection means, and lending processing (e.g., processing of step S23200) which is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of the settlement processing followed by the lending processing.

(Ninth Invention)
The ninth invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation detection means (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting the counting operation of the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value awarding process (e.g., the processing of steps S22214 to S22228) that is performed when the gaming value is awarded, and a counting process (e.g., the processing of steps S23022 to S23025) that is performed when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of the gaming value awarding process followed by the counting process.

(Tenth Invention)
The tenth invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, and a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value granting process (e.g., the processing of steps S22214 to S22228) that is performed when the gaming value is granted, and a lending process (e.g., the processing of step S23200) that is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and is characterized in that the processing can be executed in the order of the gaming value granting process followed by the lending process.

(Eleventh Invention)
The eleventh invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation detection means (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting the counting operation of the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing counting time processing (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is performed when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and lending time processing (e.g., processing of step S23200) which is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, wherein when the counting time processing is executed, the execution of the lending time processing is restricted, and when the lending time processing is executed, the execution of the counting time processing is restricted.

(Twelfth Invention)
A twelfth invention is a game control device (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a game value control device (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to game value, a bet operation detection device (for example, a bet button 11, a bet switch 11sw, a max bet button 12, a max bet switch 12sw) capable of detecting a bet operation on the game value, a counting operation detection device (a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation on the game value, and a display device (for example, a game value display device 20) capable of displaying the value of the game value owned by a player, and the game value control device is a bet time process (e.g., the process of steps S22128 to S22140) that is carried out when the bet operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, a count time process (e.g., the process of steps S23022 to S23025) that is carried out when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and a display control process (e.g., the process of step S25016) that executes display control of the display means, and the processes can be executed in an order in which the bet time process is followed by the count time process, and the display control process can execute display control corresponding to the bet time process after executing display control corresponding to the count time process.

(Thirteenth Invention)
A thirteenth invention is a game machine comprising game control means (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, game value control means (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to game value, settlement operation detection means (for example, a settlement button 13, a settlement switch 13sw) capable of detecting a settlement operation of the game value, counting operation detection means (for example, a count button 19, a count switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value, and display means (for example, a game value display device 20) capable of displaying the value of the game value owned by a player, and the game value control means is configured to a settlement-time process (e.g., the process of steps S22202 to S22211) that is carried out when a counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, a counting-time process (e.g., the process of steps S23022 to S23025) that is carried out when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and a display control process (e.g., the process of step S25016) that executes display control of the display means, and the processes can be executed in an order in which the settlement-time process is followed by the counting-time process, and the display control process is capable of executing display control corresponding to the settlement-time process after executing display control corresponding to the counting-time process.

(14th Invention)
A fourteenth aspect of the present invention is a game control device (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a game value control device (e.g., a game value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to game values, a counting operation detection device (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value, and a display device (e.g., a game value display device 20) capable of displaying the value of the game value owned by a player, wherein the game value control device performs a game value granting process (e.g., steps S22214 to S22225) which is carried out when the game value is granted. a counting time process (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23028) that is carried out when the counting operation is detected by the counting operation detection means, and a display control process (e.g., processing of step S25016) that executes display control of the display means, and the processes can be executed in an order in which the counting time process comes after the game value awarding process, and the display control process can execute display control corresponding to the counting time process after executing display control corresponding to the game value awarding process.

(15th Invention)
A fifteenth aspect of the present invention is a game control device (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a game value control device (e.g., a game value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to game values, a counting operation detection device (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting a counting operation of the game value, and a display device (e.g., a game value display device 20) capable of displaying the value of the game value owned by a player, wherein the game value control device performs a counting time process (e.g., steps S23022 to S23032) which is carried out when the counting operation detection device detects the counting operation. a lending time process (e.g., processing of step S23025), a lending time process that is carried out when a lending signal is input from the outside (e.g., processing of step S23200), and a display control process that executes display control of the display means (e.g., processing of step S25016), wherein when the counting time process is executed, the execution of the lending time process is restricted, and when the lending time process is executed, the execution of the counting time process is restricted, and the display control process is capable of executing display control corresponding to the counting time process after executing display control corresponding to the lending time process.

(16th Invention)
The 16th invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation detection means (e.g., a counting button 19, a counting switch 19sw) capable of detecting the operation of counting the gaming value, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a counting time process (e.g., the processing of steps S23022 to S23025) that can count the gaming value when the counting operation is detected, and a lending time process (e.g., the processing of step S23200) that is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and wherein the counting time process and the lending time process can be executed in the same routine.

(17th Invention)
A seventeenth aspect of the present invention is a game machine including a game control means (for example, a main control board 100) capable of executing a process related to a game, a game value control means (for example, a game value control board 200) capable of executing a process related to a game value, a bet operation acceptance means (for example, a bet button 11, a max bet button 12) capable of accepting a bet operation for the game value, and a count operation acceptance means (for example, a count button 19) capable of accepting a count operation, and the game value control means is configured to accept the bet operation acceptance means for accepting the bet operation for the game value. This gaming machine is capable of executing BET time processing (e.g., processing of steps S22128 to S22140) which is performed when an ET operation is accepted, and counting time processing (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is performed when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation accepting means, and is characterized in that it is possible to execute the BET time processing even when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation accepting means.

(18th Invention)
The 18th invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, a settlement operation acceptance means (e.g., a settlement button 13) capable of accepting a settlement operation for the gaming value, and a counting operation acceptance means (e.g., a counting button 19) capable of accepting a counting operation, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a settlement process (e.g., the process of steps S22202 to S22211) which is carried out when the settlement operation is accepted by the settlement operation acceptance means, and a counting process (e.g., the process of steps S23022 to S23025) which is carried out when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation acceptance means, and is capable of executing the settlement process even when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation acceptance means.

(19th Invention)
The 19th invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to gaming, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation receiving means (e.g., a counting button 19) capable of receiving a counting operation, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing counting processing (e.g., processing of steps S23022 to S23025) which is performed when the counting operation is received by the counting operation receiving means, and lending processing (e.g., processing of step S23200) which is performed when a lending signal is input from the outside, and is characterized in that the lending processing can be executed even when the counting operation is received by the counting operation receiving means.

(20th Invention)
The 20th invention is a gaming machine comprising a gaming control means (e.g., a main control board 100) capable of executing processing related to games, a gaming value control means (e.g., a gaming value control board 200) capable of executing processing related to gaming value, and a counting operation receiving means (e.g., a counting button 19) capable of receiving counting operations, wherein the gaming value control means is capable of executing a gaming value granting process (e.g., the processing of steps S22214 to S22228) that is performed when the gaming value is granted, and a counting process (e.g., the processing of steps S23022 to S23025) that is performed when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation accepting means, and is capable of executing the gaming value granting process even when the counting operation is accepted by the counting operation accepting means.

(21st Invention)
The 21st invention is a gaming machine comprising a game control means (e.g., one board, one CPU) capable of executing processing related to a game, wherein the game control means comprises a first control area (e.g., an area used by the main control area) capable of controlling the progress of a game, a second control area (e.g., a game value control area) capable of controlling the update of a game value, and a third control area (e.g., outside the area used by the main control area) capable of performing control different from the control of the progress of the game and the update control of the game value, wherein the second control area is capable of restricting a first specific control (e.g., calling, updating) to the third control area, and the first control area is capable of performing a second specific control (e.g., calling, referencing) to the third control area.

Note that while the above-described embodiments and variations have primarily been described using "slot machines" as examples, the present invention is not limited to these. For example, it may also be a "pachinko machine," "arrange ball machine," or "jankyu machine."

Please note that the above embodiments and variations are merely examples and can be modified as appropriate without departing from the scope of the present invention.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Gaming machine 2 Cabinet 3 Front door 4 Door keyhole 4Rs Door opening/closing sensor 4Ls Error release sensor 5 Middle panel 6 Lower panel 7 Image display device 8 Upper speaker port 8R Upper right speaker port 8L Upper left speaker port 9 Lower speaker port 9R Lower right speaker port 9L Lower left speaker port 10 Status display unit 11 BET button 11sw BET switch 12 MAXBET button 12sw MAXBET switch 13 Settlement button 13sw Settlement switch 14 Start lever 14sw Start switch 15 Stop button 15sw Stop switch 15L Left stop button 15Lsw Left stop switch 15C Center stop button 15Csw Center stop switch 15R Right stop button 15Rsw Right stop switch 16 Effect button 16sw Effect switch 17 Cross key 17sw Cross key switch 18 Game value display unit 19 Count button 19sw Count switch 20 Game value display device 21 Logo LED
22 Control panel LED
23 Plywood side LED
23R Right control panel side LED
23L left control panel side LED
24 Side unit LED
24R right side unit LED
24L left side unit LED
25 BET possible display section 26 Game start display section 27 Replay display section 28 Instruction monitor display section 29 BET number display section 29A First BET number display section 29B Second BET number display section 29C Third BET number display section 30 Award number display section 31 Reel 31L Left reel 31C Center reel 31R Right reel 32 Stepping motor 32L Left stepping motor 32C Center stepping motor 32R Right stepping motor 33 Photo sensor 33L Left photo sensor 33C Center photo sensor 33R Right photo sensor 34 Setting keyhole 34A Setting door 34sw Setting key switch 34Asw Setting door switch 35 Reset button 35A Reset door 35sw Reset switch 36 Ratio display section 37 Game value clear button 37sw Game value clear switch 38 Power button 38sw Power switch 39 Subwoofer 40 Status board 41 Reel control board 42 Power supply unit 43 Lending device connection terminal board 44 Backlight relay board 45 Reel backlight board 46 Subwoofer relay board 47 Logo illumination board 48 Role drive board 49 AMP board 50 Side unit board 50R Right side unit board 50L Left side unit board 51 Control panel illumination board 51R Right control panel illumination board 51L Left control panel illumination board 52 Control panel side board 52R Right control panel side board 52L Left control panel side board 53 Title panel board 54 Control panel relay board 55 MAXBET LED board 56 Stop button LED board 57 Memory board 58 LVDS relay board 59 Image display device relay board 60 Performance button LED board 61 Cross key board 62 Speakers 62A Upper right speaker 62B Upper left speaker 62C Lower right speaker 62D Lower left speaker 63 Performance button LED
64 MAXBET button LED
65 Stop button LED
65L Left stop button LED
65C Stop button LED
65R Right stop button LED
66 Lower panel LED
67 Performance button vibration motor 68 Image ROM
69 Audio ROM
70 Backlight LED
70L Left backlight LED
70C medium backlight LED
70R Right backlight LED
71 SC board 72 Rental device control board 73 Rental device CPU
74 Rental device ROM
75 Rental Device RAM
76 Lending button 76sw Lending switch 77 Return button 77sw Return switch 78 Replay button 78sw Replay switch 79 Liquid crystal display 80 Bill reading unit 81 Card reading unit 82 Hall control output unit 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
102A Main ROM area used 102B Main ROM area not used 102C Main ROM unused area 103 Main RAM
103A Within main RAM usage area 103AA Setting value storage area 103AB Serial number storage area 103AC Ratio monitor test display request storage area 103AD Setting change device operation abnormality flag storage area 103AE Recovery error state storage area 103AF BET possible state flag storage area 103AG LED display mode storage area 103AH Instruction monitor display section storage area 103AI LED data buffer storage area 103AJ Game value management state storage area 103AK Operation possible state flag storage area 103AL Transmission/reception error flag storage area 103AM Error information flag storage area 103AN BET requested game value storage area 103AO Award requested game value storage area 103AP First illegal state storage area 103AQ Second illegal state storage area 103AR Award number display section storage area 103AS Advantageous zone difference counter storage area 103AT Complete MY counter storage area 103AU Complete advance notification flag storage area 103AV Wait timer storage area 103AW Re-game operation flag storage area 103AX Game status storage area 103AY Bonus type storage area 103AZ BB operation status flag storage area 103Aa RB winning count storage area 103Ab RB operation count storage area 103Ac BB acquisition count storage area 103Ad RT storage area 103Ae Main BET count storage area 103Af Remaining awarded count storage area 103Ag Complete operation flag storage area 103Ah Return phase status storage area 103Ai Winning combination storage area 103Aj Count notification time storage area 103Ak First gaming machine information storage area 103Al Second gaming machine information storage area 103Am Advantageous zone status storage area 103B Outside main RAM used area 103C Main RAM unused area 104 Main random number generator 200 Gaming value control board 201 Gaming value CPU
202 Game Value ROM
202A Game value ROM used area 202B Game value ROM used area outside 202C Game value ROM unused area 203 Game value RAM
203A Within the game value RAM usage area 203AA Game value storage area data validity determination flag storage area 203AB Game value storage area 203AC Security information storage area data validity flag storage area 203AD Security information storage area 203AE Input port current status buffer storage area 203AF First timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AG Second timer interrupt division counter storage area 203AH Main unit switch information storage area 203AI Error detection flag storage area 203AJ Error code storage area 203AK Game value number side information flag storage area 203AL Count button press time timer storage area 203AM Count switch edge detection timer storage area 203AN SC board reception control flag storage area 203AO SC board reception buffer storage pointer storage area 203AP SC board intra-frame reception timeout timer storage area 203AQ SC board previous lending serial number storage area 203AR SC board unreceived count counter storage area 203AS SC board receive buffer storage area 203AT SC board transmit buffer storage area 203AU Main control board receive control flag storage area 203AV Main control board receive buffer storage area 203AW Main control board receive buffer storage pointer storage area 203AX Main control board transmit buffer storage area 203AY Main control board intra-frame receive timeout timer storage area 203AZ SC board receive data error storage area 203Aa Transmission information type storage area 203Ab Counting execution flag storage area 203Ac Main control board receive timeout timer storage area 203Ad Error transmission confirmation buffer storage area 203Ae Virtual serial number storage area 203Af Complete signal transmit timer storage area 203Ag Main control information received flag storage area 203Ah 203Aq Count cumulative value storage area 203Ar Count type buffer storage area 203As BET possible signal received flag storage area 203At Game value clear signal guarantee timer storage area 203Au Setting confirmation timer storage area 203Av First fraud detection timer storage area 203Aw Second fraud detection timer storage area 203Ax Third fraud detection timer storage area 203ABa Total number of BETs storage area 203ABb Total number of awarded items storage area 203ABc Maximum MY storage area 203ABd Total number of awarded items storage area 203ABe Total number of consecutive awarded items storage area 203ABf Applicant ratio storage area 203ABg Continuous applicant ratio storage area 203ABh Advantageous zone ratio storage area 203ABi Applicant ratio with instruction storage area 203ABj Applicant etc. state ratio storage area 203ABk Number of games played storage area 203ABl Reserved information storage area 203ABm First reserved storage area 203ABn Second reserved storage area 203ACa Gaming machine type storage area 203ACb Main control chip ID number storage area 203ACc Main control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACd Main control chip product code storage area 203ACe Game value control chip ID number storage area 203ACf Game value control chip manufacturer code storage area 203ACg Game value control chip product code storage area 203ADa BET number storage area 203ADb Game value awarded number storage area 203ADc First main control state storage area 203ADd Second main control state storage area 203ADe First game machine illegality storage area 203ADf Second game machine illegality storage area 203ADg First count number storage area 203ADh Second count number storage area 203ADi BET number storage area for SC transmission 203ADj Game value awarded number storage area for SC transmission 203B Outside game value RAM used area 203C Game value RAM unused area 300 Sub-control board 301 Sub-CPU
302 Sub ROM
303 Sub RAM
304 Sub-random number generator 400 Rental device 500 Hall computer 501 Management computer 510 Card company data center 520 Gaming machine information center 521 Machine history server 522 Fraud monitoring server 523 Performance information server 524 Player information server 530 Union 540 Addiction countermeasure agency 550 Card company organization 560 Rental device manufacturer 570 SC board manufacturer 580 Gaming machine manufacturer 590 Gaming machine management control chip supplier CUR Cursor image FIGa Red seven symbol FIGb BAR symbol FIGc Cherry symbol FIGd First bell symbol FIGe Second bell symbol FIGf Third bell symbol FIGg Fourth bell symbol FIGh First plum symbol FIGi Second Plum Design FIGj Replay Design H Game Store

Claims (1)

a game control means capable of executing processing related to a game;
a game value control means capable of executing processing related to the game value;
a counting operation means that allows a player to perform a counting operation;
Equipped with
The gaming value control means
a game value granting process for granting the game value;
a counting process for counting a predetermined unit of game value when the counting operation is being performed;
is executable,
Even when the counting operation is being performed, the game value awarding process can be executed.
A gaming machine characterized in that, when the game value is awarded while the counting operation is being performed, the game value awarding process is executed after the counting of the game value of the specified unit has been completed .